Text

Vols I & II of Eddy Current Exam Rept for Sept 1995.
	ML18022A995
Person / Time
Site:	Harris
Issue date:	10/26/1995
From:	; CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT CO.
To:	;
Shared Package
ML18022A994	List: ML18022A993; ML18022A995;
References
	NUDOCS 9609300109
	Download: ML18022A995 (389)
	v • d • e

CAROLINA POWER 8t LIGHT COMPANY SHEARON HARRIS NUCLEAR POWER PLANT UNIT 1 EDDY CURRENT EXAMINATION REPORT SEPTEMBER 1995 DOCUMENT NO. IR- IS I -152 ASEA BROWN BOVERI COMBUSTION ENGINEERING, INC.

NUCLEAR POWER BUSINESSES OUTAGE SERVICES PREPARED BY: lo->t. - i) s VEL III DATE APPROVED BY:

A. ENGINEER DATE APPROVED BY: (

OUT GE PROJECT MANAGER 9609300109 'F609i9

~

PDR ADOCK 05000400 e PDR

Document No: IR-ISI-152 TO: Carolina Power & Light Co.

CERTIFICATE OF PERFORMANCE Carolina Power & Light Co.

Shearon Harris Plant Steam Generator Eddy Current Examination Combustion Engineering, Inc., hereby certifies that the Harris steam generator eddy current examinations performed during September 1995 were in compliance with CP&L Purchase Order XM 10370000 / WA¹ XS 10370016. Documentation attesting to this conformance is contained within the data of this QC Records Package.

Q. A. Engineer

Document No: IR-ISI-152 ABSTRACT This document summarizes the examination program, results, and presents information concerning examination procedures, personnel and equipment used for inspection at the Shearon Harris RFO-6 1995 outage.

The examination outage included eddy current inspections of approximately 29% of the tubes in each steam genrator utilizing bobbin probes for defect examination. The bobbin probe inspection included all of the outlet (cold leg) pre-heater roll expanded tubes and all of the periphery tubes.

All previous indications of tube degredation were also examined. Rotating coil (MRPC) examinations were performed on 100% of the inlet (hot) side top-of-tube-sheet expansion transitions, and a sample of dented intersection greater than 5 volts, favoring the hot leg side.

MRPC inspections were also performed on a 20% sample of the pre-heater expansions in steam generator "C", and on suspect bobbin coil indications (diagnostics). There were several repairable indications with detail contained in the text of this document.

Document No: IR-ISI-152 TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGE CERTIFICATE OF PERFORMANCE ABSTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS VOLUME I SECTION I GENERAL INFORMATION Tab 1.1 Introduction 1.2 Examination Summary and Results Work Scope Summary Inspection Summary Steam Generator Graphic Displays 1.3 Acquisition Test Parameters SECTION II PROCEDURES Tab 2.1 Engineering Periodic Test EPT-232T Cover sheet Ec List of Effective pages HNP-100-001 Rev. 0 Tool and Equipment Accountability for Carolina Power &

Light - Shearon Harris 2.2 STD-NSS-072 Rev. 5 Manual Installation and Removal of ABB/Combustiori Engineering GENESIS Manipulators 2.3 STD-NSS-078 Rev. 7 Setup, Checkout and Operation of ABB/Combustion Engineering GENESIS Manipulators 2.4 HNP-007 Rev. 0 Remote Installation, Calibration and Removal of SM-10/20 Manipulator

Document No: IR-ISI-152 2.5 HNP-004 Rev. 0 Procedure for Multifrequency Eddy Current Examination of Nonferromagnetic Steam Generator Tubing Using MIZ-18A/MIZ-30 Equipment.

HNP-004 procedure sign-off sheets 2.6 HNP-005 Rev. 0 Eddy Current Data Analysis Procedure - Evaluation of Westinghouse Steam Generator Tubing Steam Generator Eddy Current Interpretation Guidelines Revision 1 2.7 HNP-006 Rev. 0 Procedure for Control of Eddy Current Data for Use with Multiforth or Eddynet Acquisition Systems.

SECTION III PERSONNEL and E UIPMENT Tab 3.1 QAP-2.4 Combustion Engineering Certification Program for Nondestructive Examination Personnel.

3.2 Certified Personnel List 3.3 Equipment (RDAU) Certification Records Calibration Standard Certification Records 3.4 Preliminary report transmittal and CP&L receipt acknowledgement.

Document No: IR-ISI-152 VOLUME II STEAM GENERATOR ¹A EXAMINATIONDATA Tab A-1 All Data on all Tubes sorted in Row - Column order.

A-2 Eddy Current Calibration Sheets.

STEAM GENERATOR ¹B EXAMINATIONDATA Tab B-1 All Data on all Tubes sorted in Row - Column order.

B-2 Eddy Current Calibration Sheets.

STEAM GENERATOR ¹C EXAMINATIONDATA Tab C-1 All Data on all Tubes sorted in Row - Column order.

C-2 Eddy Current Calibration Sheets.

Document No: IR-ISI-152 INTRODUCTION Coinbustion Engineering, Inc. conducted an in-service eddy current examination of the steam generator (S/G) tubing at Carolina Power & Light (CP&L) Shearon Harris Nuclear Power Plant in September 1995. The purpose of the examination was to assess the condition of the S/G's, identify tubes requiring repair and to provide the necessary information needed to fulfillTechnical Specification requirements.

The examination program included multi-frequency bobbin coil and motorized rotating pancake coil (MRPC) testing for indications of degradation, manufacturing buff marks, dents, and deposits.

The examinations were conducted in accordance with Combustion Engineering Procedure No.

HNP-004 Rev. 0 in compliance with the USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.83 "Inservice Inspection of PWR Steam Generator Tubes", Revision 1, dated July, 1975 and the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section XI "Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components",

1983 Edition, with Summer 1983 Addenda, and the Shearon Harris Technical Specifications.

The eddy current data analysis variables were established in accordance with the Procedure No.

HNP-005 Rev. 0 "Eddy Current Data Analysis Procedure, Evaluation of Westinghouse Steam Generator Tubing", and the attached Guideline, "Steam Generator Eddy Current Interpretation Guidelines, Rev. 1". The data was independently analyzed by two groups of certified Level IIA (minimum) data analysts. Discrepancies between the two sets of evaluation results were reviewed by Lead Level III eddy current examiners representing both Primary and Secondary analysis groups. Data Acquisistion and Primary data analysis was performed by ABB/Combustion Engineering while Secondary data analysis was performed by Rockridge. Both Primary and Secondary data analysis was performed remotely via LAN/WANat the ABB/Combustion Engineering Chattanooga Data Center, and Rockridge offices.

Document No: IR-ISI-152 WORK SCOPE The examination program was conducted to meet all the necessary requirements of the Plant Technical Specifications. A examination was performed utilizing bobbin probe testing examining approximately 29% of the open tubes in each of the three steam generators. Examinations included peripheral tubes, and included 100% of the open pre-heater tubes which have a roll expansion at the second and third baffle support structure. Testing was performed from the outlet and inlet side of the steam generator.

Motorized Rotating Coil (MRPC) examinations were performed on the inlet side of all three steam generators at the top-of-tubesheet roll transitions of all open tubes'. MRPC inspections were also performed on a sample of pre-heater roll transitions (25 tubes) in steam generator "C", and dented intersections and row one and two u-bends in all three steam generators. MRPC inspections were used to diagnose bobbin coil indications (special interest).

Com onent: SG ¹A Steam Generator Inspection Summary In's ectiori".t ' No;. of- Tubes Bobbin ..piobe MRPC.':U-'.Bend Int.:.'3:.'17,-

MRPC: Top-of-Tubesheet.. 4563.,

46 MRPC;:: Dented':

5'om onent: SG ¹B Steam Generator Inspection Summary Ins ection e- -No. of Tubes

.Bobbin':probe: '1334 RPC.'. Top-of-Tubesheet

',:M

'457,:1.

IVIRPC;- 0-Bend 46.,

'RPC'::De'nted: Int. .7

'There are 4578 tubes in each of the three D4 series steam generators.

Document No: IR-ISI-152 Com onent: SG ¹C Steam Generator Inspection Summary Ins ection-t e No. of Tubes Bobbin 1'341 probe'.;

MRPC: 4565 Top;of-'Tubesheet','.-MRPC':,U.;,:Bend'.

".: ": 49

,;.MRPC'.Dented 'Int; 20:

'MRPC 'Pre-'Heater:-Int. 25 Probes Utilized Bobbin Probe A610MULC .610" diameter magnetic bias A580SFRM .580" diameter spring flex magnetic bias A560SFRM .560" diameter spring flex magnetic bias MRPC Probe B620MRPC3C .620" diameter three coil (0.115" pancake; axial, circ.)

B580MRPCPH .580" diameter single pancake coil (u-bend)

Summary Full length bobbin coil eddy current examinations were conducted as summarized in the previous section of this report. The scan plan was provided by ABB/CE and approved by CP&L, and depicted a -29% sample of tubes throughout all three steam generators. Tube indications reported were compared to previous data from past inspections to investigate any possible flaw growth.

Indications were reported in the (20% range, M20 to 39% range and >40% range. A summary of the 1995 outage % Through-wall indications sorted by RFO-6 indication size follows this section.

MRPC three-coil examinations of the hot leg top-of-tube-sheet transitions were performed on all open tubes in all three steam generators. Inspections in this area reported Axial and Circumferential indications which were subsequently repaired.

Document No: IR-ISI-152 Shearon Harris Repair History The following tables list the repair history for the Shearon Harris steam generators. Included are the repairs made during RFO-6 by ABB/Combustion Engineering.

Steam Generator "A" Repairs RFO Date ., Row- -Col .. Type. of Plug Reason Plugged Shop '. 3/83 12 2 Welded Welded MFG Defect 19 12 Welded Welded MFG Defect 38 16 Welded Welded MFG Defect

. RFO-1: 9/88 15 3 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 Three tubes plugged 2 59 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 for AVB wear, three for 41 59 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 other reasons 44 59 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 47 59 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 6 113 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690

,-;RF,O-"2' 11/89 45 59 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 AVB Wear FO 11/90 9 112 B&W Rolled 1690 BBW Rolled 1690 AVB Wear 10 113 BBW Rolled 1690 B&W Rolled 1690 AVB Wear RFO-'3". 4/91 20 99 BBW Rolled 1690 BBW Rolled 1690 PWSCC 23 99 BBW Rolled 1690 BBW Rolled 1690 PWSCC 6 94 B&W Rolled 1690 BBW Rolled 1690 PWSCC RFO-.6 9/95 34 32 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 SAI at the TTS 8 TS 36 32 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 SA1 at the TTS 25 71 ABB Rolled 1690* ABB Rolled 1690 SCI at the TTS

'Stake Installed

Document No: IR-ISI-152 Steam Generator "B" Repairs RFO .Date Row Col Type of Plug Reason Plugged HL CL Shop- 49 81 Welded Welded MFG Defect 49 82 Welded Welded MFG Defect

. RFO-1

'/83 9/88 43 59 ABB Rolled l690 ABB Rolled l690 AVB Wear 44 59 ABB Rolled l690 ABB Rolled 1690 AVB Wear RFO-5 4/94 49 34 W Rolled l690 W Rolled 1690 50% Free Span CL 47 51 W Rolled l690 W Rolled l690 49% Free Span CL 12 85 W Rolled l690 W Rolled l690 Axial Indication in TS RFO-6 9/95 39 81 ABB Rolled l690 ABB Rolled l690 SAI at the TTS 43 46 ABB Rolled l690 ABB Rolled 1690 MAI in the TS

Document No: IR-ISI-152 Steam Generator "C" Re airs RFO Date Ro>v Col Type of Plug Reason Plugged CL Shop 3/83 27 21 Welded Welded MFG Defect 27 22 Welded Welded MFG Defect Base 1/85 23 30 W Rolled 1600 W Rolled 1600 Tube Guides left during Line 23 31 W Rolled 1600 W Rolled 1600 fabrication 24 30 W Rolled 1600 W Rolled 1600 24 31 W Rolled 1600 W Rolled 1600 RFO-1 9/88 42 56 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 AVB Wear 45 59 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 AVB Wear RFO-2 11/89 47 66 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 Other 33 100 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 Other RFO-3 4/91 29 45 B&W Rolled 1690 B&W Rolled 1690 AVB Wear RFO-4 10/92 22 73 Welded 1690 B&W Rolled 1690 Tube Pull-Stabilizer 27 62 Welded 1690 B&W Rolled 1690 Tube Pull

'FO-5 4/94 23 30 W Rolled 1690 W Rolled 1690 Removal of 1600 plug 23 31 W Rolled 1690 W Rolled 1690 Removal of 1600 plug 24 30 W Rolled 1690 W Rolled 1690 Removal of 1600 plug 24 31 W Rolled 1690 W Rolled 1690 Removal of 1600 plug RFO-6 9/95 23 30 Welded 1690 Removal of Leaking W 23 31 Welded 1690 1690 plugs 24 30 Welded 1690 24 31 Welded 1690 15 48 ABB Rolled 1690'BB ABB Rolled 1690 SCI at the TTS 22 71 Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 SAI at the TTS 23 71 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 SAI at the TTS 32 84 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 SAI at the TTS 46 59 ABB Rolled 1690 ABB Rolled 1690 47% AV2, 42% AV3**

41% AV1

47 59 ABB Rolled 1690

Stake Installed ABB Rolled 1690

- Wear

Document No: IR-ISI-152 ALL %TWD INDICATIONS Steam Generator "A" Row Col Volts -.Deg,. %:-;94;-DIF,- CH LOC ELEV, EXT,.- Probe 88 15.72 157 9 9 1 01C 3.14 TEHTEC A610MULC 47 56 0.20 9 nr P2 AV1 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 22 105 0.94 129 13 17 1 01H 1.01 TEHTEC A610MULC 47 63 0.55 15 11 P2 AV2 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 46 59 0.63 17 17 P2 AV3 0.06 TEHTEC A610MULC 42 59 0.73 19 14 P2 AV1 -0.03 TEHTEC A610MULC 49 46 0.40 19 14 P2 07C 0.42 TEHTEC A610MULC 39 64 0.75 20 19 P2 AV3 0.03 TEHTEC A610MULC 40 59 0.83 21 20 P2 AV4 -0.03 TEHTEC A610MULC 47 56 0.52 21 16 P2 AV3 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 114 1.07 92 23 nl 23 P1 TSH 0.15 TSHTSH B620MRPC3C 42 59 0.90 23 24 P2 AV3 0.02 TEHTEC A610MULC 46 59 0.93 23 26 -3 P2 AV4 0.09 TEHTEC A610MULC 37 16 1.20 147 25 nr 25 1 01H 0.99 TEHTEC A610MULC 47 56 0.71 26 21 P2 AV2 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 47 56 0.69 26 21 P2 AV4 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 49 43 0.60 26 22'0 P2 07C 0.39 TEHTEC A610MULC 31 64 1.43 29 P2 AV2 0.51 TEHTEC A610MULC 49 61 1.83 109 30 31 P1 09C 0.09 TEHTEC A610MULC 49 84 0.20 143 34 37 -3 1 03C 25.79 TEHTEC 1610MULC oose pa in ica ion measure wi panca e coi.

None of the defective (R40%) flaw signals reported during this inspection indicated any growth of previous indications greater than 10% . Other indications which did change more than 10%, and were not reported during RFO-5 were reviewed during the RFO-6 inspection and showed no significant change.

'Indications from RFO-6 which were not reported during RFO-5 are shown as "nr" (not reported). These indications have been reviewed and indicate no apparent change.

Document No: IR-ISI-152 Steam Generator "B" Row Col Volts 'eg ..% . 94 'IF:. CH.. LOC ..'ELEV EXT. Probe.

41 34 0.18 15 -8 P2 AV2 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 48 72 0.30 12 19 -7 P2 05C 0.47 TEHTEC A610MULC 45 63 0.43 13 15 -2 P2 AV2 -0.06 TEHTEC A610MULC 39 18 030 15 nr 15 P2 11H 0.38 TEHTEC A610MULC 47 72 0.42 '16 15 1 P2 05C 0.65 TEHTEC A610MULC 41 38 0.44 17 18 -1 P2 AV3 -0.12 TEHTEC A610MULC 46 59 0.50 18 nr 18 P2 AV4 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 29 67 0.72 155 19 14 5 1 10C -0.83 TEHTEC A610MULC 28 97 0.46 22 20 2 P2 AV4 0.17 TEHTEC A610MULC 40 96 0.82 25 nr 25 P2 02C 0.52 TEHTEC A610MULC 42 56 0.74 25 23 2 P2 AV2 -0.03 TEHTEC A610MULC 45 59 0.77 25 24 1 P2 AV4 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 45 59 0.86 27 27 0 P2 AV1 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 46 59 0.88 27 25 2 P2 AV2 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC

Document No: IR-ISI-152 Steam Generator "C" Row ..: Col. Volts Deg,, '%4;- DIF ..CH.'. LOC.: ELEV: EXT Probe 34 59 1.17 120 5 nr 5 P1 03C 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 74 1.21 159 6 nr 6 1 04C 6.80 TEHTEC A610MULC 32 77 0.31 -3 P2 AV3 -0.03 TEHTEC A610MULC 48 59 0.31 nr 8 P2 AV2 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 37 86 0.33 10 9 1 P2 AV3 -0.05 TEHTEC A610MULC 40 60 0.35 10 13 -3 P2 AV2 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 39 74 0.39 nr 11 P2 AV3 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 30 46 0.33 12 25 -13 P2 AV3 -0.08 TEHTEC A610MULC 49 34 0.43 12 P2 AV2 0.24 TEHTEC A610MULC 48 59 0.53 14 13 1 P2 AV1 -0.03 TEHTEC A610MULC 49 67 0.40 14 nr 14 P2 07C -0.32 TEHTEC A610MULC 14 78 42.16 154 15 7 8 1 02C -0.03 TEHTEC A610MULC 28 0.49 15 15 0 P2 AV1 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 33 43 0.53 15 17 -2 P2 AV3 0.05 TEHTEC A610MULC 33 45 0.51 15 13 2 P2 AV3 -0.09 TEHTEC A610MULC 34 45 0.51 15 15 0 P2 AV3 -0.19 TEHTEC A610MULC 40 56 0.50 15 13 2 P2 AV1 -0.11 TEHTEC A610MULC 43 59 0.55 15 12 3 P2 AV2 -0.05 TEHTEC A610MULC 40 56 0.57 18 -2 P2 AV3 -0.08 TEHTEC A610MULC 34 46 1.69 17 nr 17 P2 AV3 -0.32 TEHTEC A610MULC 27 46 0.49 18 12 6 P2 AV1 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 43 56 0.55 18 17 1 P2 09C -0.38 TEHTEC A610MULC 25 45 0.53 19 22 -3 P2 AV2 -0.35 TEHTEC A610MULC 41 56 0.59 19 23 A P2 AV2 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 33 45 0.80 21 13 8 P2 AV1 -0.02 TEHTEC A610MULC 28 46 0.79 22 16 6 P2 AV2 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 30 46 0.67 22 12 10 P2 AV1 -0.44 TEHTEC A610MULC 44 59 0.96 23 23 0 P2 AV2 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 23 45 0.90 24 22 2 P2 AV2 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC

Document No: IR-ISI-152 Steam Generator "C" Row' Col:: -Volts '-'Deg '%4" DIF CH, LOC - EL'EV EXT' Probe 45 56 0.82 24 14 10 P2 AV4 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 40 19 0.91 25 20 5 P2 AV4 -0.22 TEHTEC A610MULC 36 59 0.62 142 26 nr 26 1 TSH 1.23 TEHTEC A610MULC 46 59 1.12 26 14 12 P2 AV4 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 39 86 1.08 27 25 2 P2 AV3 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 14 77 2.29 139 29 32 -3 1 02C 1.90 TEHTEC A610MULC 34 44 1.81 31 24 7 P2 AV2 1.13 TEHTEC A610MULC 31 45 1.51 32 30 2 P2 AV1 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 41 20 1.76 33 31 2 P2 AV4 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 45 56 1.59 35 31 4 P2 AV1 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 4 105 0.35 138 36 39 -3 1 01C 1.58 TEHTEC A610MULC 22 99 2.27 110 37 37 0 P1 01H 0.67 TEHTEC A610MULC 30 44 1.67 37 29 8 P2 AV2 -0.03 TEHTEC A610MULC 30 45 2.26 39 33 6 P2 AV1 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 47 59 2.28 41 36 5 P2 AV1 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 46 59 2.67 42 32 10 P2 AV3 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC 46 59 3.48 47 39 8 P2 AV2 0.00 TEHTEC A610MULC

Document No: IR-ISI-152 Another aspect of this outage, was the inspection of dented intersections with three-coil MRPC technique. A selection of 20% of the dented intersections greater than five volts as reported during RFO-5 were examined. The selection included all of the straight section hot leg tubes in steam generators "A" and "B", and the majority of the straight section hot leg tubes in steam genertor "C", as well as a selection of straight section cold leg tubes in all three steam generators.

None of the dented intersections reported any indications indicative of degradation.

A sample of 20% (twenty five) tubes were inspected in steam generator "C" at the cold leg pre-heater expansions. The three-coil MRPC coil was utilized and included both expansion transitions at 02C and 03C. None of the expanded intersections reported any indications indicative of degradation.

A sample of 20% of the row one and two U-bend locations were examined utilizing a single coil (pancake) MRPC probe. The area examined ranged from 07H-07C. None of the U-bends reported any indications indi cati ve of degradation.

Additional information may be found by reviewing the graphic tube-sheet maps found in the following sections. These include:

Tubes Examined with Bobbin Probe Tubes Examined with Bobbin Probe which exhibit % Through wall Indications Tubes Examined with MRPC Probe for Top-of-Tube-sheet area Tubes Examined with MRPC Probe for Dented Locations Tubes Examined with MRPC Probe for U-bend Locations Tubes Examined with MRPC Probe for Pre-Heater transitions (SG "C" only)

Tubes Examined with MRPC PRobe exhibiting MCI, SCI, MAI or SAI indications (TTS)

Carolina Power 8 Light Shearon Harris UNIT: 1 SG: A TSH MRPC Exams 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 I ooaoloooohoooobooodoooolo ooaoooooooooeooaoooeoaooaooo oloooolooooboooohoaaoloooo Ooeoooooeaoooeoaoooooaaoaoee I

ooooooooooaooooooaooaooaoooooo ~ oooaoaooooaoooooooooooooooaoo ooooooooooaaooooooaoooooooooooo ooaoooooooaaoooooooooaoaooooooo 45 ooooaooooaoaoooooooaoaoooaooooo ~ aoooooooooooaoooooooooooaooooo oaoooaooooaooooooooooooooaoooooooe ~ aooooooooaooaoaeooaoooaaaooooaooo ooooooooooooooaoooooooooooooooooooe oooo oooooooooaoo ooooooaooooooooooao oooooooooaooaooooooooooooooaoooooooo oooa ooooooaoaoaoo oooooooaoooaoooooae oooooooooooooeoooooooooooeoooooooooo F 000 oooooooeaeoo aaooooaoooooaaoeoooe 00000 ooooooooooaoooao oooooooa oooooaooo 0000 oooooooooaoo oooooooooooooaooeooooa 0040000 oooaoeoooeoaooae 04000040 4 04 000004 aooo oeeooeoooeoo oeooooooeaoooaeooeoeoooe

~ oaooooo 0000000000000000 00000000 oooaooooo oooo aoaaoooooooo ooaaooooooooooooooaooooo a oooooooa oooooooooooooooe 00000040 000000000 oooa aooooeoaoooo ooaoeoooeoooaooooeoeoooo 0 oaoooooo aoaooooooooooooa ooooo o 000000000 oooo aooaoo oooa ooooaaooooooooooooaooooo o oooaaaooo oooaoaaoaoaoooao ooooo o ooooooooo 0000 oeoooa ooaa oeoaoaoooaoooooooooooaao ao oaooooooooo ooooooooooooooao oooooooo ooaoooooo oooo oooooooooooa ooooooooooooooeooaoaoooo oo 0 ooooooooooooooooooooooooooo oaooe aoo ooooooooo oooo ooooooaoooooooooooooeoeooooooooeoooe 000 00 oooooooooaeeoooooooooaoeoeo oooooooa ooooooooe 4000 oooooooooaaooooooooooooooooooooeoeoo 00 0 00 ooooooooooaooooooooooooooooo oooooooe oaooooooo aoeo oooooaooaoeaoooooooeeoooooaooo 04'oooo ao 04' 000 oaeoooooooooooooaooooooaoaoa 00000000 ooaoooooo aoao ooooooaoaaoooooaoaooaoeooooooa oeooao ae 0 ooooaaoaoooooooaaoooaooooooaa eaoooooo oooaaoooo aaoo oooooooaoooooooooaooooooooooeo oooooa 00 400 4 oooooaooooooaeoooeaoooeoooeooo ooeooooo aoaooeooo aooo eoeoeeoooeoooeooaoooeoeooooeoo oeoeoa 04 4 444 oo ooooooooooao ooooooaooaooooooooo oaoaoooooooaoooaoo oooaooaooooooooooooooooooaooooaooo 00000000 0 00 0000 ooooooooooae ooooooeaeaooooooooo aooooooooooooooooo ooeaeoeooooooeoeaoooooooeoooeoeooo oeoeoeoe 0 eeoooe ooooooooooo 0 oooooooooooeooooooaooooooooooooooaoo oooooeooooaooooooooeooeooooooeeoao ooooo ooooooooooooo 0 ooooooooooooaeooooooooooooaoooaoooo ooooooooaoooooaoooooaooooeoaooeoo oeaoooaeoo oaooe 0 4'ooooeaoeo oooooooooooooo 0 ooooooooooooooooooooooooo ooooaoooooooeaooaaoaooo aooaooaeaa OOOO 440 oooooooooooooo 0 ooaooaooooooooooeoooooooo ooooooooooooooooaoooooo aooeeeoooo 0444 04 00000000000000 aaooooooooooooooooooooooooooaooooooooooooooooooooaoaoooooaooaoooaaooooooe 0404400000 Oaeee 44 OOO oooooooooooooo oaooaooooaoooaaoooooooooooooaaoooooooaoooooooooooooo ooaooooooooooaooooooo 4'44444sooo 404 OO 00 ooooosoooooooooooooaooooooooa oooooooooooooooooooooaoooaoooooooaoo aaooooooooooooeoooooo oe'o oeoo 0000 oeeae oee 15 000 oooooooooooooaooooooooooaooao oooaoooooeooooooooaooaooaoooooaoo 000 ooooooooaaeooaoaoaooaooaooaoo oeooooooooeoeoooooeoaooeooooooaoa aao ooooooooooooooooooooooooooaoo oooooooooooooaooooooooooooooooooa 00 oooooeoooooooaoaooeooo oo40404 sooo ooooooooeeoooooooeoeaoooooeoo oooeooeoooeaooeoooeeoeoeoooeoeooe aooaoooooooaeooooooooo 00000440000 oooaoooooooooooaaeeeooooooaoooaoe 004 oeoooaooooeoooaoaoooo 040 oooaeaeeoooooooeoeeee 0 oeoa oooo 4 OO44'oooe oao 0 040 aaaooooooeoeoeooooooo 04 aeao 0444 4'000.0 OOOO 0004 0440 44404 040 44 000 ooooaooooooooooeoaooe 00 0000 0040 04400 004 44 oeeoooooaoooeooooooooe oeoaoeooeoe oeooooooooeoooaooooooooo ooooooooooeooooooa 440 aaeaooooaooo 04 OOOO 0444 eoeoe oeo 44 oee 4 000 0 15 10 ~ ooooooooooooooooooooao ooooooooooo oooooooooooaooooooooooao ooooooaoaooooooooo 040 ooooaaoaaooo 0040 40 oooaooooo 0 04040 ooooooooooooooooooooeoo 00000000004 ooeoooaooooooooaoooooooe eoeoooaoaoooaooooo 000 aeeeeoooeooo aeae 00 040040404 OOOOOOaooOoOOOoaOOaooeO 000 000000 oooooooooeooooooooooo ooooooooooaooooooooooae ooo oooooooooooooooooaeooaooooo aaoooooaooaooooooooooao oaooooooooooeeaooooooooaoooooooaooe eoooooooooeoeaoooo 000 oeooo ooooo 4440 oo oooaoooee aoo ooa 0 aaooooooooooeaoooo 004 oeooo ooooo 4404 44 00000044 4 eee OFga oaoooooeooaaeaoeoo 0oo aeoooe aoaooo ooee 40 000000444 OOO 040 044 aoo >>

aooooooooooooooooooooo ooaaooaooooooooooaoooooooooooooooooo ooooooooooeoeooooo ooa oooooo oooooo eeoc 440 ooooeeoe eee 040 5 oeooooooooeaoaa ooooooeoo oooeooooeoeoeoeaooooooooaaoooooaooeaoo oooaao ooaeoooeoeoo aoeoao 0040000Fgoeooooeeoeeoeoooeesa oooooaeoooooooo ooaoooooo oooaooooooooooooaooooooooooooooooooooo oooaoo oooaoaaaoooo aooooo aoooooaooooooooaooaooooooeoo ooeooeeoooeoeoe ooeeeoeoe oeoeeeeoeoooooeeeeoeoeoeoooeeeeoeoeoeo oeoooe oeoeoeeeeeea 404040 4444440404040444444044404444 5

OOOOOOOOOOOOOOO ooaoooooo ooaooaoaoooeooooaooooooooooooeoooooooo oooooo 000000404 400 000000 oae eoooooooooe oeoeooooooeae a oooaeoeoeoeoeoo 4'00440404 oeaeoeeeeoeoeoeoooooeooeaeooooeooosooa oeoaee oeoeoeoeoooo 004040 44444444040044444000404444'44 ooooooooaoooooo ooooooo0ooo0o0ao0o00o0000oooo0oao0o0oooooooooooooooooo0ooo0ooooooooooooooooo40o0oooeaeoaooooooooeoo I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 5 10 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 NOZZLE Database: Harris SGA 1995 Model: W Series D4 INLET MANVVAY Total DeFault Plug 15 DeFault Steu 122 Ron4ltat QuoFS Result: 4563 2etcc Data lhnagenent Sea. 23y1995 14:59 28TRC's EDDTNET 95 Insaectlon Plcralng and Nanagenent <1A-1A)

F 1

Carolina Power 8 Light Shearon Harris UNIT: 1 SG: 8 % TVVH Indications 110 105 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 45 4O 35 3O 25 15 10 5 loom))looooIooooloooolooooIQ I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 000 I 0000 I QIQQQQIQQQQIQQQQIQQQQIWQQQI 0 0 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0100011 10000 I O00010000100001000 0 0 <<0 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I + 0 0-0 0 4> 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0 - 0 0- >>>>0>><< 0 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I ~ 0 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 00 45 000100001000010000) 00001000010000) S 01000010000100001000010000 I O0001000 000010000100001000010000100001000010 + I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0>>P>>>> I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO Q>> <<>>Q>><<<<<

>>><<>>Q>><<>><><<<<>>P>>>>>><<Q<< +0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0001000010000100001000010000100001000010 0100001000010000)0000100001000010000 s 000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 000 0 I 0000 0000 I 0000 10000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 II 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 II 0000 II 0 000 000010000100001000010000)0000 Q>>>><<>>Q>>>>>>Q>>>>>><

>>>>>Q>>>>>> Q>>>>>> 00010000)0 <<<<>>Q>><<>>>>Q<< 0000 1000 0000 I 0000100001 0000 0000 0000 0>>0>>>>>>0>><<>>>><<<<>>0<<<<>>>>0>><<>><<0>><<<<>>0>>>><<<<0<<<<>>

00) 00001000010000100001000010000100001000010 010000100001000OIQQQQ I OOOOI O000100001000OI 00 0 00 I 000 0 I 0 000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 0 0 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 OOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 II 0000 II 0000 II OOOO II 000 0000 ---0I 0000 0-

>>>>0 0000 I I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0000 0000 Oppp 0000 0- >>0>>>>>>>>0>>>>>>>>0>> 0 - 0 0 - 0 25'>> -0 0 >>>>0>>>>>>>>0>>>> 0 >>>>0>> 10000 I 00001 00001 00001 0000 1000010000 )0040 1000010 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 00001 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000010000 I 0 10000 I 00+01 00001 00001 0000 I 00001 0000 I 0000 1000010 0 10000 I 0000 I 00001 00001 0000 I10000 0000 I 0000 II 00001 0000 I 0 00 I 0000 10000 I 0000 I 00001 0000 100001 00001 0000 I 000010 0 I 0000 10000 10000 100001 0000 I 0000 00001 00001 00 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 0 0 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO)000010000100 <<Q<<>>Q>> 00 I OOOO Q>> Q>> P>> 0<<e Q>>>>>><

><<<<>>Q<<<<>>>>Q <<<<>>Q>><<>>Q <<<<Q<<<<<<<>>><<>>Q>><< 25 P Q Q Q 00010000 s 000010000100001000010000100001000010000) 1000010000100001000010000)00001000010000 s 00001000 OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I IOOOOSOOOOIOOOOSOOOOSOOOOSOOOOSOOOOSOOOO OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 0 0 00 I I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0I 0000 I 0000 0I 0000 0I 0000 ~ 0000 0I 0000 DI 0000 0I 0000 0I 0000 0I 0000 I 0000 0I 0000 0I OOOO 0) 0000 0I 0000 0I 0000 0I 0000 0 >> 0 0 0 0 0 0 15 o I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 0 I 0000 I 0000 ~ 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 II 0000 II 0000 010000 100001 o >>>>o 0000 1 o 00001 00001 o- -o OOOOIOOQOIOOOOI OOOO 1000010000 >>o>>>> o >>>>o >>>>o o o- 000010000 o 0000 1 o >>>>o<<>><<<<o I 0000 I 000 0 I 0 000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0 0 I 0 000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0000 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0 I I 000010000100001000010000100001000010 >>>>o>> >>o <<<<o >>>>o>> >>o 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 II 0000 II 0000 II 0000 II 0000 II OOOO II 0000 II 0000 II 0000 II 00 o-10 ~ 00 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO RI 0000 I OOOO II OOOO II 0000 II OOOO II 0000 II OOOO II OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO 000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 0 Qop I OOOO OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 00 00 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 000 0 II 00000 000<<pI 0000<<<<>>p>>I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 <<<<p<<<<<<<<p<<<<<<<>p p <> 00010000 OOOO I OOOO I OOOO)00 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO)0 0)OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 00 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 000 s p 000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO II 0000 II 0000 II 0000 II OOOO II 0000 II OOOO II 000 OOOO 0000 OOOO 00 000 I OOOO I OOOO I 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 p << <<p<<<<<<<<p<<<<<<<<p<<<<<<<<p<<<< 10 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0000 00 00 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 00 OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO OOOO <<<<<<<<0<<<<<<<<0>> 0>>>>>>0>> 0>>>> 0>><<0 0>>>>0<<>><<0>>>>>><<0>><<<<>>0<<<<<<>>0>><<>>>>0>><<<<>>0<<<<<<>>0>><<>><<0<<<<<<>>0>>>><<>>0>><<>><><<<<<<0<<>><<<<Q<<<<<<<< I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0000 OOOO I OOOO S OOOO S OOOO I OOOO S OOOO S OOOO I OOOO S OOOO S OOOO I OOOO S OOOO S OOOO I OOOO S OOOO S OOOO I OOOO I OOOO S OOOO I OOOO S OOOO S OOOO S OOOO Oooo I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - I I l I I I 110 105 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 MANVtlAY Database: Harris SGB 1995 Model: Nl Series D4 OUTLET NOZZLE Total 0 Default Tubs ~ Default Plus 7 Default Stau 122 1-> 19 Percent 7 O 20 > 39 Percent 5 4> 40 > 99 Porcent 0 Zetec Data is>no)anent Sen. 22>1995 19:07 ZET(C's E)DTNET 95 Tnosectlcn Plamlnc and slane)enact (IA-TA> D Carolina Power 5 Light Shearon Harris UNIT: 1 SG: B All Tubes Tested at Dented Locations (MRPC) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 )05 110 000$ I 0000 I oooo l 0000 I oooo) 0 I 0000 I 0 000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 oloooolooooloooolooool$ $ ool 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0 000100001000010000100001 $ 00010 0 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 000 0000100001000010000100001000010 <<<<0 0<<<< 0 0100001000010000100001000010000 0 <<<< 0 0 <<0 << 0 0 << 0 <<0<< 0 45 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 ~ I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 0 ~ I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 000010000100001000010000100001000010 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0010000100001000010000100001000010000 Qaaa<<Qa<<a<<P<<<<a<<Q<<<<a<<Q<<<<<<aQ<<<<<<a>>aa<> Qa a<> <<<<Q 0001000010000100001000010000100001000010 0100001000010000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 100001000010000100001000 I 0000 I 0000 I Oppp I OOOO I 0000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I O 01000010000100001000010000 I O0001000010000 OOOO I OOOO I OOOO s OOOO I OOOO I OOOO 0 aaa<<Q<<<<a<<Q<<<<a<<Q<<<<<<<<Q<<a<<<<Q<<<<aa OOO I OOOO s O aa Qaa<<<<P<< 0100001000 <<0<<a<<>>a<<a>> 00001000010000 1O0001000010000 aa<<apa<<<<<<pa<<<<<<pa<<a<<pa<<a>>pa<<a<<0 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 01000010000100001000010000100001000010000100 ooo s oooo)oooo s oooo)oooo s oooo I oooo s oooo I aooo s o o s oooo I oooo s aooo s oooo I oooo s aaoo s oooo s oooo s ooo 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0 000 I OOOO I 000 0 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0O 0000<<0I 0000 I 0000 I 0000<<0I 0000 I 0 000 0- I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 O I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I Oooo I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0 0 0 <<0 0<< 0 - 0 0<<<<<<<<0 0-<< -0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 O I 0000 I 0000 0I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0I 0000 0I 0000 I 0 010000100001000010000 10000100001000010000)000010 010000100001000010000100001000010000100001000010 oosoooosooooloooosoooosooooloooosoooosoooolooooso osooooloooosoooosooooloooosaooosoooosoooosoooosoo 00 I 0000 I 0000<<Q<<<<a<<Q<<<<a<<Q<< I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 0<<Qa 25 Q Q a Qaaa<<P<<aaaQ<<P<<<<<<Q Q a<<<<Q<<aa<<Q Qaaa Q<<aa<<P<<a <<Qaaa<<P<<<<<<<<Q a 25 0001000010000100001000010000100001000010000100001 100001000010000100001000010000100001000010000)000 oooosoooosooooloooosaooosooooloooosoooos I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0 000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 II 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0 000 I 0 0 00 I 0000 0000 I 000 0 0I 0000 I OOOO I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0I 0000 I 0 0 0 0 0 a. 15 010000) 0000 1 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000010000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000010000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000010000100001000010 0 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0 o 0 I 0000 o-<< I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 o- ao o- <<o aao<<aa-o <<ao- -oa 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 ) 0000 I 0000 I 0000 oI 0000 I 0000 I 0000 oI 0000 I 0000 I 0000<<oI 0000 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 II 0000 0001000010000100001000010000100001000010000 -aoa 0000 <<o<< -o -ao<< <<o<<<< o <<<<o<<<< o I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I Oooo I 0000 I 0000 I 00 1000010000100001000010000100001000010000$ 0000 EO0001000010000100001000 o-I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 000<<Q<<<<Q<<aa>>Q<<<<Q I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 aa<<Q<<a <<Q<<aa<<Q <<Qaaa<<Q<< a Q <<Qaa <<a<<Q<<aa<<Q 000)0000 10000 10000 I 0000 I 00 I 000010000 10000 I 0000 10000 I 0 0 I 0000 QI 0000 Q<<aa<<P Q <<<<<<Q<<a<<<<Q Q a a<<Q <<Q<< oao I oooo I oooo I oooo I oooo s oooo I oooo I oooo s oooo s oooo s oooo I oooo s oooo I oooo s aooo s oooo I oooo I oooo !0000 10000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 )0000 I 0000 10000 I 000 s oooo I oooo s oooo s oooo I ooo 000 OOOO OOOO OOOO I 000 0 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 000 0 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 000 I I I 4)0001000010000s <<a<<<<0<<a 00001000010000100001000010000100001000010000 <<0<<aa>>0<<<<a<<pa<<>><<oaaaapaaaapaaaapaa s 000010000) 00001000010000100001000010000100001000010000 <<Qaaaapaaaaoaaaapaaaapaaaapaa<<<<0<<<<>>>>pa<<<<<<0<<aa 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 10000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 ) 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0<<>><<<<0<<<<<<<<0<<<<<<<<0<<<<<<<<0<<<<<<m I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 oooo)oooo s oooo s oooo I oooo I oooo s oooo)oooo s oooo s oooo I oooo I oooo s oooo I oooa s oooo s oooo s oooo s aooo II 0000 I oooo s oooo s oooo I oooo 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I Oo 0 0 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 00 00 I oooo 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 II 0000 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 1)0 NOZZLE Database: Harris SGB 1995 Model: VV Series D4 INLET MANV/AY Tata 1 0 Default Tuba ~ Default, Plug Default Stag HaYRot Queru Results Zetee Data Nanagenent Sep 23e1995 12:03 2ETEC'a EDD7NET 95 In)peat lan Platting and Danagenent (10-Ill) Carolina Power 8 Light Shearon Harris UNlT: 1 SG: B U-Bend MRPC Exams 110 105 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 looRRloooolooooloooolooooloI 0 I 0000 I 0 000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0 l oooo I oooo l oooo l oooo I Rooo 0001000010000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO 0000 0 O I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0 I0 01000% I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 OOOO 000 1 1 0000100001000010000 0 0 <<0<< t 000010000 10 010000100001000010000)000010000 <<0 0<<<< 0 <<-0<< -0<<<<<< 0 001000010000100001000010000100001 ~ 0 0 000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I ~ 0100001000010000100001000010000100 0000100001000010000100001000010000 (0 00 t 000 0 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 000 I 000010000100001000010000100001000010 000010000 t 0000 s 0000)0000 s 000010000 <<<<Q <<<<<<P<<<<>>Q OSOOOOIOOOOSOOOOSOOOOIOOOOSOOOOSOOOO P Q Q<<<<<<Q 0 Q <<<<<<Q<<>><< Q<< <<<<Q<< Q Q<<<< Q<< Q<< 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0100001000010000100001000010000100001000 OOOO I 0000 I 0 0 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO 000 0 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO s 0000100001000010000 0000 s 0000>>0>>>>>>>>0>>>><<0 00010000 0 0100001000 <<<<\0>><<>>>>>>>>0>>>>>>0>> >>0>>>>>> 0>>>>>>>> 00001000010000100001000010000 s 0 0>>>>>>>>0>>>>>>>>0>><<0>>>> 0010000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 0 0 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO OOOO I OOOO 0>> I OOOO 00 ooosooooloooosoooosooootoooosaooosoooolaoooso o E s oooo s oooo s oooo s oooo I aooa s oooo s oooo I oooo s ooo 000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 000 1 00 00 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0 0 - -0<< <<<<0-<< 0<< 0<<<< <<0 0 0- 0<<0I 0000-0I popo<<0-<<<<-0I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0<<<<- 0 0 0 0 10000100001000010000100001000010000!000010000!0 01000010000!000010000!0000100001000010000100001 0100001000010000100001000010000) 0000100001000010 010000100001000010000100001000010000100001000010 oosoooosoooosooooloooosoooolooooloooosoooolooooso osoooosoooosoooosoooosoooosoooosoooosaooosoooosoo 00100001000010000100001000010000) <<Q 0000!00001000010 0100001000010000100001000010000100001000010000 Q<<<<P<<>>>> Q<<Q<<<<<<P<<Q<<<<<<<<Q<<>><<<<Q<<<<<<<<Q<<<<>><<Q<<<<<<Q EOO 25 <<<<Q<<<<<<>>P<<<<<<>>Q <> Q 25 000 OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO) 1 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO ~ OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 000 OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO 0000 II OOOO II 0000 II 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0 0000 0 0000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0000 0I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0 D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 @ 15 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO 0<<oI 0000 I 0000 o <<-o o<<<< 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0 = I 0000 I 0000 I 0 pop I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 o --o- -o <<-o- -o<<<< o- -o<< 00 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO oI OOOO I OOOO I OOOO oI OOOO I OOOO I OOOO oI OOOO I OOOO I OOOO<<oI OOOO oI OOOO I OOOO oI OOOO I OOOO-oI OOOO o- <<<<o <<-o 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 II 00 000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 R 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 00 <<<<o<< 000 000 0000 Q<<<<Q I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 1 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000010000100001000010000100001000 10 Q 1 00010000!00001000010000100 Q Q p<<>><> Q <<Q 100001000010000!00001000010 1 <<<<Q<<>><<>>Q<<>>p<<<<<<Q Q<<<<>><> Q Q Q<<<<<<Q <<p<<<<<<>>Q<<Q<< 000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000010000100001000010000100001 00100001000010000100001000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 000 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 II 0000 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 000 0000 I 0000 s 0000 s 0000 s 0000 s 000010000) 0000 s 0000 s 0000 I 00001000010000 s 0000 s 0000 s 0000 t 0000 s 0000 s 0000 s 000010000 s 0000 t 0000 Q <<<><<Q<<>><<<<Q<<>>>><<0<<>>>><<Q<<<<>><>>>>>>>P>><<<<<><<Q<<<<>>>>Q <>>>>>Q>><<>>>>Q<<>> P>>>><<<><<<>>>>>Q <<<>>> 0<<<<<<>>0>>>>>>>>0>><<<<>> 5 OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I Oooo I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 OOOO I OOOO t 00004040 0 I OOOO I OOOO I 040440000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 000040000 I OOOO I OOOO I 004OOOOOO 40000 I 0400 I OOOO I 400040000 I OOOO OOOO I OOOO OOOO I OOOO I OOOO OOOO S S S I I I OOOO OOOOOOOOOOOOOO OOOO S OOOO OOOOOOOOO S OOOO S OOOO I OOOO S OOOO S OOOO I OOOO S OOOO S OOOO S OOOO I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 110 105 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65, 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 MANN/AY Database: Harris SGB 1995 Model: III'eries D4 OLlTL'ET NOZZLE Total Q Sefoult Tuba 4525 R Default Plus 7 Default Stou 4 ~tot 8ueeu Result) 122 46 Zetec Sots Ilonosenent Sen. 22,1995 16:06 2EKC's EOSYNET 95 Tnsnectlon Plornlng ond thnagenent <sll-10) '1 Carolina Power 5 Light Shearon Marris UNIT: 1 SG: B Tubes with MCI, SCI, MAI, SAI Report Entries 5 )0 iS 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 100 105 110 loooslooooloooolooooloooolo 0100001000010000 '0001000010 oloooolooooloooolooool ~ 11001 OOOSOOOOIOOOOIOOOOSOOOOISIOOOSO , osoooosaooosoooolooooloooolo 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0000100001000010000100001000010 0 <<0<< 0<<<<<< 0<<<< 0 0010000100001000010000100001000010 0 0<<0I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 <<<<0<<<< 0 - <<0 ~ ) 00001000010000100001000010000100 0- <<0-00010000100001000010000100001000010 5 I 000 0 I 0 000 I 00 00 I 00 0 0 I 0000 I OOOO I 000 00001000010000) 000010000)0000)000010 0 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 0000100001O0001000010000100001000010 Q<<<<Q <<<<P <<<<<<Q Q<<<<aaQ<<<<<<<<Q <<<<<<Q 0<<0<<<<<<<<Q I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 <<<<Q <<P<<<<<<Q <<<<Q<<<<<<Q 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0 0) 000010000) 0000) 000014 000)Q 0000) 0000) 000 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0 0 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 00001000010000100001000010000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 0 <<0<<<<<<0<<a<<0<<<<<<<<(T<<a<<0<<aa<<a<<<<0<<<<<<<<0<< 0001000010 0100001000 ap<<<<a 0<<<<<<<<<<a 0000100001000010000)000010000 0<<<<<<<<0<<<<<<<<(D a<<<<0<<<<0<<Q 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 ) 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 000 0 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 00 ooosooooloooosaooosoooo)oooosoooosoooo)ooooso 000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 o s oooo I oooo s aooo s oooo I oooo I oooo s oooo I oooo I ooo 0 0000 I 0000 I 0000<<0<<<<<<<<0 0 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 <<<<<<0<< )00001000010000100001000010000)0000100001000010 0 0- 0<<0I 0000 I 0000 0 <<<<<<0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 00 0 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 0 0<<<< 0 0100001000010000100001000010000)000010000100001 0 <<<<0<<<< 0

0) 0000100001000010000100001000010000100001000010 010000)00001000010000100001000010000100001000010 00100001000010000 I OOOO)0000)000010000)0000)000010 O I 000010000)0000)0000)0000 I OOOO)0000)000010000)OO 0010000 s 00001000010000)0000)000010000)00001000010

<<<<Q<<<<Q 010000)0000)0000)0000)000010000)00001000010000)00 Q <<Q<<<<<<<<Q OOOSOOOOSOOOOIOOOOIOOOOSOOOOIOOOOSOOOOSOOOOIOOOOS Q <<<<Q <<P<<<<<<Q Q<<<<Q Q <<Q Q<<<<<<<<Q<<Q a<<Q <<<<<<0<<<<Q <<Q 25 SOOOOIOOOOSOOOOSOOOOIOOOOIOOOOSOOOOIOOOOSOOOOSOOO OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I saooosooooloooosoooosooooloooosoooosoooo 00001000OIQOQQIQQQQIOOOOI0000)0000100001 I OOOO I 0 00 0 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 II OOOO 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO 0000 0I 0000 0I 0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0I 0 )5 0 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0 o op I OOOO I OOOO I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 o 0 I 0000 o- I 0 0 00 I 000 0 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 <<o <<<<o<< <<o <<<<o<< -o<< <<o 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 oI 0000 I 0000 I 0000 oI 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 oI 0000 I 0000 o<<<< o>> <<o 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 II 0000 <<<<o 0000 o o- <<o<<<< o o- <<o o-I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 00 000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 000 0 I 0 000 I OOOO I 000 0 I 0 000 S 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 ~ 0000 I 0 00 000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 <<Q<<<<<<Q <<<<Q<<<<<<<<Q <<Q<<Q<<<<<<<<Q a<<Q<<<<<<<<Q<<<<Q 00010000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 PI 00 )0000 )0000 10000 !0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 10000!00001 <<P<<<<Q<<<<<<<<Q Q <<Q<<<<<<Q Q Q <<<<Q <<aQ<<<<<<Q<<<<<<10 ooo I oooo s oooo s oooo I oooo)oooo s oooo I oooo s oooo s oooo I oooo s aooo s oooo I oooo s oooo)oooo s oooo 0000 I 00 ) 0000 I 00001 0000! 0000 I 000 s oooo s oooo I oooo s oooo)oooo I ooo 000 I OOOO I 00 00 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 000 0000 Q<<<<<<<<Q I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 <<<<Q<<a<<Q<<<<<<<<Q<<<<<<<<Q Q<<<<<<<<Q<<<<<<<<Q<<<<<<<<Q<<<<<<<<Qa<<<<<<Qa<<<<Q<<<<<<<<Q <<<<<<P<<<<<<<<Q<<<<<<<<Q <<<<<<Q<<<<<<<<Q<<a<<<<Q<<a<<<<Q<<<<<<<<Q<<<<a<< OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 NOZZLE Total Database: Harris SGB 1995 Model: W Series D4 INLET MANN/AY O DeFoult Tuba 4569 ~ SeFoull. Plug 7 DeFou1t Stag )22 O )SIT sod)cot)one 1 0 ILT lnd lent lans 0 4 &I lndlcotlcns 1 + Wl Sod lent)one 0 2etec Seto Sonogenent Serr. 23r)995 )3)41 2ETEE's EDDTNET 95 Inspect)on Psreer log ond Narrogenent (lh-18> Carolina Power 5 Light Shearon Harris UNIT: 1 SG: C Tubes with MCI, SCI, MAI, SAI Report Entries 5 10 (5 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 Ioooolooooloooolooooloooolo 0 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 000 0 I OOOO I olooooloooolooooloooolooool 000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0 0 0 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0 0 I OOOO I 0 000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 000 0000<<0I 0000<<0>> I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 45 0 0010000)0000)000010000100001000010 0 0- >>>>0 01000010000100001000010000 80 0 0 0 0 0 (0000 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0(0000100001000O) 00001000010000100 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I OOOO I 000 0 I 0000 I OOOO I 000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I ~ 001000010000100001000010000 (000010000 000010000) Q<<>>>>>>Q>>>><> Q <<<<<> 0000100001000010000)000010 00010000) 0000)0000(0000)0000) Q 0 0 0100001000010000) >>Q>>>>Q Q>>>>>> Q>> Q<<>>>>>>>> 000010000 I O00010000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0I 0000 0I 000 Q 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000)0000)0 0000 I 0000 I 0 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 II 0000 0000 00001000010000100001000010000 0001000010 0)00001000 Q>><<<<>>Q>>>>>>>>Q>><<Q <<<<>>Q<<<<>><><<<<>> <<<<<<P<<>>>><<Q<< 0<<>><<<<0>> >> 0000)000010000)0000)0000(0000 << 0<<<<<<<<0<<<< <<0>> >>>>0>>>>>><<0>><<<<>>(3 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 00 000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 I OOOIOOOOIOOOOIOOOOIOOOOIOOOOIOOOOIOOOOIOOOOIO 0000 I 000+ I 0000 I 00000 I 0000 S 000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 0000 0000 I 00 0 0 >><< 0 0 >>0>> - 0- << 0 >>0<>>>0 I 0000 I 0000 -- I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0 0 00 0- >>>>-0<< 10000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 010000 I OOOOR0000 0 0 I 0000 10 0 >>0 0 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO 0I 0000 I 000010 0000 I OOOO I OOOO 0I 00001 0100001000010000(0000100001000010000100001000010 010000100001000010000100001000010000100001000010 001000010000 LS001000010000)000010000)00001000010 1 010$ 001000010000100001000010000100001000010000100 0010000100001000010000100001000010000100001000010 Q>>Q 0100001000010000100001000010000100001000010000(00 Q <<<<Q<<>>>>>>Q Q>>>>>>>>Q 000(0000 ) 0000(0000 I Oopoaaoop (0000 ) 0000 (0000 ) 0000 ( Q>>>>>>Q <<Qr>>Q Q>>>>>>Q>>>> P Q>><<Q <<<<0<<<> ~ 0000 ) 0000) 0000)0000 (0000)0000)0000) 0000)0000) 000 Q>>Q<<>> 25 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 S E 00 0 I 0000 I OOOO I )OOOO)0000)0000)0000)0000)0000)0000)0000 0000IOOOO)000010000100001000010000100001 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 I + 0 S 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 << 0 0000 O- O--O -O O O- -O -O -O O- 0000 OI 0000 I 0000 I 0000 - OI 0000 O << O O O O O O O O I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 L5 0>>o10000 --o- I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 10000 I 00001 0000 10000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00001 0000 I 0000100001000010000100001000010 ->>o >>>>o- -o o-o o- -o>>>> 00 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO oI OOOO I OOOO oI OOOO oI OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO oI OOOO I OOOO-0I OOOO oI OOOO o>> >>o >>>>o>> >>o>>- o --o o <<-o<< I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 ) 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 II OOOO 0000 0000 0000 0000 000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0 000 I 0000 II 0000 I I I I 00 0000 I 000 I 0000 I 0000 ) 0000 I 0000 ) 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 000 Q>>>>Q>> Q>>>>Q>>>><<>>Q 00010000)OOOO I OOOO I OOOO)00 p>>>>Q Q>>>><>>>Q>>>> Q<<<><>>>>>>Q>>>> Q <>>>>> Q>>>>>> QI OOOO Q>>Q>> 0)OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 00)OOOO I 10 OOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO)OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 000 000 I 0 000 I 00 00 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 00 00 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOO 000010000100001000010000100001000010000100001000010000100001000010000)000010000) 0000 I 00 00 I 000 0 I 000 >><<<><<<<Q <<<<Q<<>><<<<Q<<<<>>>>Q>><<>><<Q<<<<<<<<Q <<>>Q>> <<Q<<<<>>>>0<<<<>><<P<<<<<<<>>><<<>>>>>>>P>><<>> I OOOO)0000) 000010000) 000010000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO Q>>>>>><<Q<<<<>> I 0000 Q<<>>>> Q>>>><<<<Q<<>>>>>>Q<<<<<<<< I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0 000 I 00 00 I 000 0 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I ) OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - I I I I 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 . 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 NOZZLE Database: Harris SGC 1995 Model: W Series D4 INLET MANN!AY intel p DeFault (ube 4561 ~ DeFoult Plug 13 DeFoult Stou 122 IS( lnd I cot lans 0 IL1 lnd I cot lore 0 0 QI( lnd (cot(cse 3 + &I 1nd (cot(ore 1 Zetec lhto Ilonogenent Serr. 23r 1995 13(47 ZHEC's DID(NE( 95 Irenectlon Plrssr log ond Ihnogenent (1A-(ilk Carolina Power 8 Light Shearon Harris UNIT: 1 SG: C Tubes with PLP Report Entries 1 l0 105 )00 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 loooolooooloooolooooloooolo olooooloooola4)ooloooolooool 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 OIOOaOlaOOOsOOOOsOOOOIOOOOsO 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 S I 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 00000 I 0 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 000 0 I 0000 I 00 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0I 0000 0I 0000 0I 0000 0$ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 0100001000010000100001000010000100 I 0)000010000) 0000 I O00010000100001000 0000 ) 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 ~ I OOOO I OOOO) OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 Q ww Q wwe Qww Qwwww Pwww Qwww 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 QI 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 QI 0000 I 0000 QI 0000 Q Qw wwP wwQ <<wwQw Qw I 0000 I 0000 I 000 OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 000 0 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0 000 0000100001000010000)0000)0000 0<<<<<<<<0<<\ <<0<<<<<<<<a<<<< 0<<<<<<<<a<<<<<< 00010000)O eewwaww <<0<< 0100001000 <<0<<ww<<0>> 00001000010000)00001000010000 ww<<Q<<w<<<<0 <<<<<<a<<<<<<<<0 w 0 00 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0 000 I 00 00<<0I 0000 ww 0008 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 o s oooo I oooo I aooo s oooo II 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 s oooo s oooo)oooo I ooo 000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I oooo I aooo oooo I 0000 I oooo I oooo I 00 0 0000 I 000- 0 I 0 00w<<0 0 0 0 I 0000 - 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 <<0 wwpww 0 -- 0 10000 I 000010000 I 0000 I 00001 0000 I 0000 10000 I 0000 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0- - 0 0 ww<<0- 0<<<<<<<<0 0 <<0 010000100001000010000)00001000010000100001000010 0 0010000)0000100001000010000)0000100001000010000!0 I 0000 10000))0000 I 00001 0000 I 0000 I 000010000 100001 0010000100001000010000)00001000010000)0000)008010 01000010000100001000010000100001008 ~ 1000010000100 25 00)0000100001000010000100001000010000)000010000)0 <<Q wwQww Qw wwPwww Qw Qw QwwwwQw 01000010000)000010000100001000010000)000010000100 wwQw Q ~ P Q w wQ Q Qw P we wQw wwQ w Q wP<<w 25 0001000010000100001000010000100001000010000100001 ) 0000100001000010000 I OOOR))000010000) 000010000) 000 OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 1 00001 00001000 a))0000 0000100001000010000 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OL 00 I S ) 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0000100001000010000100001000010000) 0000100001000010000100001000010000) 000010000 1O00010000100001000010000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e 0 0 0 0 0 0 le le 0 0 0 0 10000100001000010000) 00001 0000 I 0000 10000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 00001 0 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0 0 00 I 0 0 00 I 0000 I 0 000 I OOOO I 00 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 000 0 I 0 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 ) 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 t5 O 0 I 0000 O- -O O -<<O- <<O<<- O O- -Ow-w<<O I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I oooo I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 O- <<O<<w >><<O<< <<O O- <<O<<- 0 0 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 OI 0000 I 0000 I 0000 OI 0000 I 0000 I 0000 OI 0000 I 0000 OI 0000 O- --O 00 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 00 00 I 0000 II 00 00 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 000 0 I 00 00 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 0 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 00 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 10 ~w 00 0 I 0000 Qw w Q Qw wwQ Qww 000100001000010000) 0000) 00 P100001000010000100001000010 Q wwQwww<<Q Q wwwQ<< P Q ww Q 0100001000010000) QwwwwQwww Q w Qw w<<Q wwwQ<< 0000) 00001 Qw 00100001000010000!00001000 wQww 000 10 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 000 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000 0000 I 0000 I 00001 0000 I 0000 I 0000 5 ~w<<<<0<<<<<<wow<<<<wow<<<<<<0 )0000 Qw I 0000 I 00001 0000 10000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 000010000)000010000)00001000010000 ww<<0<<ww<<Q<<w w<<P<<<<w QwwwwQ<<ww ww<<Q<<ww>>Q<< w<<Q wQwww <<<<0<<<<<<<<Q<<ww<<Q<< <<0<<<<<<wow<<<<<<a<<<<w<<5 0000 I 0000 I 0000 II 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 QI 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 QI 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO 0000 I 0 000 I OOOO 0000 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 000 0 I 0000 I OOOO I 000 0 I 0000 I 00 00 I 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 0000 I 0 000 I 0000 I 000 0 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I 0000 I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I 0000 I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO OOOO I OOOO I OOOO OOOO I OOOO OOOO I OOOO I OOOO I OOOO S S S OOOO OOOO S OOOO S OOOO I OOOO S OOOO S OOOO I OOOO S OOOO I OOOO I OOOO S OOOO S OOOO S OOOO I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 110 105 100 95 90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 MANWAY Database: Harris SGC 1995 Model: W Series D4 OUTLET NOZZLE Total 0 84Fault T~ 4550 ~ SeFault Plus 13 SeFault Stay 122 0 PIP )ad)cat)one 7 Zetec Seto 8onasenent Seo. 23e1995 10)55 2ETEC'a ESLlsNET 95 Tneoeotlon Planning and )lone)anent (TA-TA) MULTI-FREQUENCY EDDY CURRENT INSPECTION SET UP INSTRUCTION MIZ-30 SITE: UNIT: COMPONENT: SIDE: DATE: P S/b- HOT COLD tr /f@ rr f5 PROBE: CA LIBRAS STANDARD (describe other/ e 6,>~ l RPC~C A8h ~'~< to/g EO ~II OTHER: PROCEDURE HrtP-bog lieu-p P 0~ h4- COit t=~ TEST PURPOSE: D7 M ~ QL4~ 0/I NIZ-;30:CONF!GURA'TION" NUMBER: NAME: rut its PC SAMPLES PER SECOND: j0 3) Board tI Board t2 Board t3 Board t4 BOardl 5 Board t6 Board t7 Board t8 Probe t } Probe t Probe t Probe t Probe t Probe t Probe t Probe t DRIVE DRIVE DRIVE DRIVE DRIVE DRIVE DRIVE DRIVE A D 8 C A D 8 C A D 8 C A D 8 C A D 8 C A D 8 C A D 8 C A D 8 C Drive Polarity Group ntanber Coil unbar l 3 FRQI TS tl MOOG, Vl) p p 0 0 FRQ2 TS t2 ly00 Gl gV 0 FRQ3 TS t3 A)0 Gi gV 9 FRQ4 TS t4 /0 Gl v O FRQS TS IS G V FRQ6 TS t6 G V FRQ7 TS t7 G V FRQB TS tB
Ll~ ~ ~50 ~
G V Spedal notes to operator/Analystt S \ RW 8C Qta Z~Pi~(trr, O,S'eil ~su~ qtO EPrt rn Igyn DIbt~ ~4< H ~ PiA.QH Clat . S.sQ OW PASH Wdr Pit.U- ~ R~ 0 ~ 4lt~d heC~M ~ See Appendix lor Setup Instruction detW Cec Prepared by: Level Date MULTI-FREQUENCY EDDY CURRENT INSPECTION SET UP INSTRUCTION IVIIZ-30 SITE: UNIT. COMPONENT: SIDE:/ DA TE: s/e A, S,C HOT A ~OLD 9 z /a f 9s CALIBRATION STANDARD Idescribe orherI PROBE: e,r>o paec. Sc f5 7 ~ut/~pg OTHER: ~ Q~ ICI PROCEDURE ffffp -00 "/ Bev TEST PURPOSE: go rrtwivw ee<<e~ or- 0&i/ExP/s>d .>r > '"" "";-; "::'"'- " "'MIZ-.'30"":CONFIGURA:TION;" . NUMBER: SAMPLES PER SECOND: Iroo NAME: PtRPC. Sm Board 41 Board P2 Board 43 Board 44 Boardl5 Board 46 Board rt7 Board 48 Probe a Probe 4 Probe 4 Probe 4 Probe P Probe 4 Probe 4 Probes DRIVE DRIVE DRIVE DRIVE DRIVE DRIVE DRIVE DRIVE A 0 8 C A 0 8 C A D 8 C A 0 8 C A D 8 C A D 8 C A D 8 C A D 8 C Drive Polarity u Group ntsnber Coil number FRO'I TS Pt geo FR02 TS 42 G) )gV FR03 TS 43 /00 ' trav FRQ4 TS /4 )0 FRQS TS 45 G V FR06 TS 46 G V FRO7 TS 47 G V FROS TS IS G V Spedai notes to Operator/Analyst: ~ O~ Sak~ Alht pp~ g +0Q '6 ~PI &S C~ .2 /i'7/f~ rr/S~M/pe, p~o H - IF PI4.<<RCa.'a, mL, S~ C~ ~+I- ~SO I for Setup Instruction detail ~ See Appendix Prepared by: Level Date IVIULTI-FREQUENCY EDDY CURRENT INSPECTION SET UP INSTRUCTION MIZ-18A SITE: h'MF'NIT. COMPONENT: span x,s, e OT SIDE: COLD DA TE: PROBE: ~ F CALIBRATION STANDARD (describe otherJ Pgh) acta c. ra. SFH< ASME 0~&. ' SCF- 8 S - Gu.i v8 PROCEDURE pN p gO TEST PURPOSE: AS'Bii'J CO< t ~m~ C~ MIZ-18A CONFIGURA TION NUMBER: SAMPLES PERSECOND: +'dO C~ IQ 8o0 C~ NAME: ~Ri < FREQ. SEQUENCE PROBE CHANNEL SELECT FREQUENCY COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 1 5<~ KHz /OO KHz ' 3 S'00 KHz 4 35 KHz Special Notes to Operator/Analyst + O~~i' i2 ~ goo se ~~(sec. 6 >a re~ Pal l gag S~p~6 iSc<~ ~ i>" l~~+ Puce See Appendix 8 for Setup Instruction Details Prepared by: Level ~ Date ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING MULTI-FREQUENCY EDDY CURRENT INSPECTION SET UP INSTRUCTION MIZ-'ISA SITE: UNIT: COMPONENT: SIDE: DA TE: HOT COLD sg~ ~,a,c. PROBE: CALIBRATION STANDARD fdescribe otherI g ~onRIC QB ASME: 6 7- g~(~c) OTHER: PROCEDURE ~P -0 oQ TES T PURPOSE: MIZ-18A CONFIGURA TION NUMBER: SAMPLES PER SECOND: NAME: ARM u5 FREQ. SEQUENCE PROBE CHANNEL SELEC T FREQUENC Y COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 '900 KHz b00 KHz l~ KHz l0 KHz Special Notes to Operator/Analyst DR>A O~ 0~L-~ 3oo ape K,l"(~pic. F for Setup Instruction Details A. See Appendix Prepared by: Level ~ Date ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING MULTI-FREQUENCY EDDY CURRENT INSPECTION SET UP INSTRUCTION MIZ-18A SITE: UNIT. COMPONENT: SIDE: DATE: Rv P s/eA, e,c HOT ~OLO PROBE: CALIBRATION STANDARD (describe otherI B 6IO nRrt. BG ASME: OTHER: ~ g~ ' PROCEDURE ~P - 00 f TESTPURPOSE ~/4I~/+Xp/gM MIZ-18A CONFIGURA TION NUMBER: SAMPLES PER SECOND: NAME: my PC FREQ. SEQUENCE PROBE CHANNEL SELEC T FREQUENC Y COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 +00 KHz $ 00 KHz /DO KHz /0 KHz Special Notes to Operator/Analyst s it.65 ~S q(( ~S PRES )S~ ~ O.~ to~i~ ~P~ %Pm p~~ ig q~' ~ p~~ ~~, SVQ. CmJ p uu Rl-S G See Appendix 1 for Setup Instruction Details Prepared by: Level ~ Date ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY SHEARON HARRIS NUCLEAR POWER PLANT PLANT OPERATING MANUAL VOLUME 6 PART 9 PROCEDURE TYPE'ngineering Periodic Test NUMBER: EPT-232T TITLE ABB/Combustion Engineering, XS10370016, Temporary Procedure for Steam Generator Outage Related Activities (Expires: 12/31/98) REVISION 0 ~Op+: This procedure has been screened in accordance with PLP-100 criteria and deternu.ned to be a Case ZZZ procedure. No additional management involvement is required. YO 'NG OOCiJMENT - V"RIFiEO 'HRECT GNATURE ATE RE 3l. BY !DaTQ EFFECT.V~ ~Ug p gp $6 $ g g-/7-9s Rcp~gg+ f.gz:6- RECEIVED P ~ 'AUG i 5 1'335 Nl 4(~>L+g~ q ~gg HNP imn ~nival 'XR< EPT-232T Rev. 0 Page 1 of 2 TOOL AND EQUIPMENT ACCOUNTABILITY FOR CAROLINAPOWER Ec LIGHT - SHEARON HARRIS HNP-100-001, REV. 0 CHATTANOOGAFIELD SERVICES COMBUSTION ENGINEERING, INC. 1201 RIVERFRONT PARKWAY CHATTANOOGA, TN 37402 CONTACT NO. XM10370016 4I PREPARED BY: oArE: 8-'7->< COGNIZANT SUPERVISOR APPROVAL: DATE: FIELD OPERATIONS APPROVAL: oArs: 8'/v lW Q.A. APPROVAL: DAN+ 8 70M HNP-100401, REV. 0 PAGE 2 OF 12 1.0 To describe the provisions for control of all items which are used inside a steam generator, reactor vessel or other components where ABB-Combustion Engineering is responsible for accountability of tools and equipment in a controlled area. 2.0 2.1 Material Log 2.2 Discrepancy Notice 2.3 IVMM- 011: Cleanliness, housekeeping, foreign material exclusion, (FME), classification and work practices. (HNP- procedure)
2.4 AP-619

Foreign material exclusion (FME). (HNP- procedure) 3.0 3.1 Controlled Area - A controlled area is any area defined by the utility to require material accountability.
4.0 4.1.1 This procedure shall be in effect as noted in Paragraph 1.0 above.
4.1.2 The Task Manager will ensure that a log keeper is assigned for each shift.
The log keeper may be changed during the shUt, depending on specific requirements of the particular task. The log keeper will be familiar with the requirements of this procedure.
4.1.3 The Task Manager shall assure that shift change over includes assignment of a log keeper and that status of equipment inside the controlled area is clearly understood. Equipment may remain inside as long as the log reflects this status.
0 HNP-100401, REV. 0 PAGE 3 OF 12 4.1.4 The accountability log may be kept in the controlled area, or may be kept in a remote area ifvoice and/or communication is maintained continuously when tools or equipment are being moved into a controlled area.
4.1.5 The log keeper will be responsible for ensuring that the log is properly kept, that all personnel moving tools and equipment into or out of the controlled area are familiar with the requirements of this procedure, and that the log reflects all items entering or leaving the controlled area.
4.1.6 Ifforeign objects are found inside the controlled area and are removed, they shall be noted in the "out" section of the log with an explanatory note including location.
4.2 4.2.1 The log keeper will fillin all information required at the top of the log sheet.
4.2.2 As material is moved into the controlled area, the log keeper will identify each item and the initials of the person moving it into the controlled area.
This information together with quantity, date and time will be entered in the log.
4.2.3 As material is removed from the controlled area and upon completion of examination of the item by the person(s) who removed it, the information shall be recorded on the log.
4.2.4 Items which are not in some way securely attached to each other shall be considered separate items and shall be individually identified in the log.
4.2.5 Upon completion of work and prior to closing controlled area, the ABB-CE Task Manager shall review the log sheets and ensure that all items logged in were also logged out or otherwise accounted for. Ifdiscrepancies are noted, the Task Manager will notify the CP&L representative in writing on Addendum 1 and initiate an investigation to resolve the discrepancies.
4.2.6 The Task Manager shall collect all log sheets once the area has been closed. This information shall be retained in the site o6ice until completion of the task, with copies provided to CP&L upon request.
HNP-100401, REV. 0 PAGE 4 OF 12 ADDENDUM 1 S/G A MATERIALACCOUNTABILITYDISCREPANCY NOTICE
HNP-100401, REV. 0 PAGE 5 OF 12 ADDENDUM 1 S/G B MATERIALACCOUNTABILITYDISCREPANCY NOTICE
HNP-100401, REV. 0 PAGE 6 OF 12 ADDENDUM I S/G C MATERIALACCOUNTABILITYDISCREPANCY NOTICE
0 HNP-10ll-ll01, REV. 0 PAGE 7 OF 12 ADDENDUM2 S/G A TOOL AND MATERIALACCOUNTABILITYLOG UTILITY PROCESS COMPONENT UNIT PAGE OUT DATE/ DATE/
ITEM QUAN. TIME CKD.BY LOG BY QUAN. TIME CKD.BY OG BY
HNP-100-0lll, REV. 0 PAGE 8 OF t2 ADDENDUM2 S/G A TOOL AND MATERIALACCOUNTABILITYLOG UTILITY PROCESS COMPONENT UNIT PAGE OUT DATE/ DATE/
ITEM QUAN. TIME CKD.BY LOG BY QUAN. TIME CKD.BY OG BY
llNP-l0(l-n(ll,REV. 0 PAGE 9 OF l2 ADDENDUM2 S/G B TOOL AND MATERIALACCOUNTABILITYLOG UTILITY PROCESS COMPONENT UNIT PAGE OUT DATE/ DATE/
ITEM QUAN. TIME CKD.BY LOG BY QUAN. TIME CKD.BY OG BY
llNP-10(I-001, REV. 0 PAGE 10 OF 12 ADDENDUM2 S/G B TOOL AND MATERIALACCOUNTABILITYLOG UTILITY PROCESS COMPONENT UNIT PAGE OUT DATE/ DATE/
ITEM QUAN. TIME CKD.BY LOG BY QUAN. TIME CKD.BY OG BY
HNP-100-00]i REV. 0 PAGE 11 OF 12 ADDENDUM2 S/G C TOOL AND MATERIALACCOUNTABILITYLOG UTILITY PROCESS COMPONENT UNIT PAGE OUT DATE/ DATE/
ITEM QUAN. TIME CKD.BY LOG BY QUAN. TIME CKD.BY OG BY
0 11NP-10(l-0(l I, REV. II PAGE 12 OF 12 ADDENDUM2 S/G C TOOL AND MATERIALACCOUNTABILITYLOG UTILITY PROCESS COMPONENT UNIT PAGE OUT DATE/ DATE/
ITEM QUAN. TIME CKD.BY LOG BY QUAN. TIME CKD.BY OG BY
MANUALINSTALLATIONAND REMOVAL OF ABB/COMBUSTION ENGINEERING GENESIS MANIPULATORS PROCEDURE NO.: STD-NSS-072 PRIMARY SUPPORT TECHNOLOGIES NUCLEAR OPERATiONS ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING, INC.
WINDSOR, CONNECTICUT A
PREPARED 8Y:
R. obin, DATE: C -28 l5 Field Service E gineer
/ /
APPROVED BY: c.r+ A'~ DATE. g- ""C H.'abieniec, Manager Primary Support Technologies APPROVED BY: DATE:
B. H. Nelson, Quality Assurance Engineer REV. NO.: ~g DATE:
Page 1 of 7 STD-NSS-072 Rev. 05
Table of Contents
~S~ion 0 s ri ion 1.0 Purpose Statement 2.0 References 3.0 Definition 4,0 Pre requisites

5.0 Procedure

Installation

6.0 Procedure

Removal Page 2 of 7 STD-NSS-072 Rev. 05
1.0 PURP TATEM NT 1.1 To provide direction for manual installation and removal of Combustion Engineering, Inc. GENESIS Manipulators.
2.2 ~FE 2.1 ABB/Combustion Engineering Nuclear Services QA Manual (if applicable) 2.2 Contract Operating Procedures Manual (if applicable) 2.3 GENESIS Manipulator Operational Procedure, STD-NSS-078 E.D ~DE IDI

3.1 GENESIS

The C-E Steam Generator Manipulator System. There are two types of GENESIS systems employed to perform steam generator
~EItwo 2 d ~FI ~ 2 . TD I dill between the systems are that GENESIS 2000 has a UNIX based control system; whereas FLEXIVERA has an IBM type PC based control system.
F.D TE 4.1 Initial Conditions 4.1.1 A radiation work permit has been issued to cover this work.
4.1.2 Steam generator primary manway covers and stud bolts have been removed.
4.1.3 Nozzle dams or covers are installed in the primary piping nozzle openings.
4.1.4 The steam generator has been ventilated to an acceptable level of dryness (i.e. no water dripping from the tube sheet), and excess standing water in the primary channel heads has been removed.
Page 3 of 7 STD-NSS-072 Rev. 05
4.1.5 A ventilation system is attached to the opposite leg of the steam generator. Ventilation should be adequate to maintain temperature inside the steam generator primary head less than 120'F (49'C).
4.1.6 The tubesheet or tubesheet templates have been marked for the locations of the manipulator.
4.1.7 A communications system from the steam generator platform workers to the computer work station is setup and operational ~
4.1.8 A pan and tilt camera has been installed inside the steam generator plenum and is functional. Sufficient lighting is a requirement for manipulator installation and removal.
4.1.9 Work step 6.0 (pre-operational check out) of Reference 2.3 has been completed.
4.1. 10 Gripper alignment plates have been installed on the manipulator leg relative to the type steam generator being repaired/tested.
4.1.1 1 A(l manipulator Remote Control valves have been put into the released position.
NOTE: On GENESIS 2000 the Control Station Operator (CSO) will remotely toggle the switches to "RELEASE". For FLEXIVERA this is accomplished by toggling the Pendant switches to "RELEASE". Ensure that the feet bypass valve has been closed.
4,1.12 To enable efficient installation and removal operation, two platform workers and one control station operator are required.
4.1.13 Elastomers on the manipulator leg have been visually examined for wear and bulges, and replaced if necessary.
4.1.14 All cables and hoses for the Genesis manipulator are properly connected.
Page 4 of 7 STD-NSS-072 Rev. 05
4.2 Services Required Computer console: 110V/15 amps/60 Hz 4.2.2 T.V. Monitor Cabinet: 110V/15 amps/60 Hz 4,2.3 Manway Manipulator Junction Box: Continuous air supply-dry, oil free, 90 psig, 50 SCFIVI 4.2.4 Remote Audio/Video Box: Continuous air supply - dry, oil free, 90 psig, 50 SCFM; 100V/15 amps/60 Hz 4.2.5 Remote Genesis Control Cabinet: Continuous air supply-Dry, oil free, 90 psig, 50 SCFM; 110V/15 amps/60 Hz (if required).
4.3 Special Equipment Combustion Engineering GENESIS Manipulator 4.3.2 Closed Circuit Video and Lighting Equipment 4.3.3 Audio Equipment 5.0 P E'N A I 5.1 Verify satisfactory completion of all prerequisites in Section 4.0.
5.2 Verify that all cables and air hoses for the GENESIS manipulator are properly connected.
5.3 Using the manual mode, check that the servo-motors controlling the leg, shoulder, and elbow function properly.
at Ensure that all cables and pneumatic lines are untangled and can be moved freely.

b. Check the position of the feet. Feet should be in the retracted position. If not, have the CSO (Genesis 2000) or the platform worker (Flexivera) retract them.

CAUTION: A Pendant air valve switch can be repositioned accidently. Care should be taken when pulling hoses near the pendant so that a Page 5 of 7 STD-NSS-072 Rev. 05
valve is not inadvertently actuated.

c. Elastomers on the manipulator and tackle gripper fingers sh'ould be in the relaxed position (gripper center shaft extended with no pump pressure exerted on the gripper device).

d. The movable leg carriage shall be near the midpoint of the leg.

5.4 Following completion of the above functional checks, a jumper can enter the primary channel head. The platform worker will then hand him in the manipulator footpad (if required). The footpad shall be positioned in the bottom of the plenum under the marked position for the manipulator should it be required. Ensure a rope lanyard exists off the footpad; lanyard can be tied outside the manway to supplement potential remote operations at a later time.
5.4.1 The platform worker will quickly pass in the manipulator leg thru the manway, fingers first, and continue to feed the umbilical cable into the plenum. The jumper must insert the gripper fingers into the marked tubes and push the manipulator up against the tubesheet. Once the top of the leg is flush with the tubesheet, the platform worker or the CSO must pressurize the leg grippers to approximately 100 bar (1500 psi). A check must be made to ensure that the grippers have straightened the leg. If leg is not quite flush with the tubesheet surface at this point, depressurize the leg grippers, and as soon as the pressure from the feet have pushed the leg up flush, energize the grippers once again at the hydro-pump. When it is determined that the leg is plumb with the tubesheet, extend the feet. Open the leg air bypass valve and close the leg locking hydraulic check valve (if so equipped).
NOTE: ~FF The footpad shall be manually positioned
~~nl underneath the leg such that the feet make as much surface contact as possible. It may be necessary to retract the feet to reposition the footpad to an optimum location.
NOTE: In some instances a different form of leg stabilizer may be used, commonly referred to as a backpad, in lieu of a footpad. The backpad will have a lanyard attached to it and can be installed from the manway once the manipulator leg installation has been completed.
Page 6 of 7 STD-NSS-072 Rev. 05
5.5 The platform worker will next pass the arm assembly in thru the manway again feeding the umbilical cable and the jumper will fully seat the shoulder dovetail plate of the arm into the dovetail fitting of the leg carriage. Ensure that the dovetail fitting is properly seated, and rotate the dovetail lock to secure the dovetail to the leg carriage.
5.6 Conduct GENESIS manipulator initialization and location procedures per work step 7.0 of Reference 2.3.
6.0 PR OURE: REMOVAL NOTE: Manipulator arm must be driven to manway to remove any tools that may be connected to it's end fitting prior to manipulator removal.
6.1 Arm should be folded tightly or straight out if possible and the leg lowered to approximately its midpoint position.
5 6.2
~ Close the feet bypass line and open the leg locking hydraulic check valve
~
(if so equipped).
6.3 At this point, the Jumper can enter the channel head. He will remove the arm from its dovetail fitting and quickly pass it out thru the manway to the platform work who will be pulling out the arms umbilical simultaneously.
6A Release the feet. Then release the finger grippers. (Failure to do this in this order may result in the grippers hanging up in the tubes.) The jumper must pass the leg out of the manway feet first to avoid getting tangled in the umbilical. The platform worker will be pulling out the excess cable at this time. The jumper can now exit the steam generator channel head.
6.5 The footpao can be removed by the platform worker by manually pulling on the rope lanyard affixed to the footpad until it is out of the primary head, if a footpad has been used.
Page 7 of 7 STD-NSS-072 Rev. 05
SETUP, CHECKOUT, AND OPERATION OF ABB/COMBUSTION ENGINEERING GENESIS IVIANIPULATORS PROCEDURE NO. STD-NSS-078 PRIMARY SUPPORT TECHNOLOGIES ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR OPERATIONS WINDSOR, CONNECTICUT PREPARED BY: DATE:
Field Serv Engineer i
1
~
I APPROVED BY: DATE:
Supervisor, Primary Support Technologies
'r APPROVED BY: DATE:
Field Quality Operations REVISION NO. 07 DATE: ~ ~ IS gPJOC MiSiOI PROCEDURE STD-NSS-078 REV. 07 PAGE 1 OF 13
Table of Contents Section Descri tion ~Pa e 1.0 Purpose 2.0 References 3.0 Definitions 4.0 Prerequisites 5.0 Precautions 6.0 Equipment Setup and Checkout 7.0 Genesis In-Generator Checkout 8.0 Manipulator Repairs 9.0 Genesis Camera Installation/Removal/Movement 10 10.0 Genesis End Effector Installation/Delivery Appendix A Checkout Guideline 13 PROCEDURE STD-NSS-078 REV. 07 PAGE 2 OF 13

1.0 PURPOSE

1.1 Provide general instructions to setup, checkout, and to operate the GENESIS Manipulator.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Vermaat Technics Manipulator User's Manual ~
2.2 Remote Installation and Removal of ABB/Combustion Engineering GENESIS Manipulators, STD-NSS-074.
2.3 Manual Installation and Removal of ABB/Combustion Engineering GENESIS Manipulators, STD-NSS-072.
2.4 ABB/Combustion Engineering Nuclear Operations Quality Assurance Manual (if applicable)

3.0 DEFINITIONS

3.1 GENESIS

The C-E Steam Generator Manipulator System. It is also referred to as FLEXIVERA or GENESIS 2000. The GENESIS system is comprised of a control station, which is located in a non-contaminated area (ie: control trailer or other designated area), and the manipulator, which is located in the primary S/G channel head with its associated components located on or near the S/G platform.
3.2 End Effector: Tools, such as those employed for plugging, sleeving, or eddy current testing which are placed on the GENESIS arm for delivery to a particular tube location.

4.0 PREREQUISITES

4.1 A radiation work permit has been issued to cover this work.
4.2 A pre-staging area has been made available near the steam generator which is suitable for equipment set-up and checkout.
4.3 A radiologically clean area has been made available in which to setup the GENESIS control station.
PROCEDURE STD-NSS-078 REV. 07 PAGE 3 OF 13
4.4 A communications system has been installed linking the in-containment work area(s) to the GENESIS control station.
4.5 All cables and pneumatic lines for the GENESIS manipulator, and for the tube sheet camera, are strung from the in-containment work area(s) to the GENESIS control station.

5.0 PRECAUTIONS

5.1 Where possible, cables shall be routed where they are least likely to be damaged.
5.2 The GENESIS manipulator computer is EMI (electro-magnetic interference) sensitive. Care should be taken in setting up the control station so that power transformers, welding equipment, etc., are located as far from the computer and controller as possible. Where possible operate the GENESIS manipulator on a power source separate from that used by welding equipment.
5.3 When the GENESIS arm is not being used, place the main motor control switch in INHIBIT/Standby mode.
NOTE: Sections 6.0 through 10.0 are stand-alone processes which may be completed in sequence or independently, as dictated by job circumstances.
6.0 EQUIPMENT SETUP AND CHECKOUT:
NOTE: As appropriate, protect cable electrical connectors from contamination by bagging and/or tapping.
6.1 Control Station:
6.1.1 Set up the amplifying unit, computer, computer monitor, keyboard, and video monitor control console.
6.1.2 Make all necessary cable connections between the equipment pieces set up per Step 6.1.1, and also with the cables strung from containment.
6.2 Pre-Staging Area:
6.2.1 Lay out the leg and arm of the GENESIS manipulator.
PROCEDURE STD-NSS-078 REV. 07 PAGE 4 OF 13
6.2.2 Connect all cables and pneumatic lines.
6.2.3 Ensure that the gripper plates and gripper size that"are on the leg are correct for the type of steam generator where it is to be in stalled.
6.2.4 Perform pre-installation checkout of GENESIS equipment using Appendix A as a guide.
6.2.5 Repair or replace any GENESIS equipment that may be malfunctioning.
6.2.6 Connect cables and pneumatic lines to the tube sheet camera (if used).
6.2.6.1 Check each camera's functions (i.e. zoom, pan, tilt, focus, lights, iris, gripper). Repair or replace as becomes necessary.
6.2.7 After completing checks on manipulator equipment and tube sheet cameras, disconnect cables and pneumatic lines so that equipment may be removed to the work platform.
6.2.8 Transport GENESIS equipment to the work platform.
6.3 Work Platform Setup/Checkout:
NOTE: During setup/checkout repair/replace malfunctioning equipment.
6.3.1 Arrange equipment in an orderly fashion at the work platform to facilitate equipment's installation in the generator.
6.3.2 As necessary, re-route cables and pneumatic lines for the GENESIS manipulator and tube sheet cameras to the work platform.
6.3.3 IVlake tackle hydraulic connections, and check gripper for expand/retract.
6.3.4 Re-connect cables and pneumatic lines to the tube sheet cameras.
6.3.4.1 Re-check each camera's functions (i.e. zoom, PROCEDURE STD-HSS-078 REV. 07 PAGE 5 OF 13
pan, tilt, focus, lights, iris, gripper). Repair or replace if necessary.
6.3.5 Connect cables, pneumatic lines, and manipulator arm and leg to GENESIS Platform Junction Box, and hydraulic line to hydraulic pump, or to the extension cables from those items.
6.3.6 With the robot in manual control mode, test leg upward/downward travel, and shoulder, elbow and wrist movement (movement should be smooth and steady).
Also, check leg feet extend/retract, leg gripper expand/retract, and level lights function. Also check snorkel camera for picture and lights.
6.3.7 GENESIS Platform Initialization (As Required):
6.3.7.1 With the system in manual control, orient arm for initialization.
6.3.7.2 Initialize computer (switch in Position "2" for Flexivera, establish contact with the controller box for GENESIS 2000.
6.3.7.3 Input into memory the type of steam generator (and plenum - hotside vs coldside) in which GENESIS is to be installed.
6.3.7.4 Affect computer initialization (usually hardstop program). Ensure that it is performed successfully. Repeat as required.
6.3.7.5 Input locations in which leg finger grippers will be installed.
6.3.7.6 Input end effector tool to be used upon installation.
NOTE 1: A tubesheet camera is to be manually installed in the generator to aid in the installation of the GENESIS equipment, if possible.
NOTE 2: GENESIS is installed in the steam generatorusing Procedure STD-NSS-074, Remote installation and Removal of PROCEDURE STD-NSS-078 REV. 07 PAGE 6 OF 13
ABB/Combustion Engineering, GENESIS Manipulators, or STD-NSS-072, Manual Installation and Removal of ABB/Combustion Engineering GENESIS Manipulators.
7.0 GENESIS IN-GENERATOR CHECKOUT:
7.1 Pre-Initialization Actions:
NOTE: Section 7.1 is only applicable if the arm has not been initialized outside the S/G channel head (Sec. 6.3.7),
7.1.1 Camera Checkouts:
7.1.1.1 If snorkel is to be used, attach snorkel to the wrist.
This makes all connections. Check the picture.
NOTE: If the snorkel camera (or light) is malfunctioning, remedy before installing on GENESIS.
7.1.2 Install snorkel on the GENESIS arm (to include mating of electrical connections).
7.1.3 Place GENESIS in manual control mode, while leaving the four "operate switches" in "STANDBY".
7.1.4 Turn the "MOVE/INHIBIT"switch on the GENESIS control console to "MOVE".
7.1.5 Turn ON the computer's Power switch.
7.1.6 Turn ON the video monitor control console Power switch.
7.1.7 Using Manual Mode position arm in a clear area in steam generator bowl.
7.1.8 Turn ON the leg "Operate" switch, and raise the carriage assembly so that the top of the snorkel alignment pin is approximately 4" away from the tube sheet. (As necessary adjust trim tab to prevent creep).
7,1.9 Turn the leg "Operate" switch to "STANDBY", Then turn ON the shoulder, elbow and wrist "Operate" switches, and adjust trimmers until arm remains completely steady.
PROCEDURE STD-NSS-078 REV. 07 PAGE 7 OF 13
CAUTION: Leg trim should also be adjusted, but keep leg switch on STANDBY at all times when leg is not actually in use to prevent damage to the arm should it begin to creep.
7.1.10 (As required): With the GENESIS manipulator in manual control, use the shoulder, elbow and/or wrist "joy stick" controls to orient the arm for initialization.
7.1.11 Switch the GENESIS manipulator to computer control.
7.2 Arm Initialization:
7.2.1 Using the instructions which appear on the computer display screen, initialize the arm, usually by the "hardstop" method.
7.2.1.1 Check, and as required, correct, computer memory so that it reflects the steam generator series in which GENESIS is installed.
7.2.2 Check the Leg Finger locations in the computer. Change if necessary.
7.2.3 Enter the tool into the computer.
7.2.4 Check the tool parameters to ensure proper tool dimensions.
Change if necessary, but only after consulting with the shift supervisor.
7.3 In-Generator Accuracy Check:
7.3.1 Command the tool to a known tube location.
7.3.2 (As required) use minimal move or manual mode to achieve proper centering.
NOTE 1: The known point may be corner location, or a point determined by tube sheet maps, ie a plug, tie rod, sleeve, etc.
NOTE 2: If initial inaccuracy is large, the cognizant C-E engineer will determine if the machine is operating properly, and if corrective measures are to be taken.
7.3.3 Turn the leg "Operate" switch ON and slowly raise until alignment pin enters the tube. Again, it may be necessary to use Manual PROCEDURE STD-NSS-078 REV. 07 PAGE 8 OF 13
Mode.
7.3.4 Move manipulator to approximately five (5) known locations in various locations of the steam generator.
7.3.5 Calibrate the system as necessary for system accuracy.
7.3.6 Lower tool and have platform personnel remove snorkel alignment pin from the generator.
NOTE: A calibration check should be performed after a leg move.
7.4 GENESIS Re-initialization:
NOTE: GENESIS may require re-initialization at other times due to power loss, or due to Electro-Magnetic Interference (EMI) (as demonstrated by extraneous characters appearing on the display screen, if GENESIS flips into simulation mode and cannot be returned to normal operating mode, or if GENESIS fails to operate properly). If this occurs, then complete the following steps:
7.4.1 Remove any tool and/or end effector installed on the wrist which would interfere with arm initialization (if necessary).
7.4.2 Perform steps in Section 7.1 (Pre-Initialization Actions) as may be required to ready GENESIS for initialization.
7.4.3 Complete Section 7.2 to initialize the arm.
7.4.4 Complete Steps 7.3.1 and 7.3.2.
7.4.5 Turn the leg "Operate" switch ON and slowly raise until alignment pin/grippers/tool head enters the tube (again, it may be necessary to use Manual Mode or incremental move.
7.4.6 (As required): Position arm at manway and have platform personnel remove snorkel alignment pin from the generator.
8.0 MANIPuLATOR REPAIRS:
8.1 In the event GENESIS requires repairs, perform only those steps in Sections 6.0 and 7.0 which are necessary to restore the manipulator to its operationally ready state.
PROCEDURE STD-NSS-078 REV. 07 PAGE 9 OF 13
NOTE: The GENESIS operator will consult with the Shift Supervisor if the problem appears to be of a magnitude which requires the manipulator (arm or leg) be removed from the steam generator.
9.0 (As Required): GENESIS CAMERA INSTALLATION/REMOVAL/MOVEMENT:
9.1 Remote Camera Installation:
CAUTION: When the camera is inserted in the tubesheet and is not being moved, its airline ~Mu be disconnected at the quick-connect located on the platform. This will prevent inadvertent release of the camera from the tubesheet.
9.1.1 Attach tube sheet camera to end of snorkel.
9.1.2 Raise leg so that camera's gripper is approximately 4" from the tube sheet.
9.1.3 Deliver camera to the location where it is to be installed.
NOTE: Platform personnel should feed camera cables, and GENESIS umbilical into the generator as the arm is moving away from the manway.
9.1.4 Raise leg until the tip of the camera gripper is in the desired tube location.
9.1.5 Then, slowly insert gripper into the tube sheet.
9.1.6 Once it is approximately flush to the tubesheet, energize the camera gripper.
9.1.7 Note this position for future reference.
9.1.8 Lower leg until snorkel is free of camera retaining ring.
9.1.9 Turn the leg "Operate" switch to STANDBY and slowly back away from camera arm until free and clear (approximately 3 rows or lines/columns should be sufficient).
9.1.10 Check camera's functions (i.e. zoom, pan, tilt, focus, lights, iris, gripper).
PROCEDURE STD-NSS-078 REV. 07 PAGE 10 OF 13
9.2 Camera Removal/Movement:
9.2.1 Using GENESIS, deliver snorkel to the location where the camera is installed.
9.2.2 Using the snorkel camera drive the snorkel around the camera stem so that it is in a position to support the camera.
9.2.3 Release the camera gripper. Then lower the leg until the camera gripper is approximately 4" from the tube sheet.
9.2.4 Deliver the camera to the desired location.
NOTE: The GENESIS operator and platform personnel should work in concert to insure the camera cables do not become tangled, and sufficient cable/umbilical is fed into the generator as becomes required.
10.0 GENESIS END EFFECTOR INSTALLATION/DELIVERY:
10.1 End Effector Installation:
10.1.1 Position the arm as near the manway as possible.
NOTE: Use tube sheet camera(s) to enhance positioning.
10.1.2 (As required): Remove the snorkel. Or remove from GENESIS any other tools which are un-needed.
10.1.3 Enter into the GENESIS computer the tool to be used.
10.1.4 Check the tool parameters to ensure proper dimensions.
Change if necessary.
10.1.5 Install the end effector on the dovetail fitting at the end of the GENESIS wrist.
10.2 End Effector Delivery:
10.2.1 Raise leg until the grippers of the end effector, or the top of the tool is approximately 4" from the tube sheet.
10.2.2 Platform personnel will feed sufficient end effector cables/lines and GENESIS umbilical to enable delivery to the PROCEDURE STD-NSS-078 REV. 07 PAGE 11 OF 13
desired location.
10.2.3 Using GENESIS control, deliver end effector to the-desired tube sheet location.
10.2.4 Slowly raise the leg until the (as appropriate) end effector grippers, alignment pin, or tool head are just below the tube(s) in which they will be inserted.
NOTE 1: Use the tube sheet camera (or tool camera) to insure that the grippers/pin/tool head are below the correct tube(s).
NOTE 2: As necessary, calibrate the system to improve alignment.
10.2.5 Slowly raise the leg and insert the end effector into the tube sheet, or until it is at the desired elevation below the tube.
NOTE: If arm is going to be at a particular location for an extended period, turn leg switch to STANDBY.
10.3 Removing End Effector from Tube Sheet:
10.3.1 Slowly lower Ieg until the end effector gripper/pin/tool head are approximately 4" below the tube sheet.
10.3.2 lVlove the manipulator to the next location, as required.
PROCEDURE STD-NSS-078 REV. 07 PAGE 12 OF 13
A n i GUIDELINE for the PRE-STAGING AREA CHECKOUT OF GENESIS I. Mn I nr I h k

1. Manual Leg Positioning.

2. Manual Shoulder Positioning.

3. Manual Elbow Positioning.

4. Manual Wrist (if used) Positioning.

5. Manual Flexirover (if used) Positioning.

r I k

1. Configuration (S/G, plenum, tools, etc.}.

2. Initialization.

3. Run Program.

4. Tool File Check.

5. Commands.

6. Flexirover (if used) Position readout check.

7. Delta Plate Accuracy Check.

III. C k fOh r NE I E i en:

1. Platform Tool Box.

2. Snorkel Camera and Lights.

3. GENESIS Leg Level Lights.

4. Flexi-Rover Grippers and Level Lights.

5. Hydro pumps.

6. Junction Box.

7. Leg-Arm-Tackle Installation Tools.

8. Tackle Function Test.

9. Back-up Air Compressor.

PROCEDURE STD-NSS-078 REV. 07 PAGE 13 OF 13
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 1 of 22 Project g REMOTE INSTALLATION, CALIBRATION AND REMOVAL OF SM-10/20 MANIPULATOR Carolina Power 5, Light Co.
Shearon Harris ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR OPERATIONS 1201 Riverfront Parkway Chattanooga, TN 37402 APPROVED BY: DATE: 8 I 95 Quality Operatxons APPROVED BY: DATE:
Cogn zan uperva.sor
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 2 of 22 TABLE OF CONTENTS
~SC'~ON TITLE 1.0 OBJECTIVE 2.0 REFERENCE 3.0 PREREQUISITE AND PRECAUTIONS

4.0 PROCEDURE

INSTALLATION AND SET-UP 5.0 CALIBRATION OF FIXTURE 6.0 OPERATION OF FIXTURE 7.0 REMOVAL OF FIXTURE 8.0 EMERGENCY REMOVAL OF FIXTURE ATTACHMENT 1 PROCEDURE SIGN OFF
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 3 of 22 1.1 This procedure provides the general instruction for Installation, Calibration and Removal of the SM-10/20 Manipulator. Actions are the same for the SM-10 and the SM-20 except where noted.
2.0 2.1 ZETEC SM-10/20 Installation and Operating Guide 2.2 ZETEC SM-10/20 Inspection Planning System 2.3 ABB CENO Quality Assurance Manual, QAM-100, latest revision 3.0 3.1 Steam generator primary manway cover(s) and stud bolts have been removed (as required). (Attachment 1 sign-off) 3.2 The steam generator shall be at an acceptable level of dryness. A HEPA system shall be installed and operating on one leg of the generator at all times. (Attachment 1 sign-off) 3.3 Prior to installation, the steam generator channel heads, should be cooled down to a proper temperature to prevent heat damage to equipment (approximately 904 F).
(Attachment 1 sign-off) 3.4 Provisions must be made for personnel and equipment entry into and exit from the steam generator (i.e.,
ladders, scaffolds, or staging platform, lighting inside and outside the steam generator, breathing air supply, 120 VAC electricity, etc.). (Attachment.1 sign-off) 3.5 An area near the S/G suitable for the setup and installation of the equipment will be made available and cleared. (Attachment 1 sign-off) 3.6 Nozzle covers have been installed over the hot and cold leg nozzles of opened channel heads (as required).
(Attachment 1 sign-off)
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 4 of 22 3.7 It is expected be encountered that very high levels of radiation will inside and adjacent to the primary head of the steam generators. Utmost care shall be taken in the set-up and performance of the examination to minimize personnel exposure to ionizing radiation and radioactive contamination.
Personnel engaged in the eddy current examination program shall be indoctrinated in the radiation protection rules, guidelines, protective clothing and equipment requirements in effect at the plant site.
aeeaa 4.1 ~Ge e~a ~outl The installation and set-up for the SM-10/20 will involve hooking up fixture cables to the appropriate locations on the SM-10/20 control box; booting the ACQUISITION and FIXTURE CONTROL software, mounting the trunk assembly to the manway, setting an encoder offset; installing the arm assembly, installing the guide tube with conduit attached, leveling the arm assembly inside the steam generator and calibrating the fixture.
4.2 ~Ccm uter Xnterface Remove power from all instruments, with the exception of the controlling computer, before connecting or disconnecting cables.
4.2.2 The SM-10/20 can operate with or without the Remote Data Acquision Unit (RDAU) eddy current instrument. When operating alone, connect the interface cable, P/N 5-8103, directly to the SM-10/20 "computer" connector. Connect another interface cable to the LAN Box. The LAN Box then uses one cable for the ethernet LAN, and one to connect to the KILL switch.
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 5 of 22 4.2.3 When operating in conjunction with the RDAU, the SM-10/20 controller and RDAU are "daisy-chained" in series with the interface cable.
The cable will attach to the "computer" connector of either instrument and a second cable will attach from the "auxiliary4~
connector of the first instrument to the "computer" connector of the second instrument.
4.3 ~Fi ture Interface 4.3.1 The SM-10/20 Controller can be located up to 100 feet from the fixture. It is connected with extension cables, which can be "daisy-chained" as required.
4.3.2 Connect the three connectors of the extension cable assembly, P/N 4-008005, to the encoder, motor, and trunk connectors on the SM-10/20.
Connect the opposite end of the cable to the encoder and motor connectors on the fixture harness, and to the trunk connector, located on the manway mount.
4.4 ~Vi ec 4.4 ~ 1 Connect the video monitor with coaxial cable to the "monitor" connector on the controller.
The fixture camera is connected via the motor connector. Verify the video is operational.
(Attachment 1 sign-off) 4.4 ' Should it be required to use a camera separate from the one located on the fixture, an auxiliary camera input is available on the controller. When using this input, the fixture camera will need to be disconnected.

4. 5 ~owe~

4.5 ~ 1 Assure that the 115/230 V selector plug is in the proper orientation. (Attachment 1 sign-off) 4.5.2 Plug unit in. There is no power switch.
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 6 of 22 4.5.3 Plug in the LAN interface Box. SM-10/20 is now ready for computer control.
4.6 't'al Check-Out 4.6.1 Apply power to all components of the system.
4.6.2 The system will boot to X-Windows with the Eddynet Global Menu at the top.
4.6.3 Select Acquisition, Setup Acquisition, and type in the LAN interface number (LAN Box serial number). Select Use to enter the information and exit the window.
4 ' ' Select Acquisition, Fixture Control. This will initialize control of the fixture.
4 '.5 Select Tools, Enable Control from the Fixture Control window. This will establish control of the fixture. Press the LAN RESET button.
NOTE: +nable Control must be accomplished prior to any other control function.
4~6 6 Select pile, godify Setup and enter values required. The .Modify Setup window contains information on generator type/leg, fixture type/layout, manway location, graphic window layout, specifics on tube number and pitch distances and fixture lengths. Select Use to enter the information.
4.6.7 Select Utilities, Graphics to display the Generator-Fixture Layout window.
4.6.8 From the Fixture Control window, click the Lift, Arm and Pole arrow keys with the mouse to verify all the motors operate correctly.
NOTE: Normally this "check-out" sequence is done in an area away from the steam generators, and afterward the fixture is carried up to the platform for installation.
' ' Fold the camera arm up over the pole, until 4
it reaches its mechanical limit. To facilitate guide tube pick-up at a later time, it is critical to ensure that the arm is folded in such a way that it will be able
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 7 of 22 to rotate towards the divider plate after installation (e.g., if the divider plate is to the left of the manway, the arm should be able to 'rotate clockwise from the mechanical stop; if the divider plate is to the right of the manway, the arm should be able to rotate counter-clockwise from the mechanical stop).
4.6.10 Operating the LAN Box KILL switch will do the following to the SM-10/20:
A. All motor power supplies will turn off.
B. All internal registers within the Controller will be reset to the motor off condition.
4.6.11 Remove AC power from the SM-10/20 controller before disconnecting cables. The fixture cables can be disconnected at this point and the fixture can be transported to the steam generator platform for installation.
4.6.12 Upon successful completion of the check-out initial Attachment 1, Section 3.3.
4 ' stallat'on Se ue ce 4.7.1 The sequence of"installation steps is shown in Figure 1a through 7a for the SM-10 and Figures 1b through 6b for the SM-20.

4.7.2 SM-20

Loosen the two socket bolts.
Determine which side of the trunk the divider plate is located on and swing the trunk until it touches the stop pin on the divider plate side. Re-tighten the two socket bolts.

4.7.3 Sm-10

Slide the trunk assembly through the manway, flat side down, until the manway mount reaches the manway (see Figure la).
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 8 of 22 Tub csbcel Divide PILIc i ~ /.
Figure 1a SM-10 SM-20: Slide the trunk assembly through the manway on its side using the stainless steel rail until the manway mount is flush with the manway flange (see Figure 1b).
Figure 1b SM-20 SM-10: Rotate the trunk 180'flat side up).
See Figure 2a.
SM-20: Rotate the trunk 90'. See Figure 2b.
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 9 of 22 Tubesheet Divider Plate Figure 2a SM-10 TVBE SHEET Figure 2b SM-20 Install the four manway bolts and washers, and hand-tighten them so that the manway mount remains flush with the manway flange.
See Figures 3 and 4.
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 10 of 22 o O O a ze o Figure 3a, SM-10 Figure 3b, SM-20 Trunk pivot 0 Q O 0 0
Air Valve Air Inlet Switch Coupler Level Lights Figure 4a, SM-10 Figure 4b, SM-20 4 ' ' Re-connect the trunk extension cable. Apply AC power to the SM-10/20 controller.

4.7.7 SM-10

Rotate the manway mount until the green light on the lower set of three indication lights comes on.
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 11 of 22 SM-20: Rotate the trunk a few degrees either way until the LOWER green light comes on.
Install the manway clamp approximately over the pivot point (see Figure 4), ensuring that the top of the clamp assembly securely contacts the curved surface of the manway.
Adjust the clamp as necessary so that quite firmly when the lever is pushed all the it fits way up. Verify the green light is on and the trunk wheels are tight against the bottom of the manway.
Tighten the four manway bolts evenly, starting with the two bottom bolts, using a spanner or large screwdriver. The LOWER green light may flash on and off during this tightening process.
When the tightening is complete, the LOWER green light should be steady. If it is not, loosen the bolts, remove the clamp, and repeat steps 4.7.7, 4.7.8 and 4.7.9. The trunk is not correctly installed until the clamp is in, the bolts are tightened, the LOWER green light is lit, and the trunk wheels are tight.
NOTE: NEVER fully tighten the manway bolts unless the manway clamp is securely installed. The clamp simulates stress, and provides support for the entire trunk.
SM-10: Remove the manway clamp. The track assembly must now be moved far enough from the divider plate to allow the upper track to tilt to its level position. The track position is adjusted after loosening the three set screws located on the track increment scale above the lights. The track should be placed so that it rests against the divider plate, and then backed off enough distance so the upper track can reach a level state. This distance is about six (6) increments. Tighten the three set screws after track position is established. Make sure the green indicator light is still on.
If not, rotate the manway mount until the light comes on. The track position increment reading should be documented for future use.
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 12 of 22 SM-20: A level adjustment knob is provided at the manway end of the trunk for use in adjusting the level state of the upper platform on the trunk. Turn the knob to its maximum clockwise position. This puts the trunk in its uppermost position, and provides a red-light condition. The trunk is brought down to a level mode after installing the arm assembly step 4.7.25.
4 ' '2 SM-20: Attach air line, 80 to 100 psi, to right side of trunk. Verify that the solenoid switch is in the unlocked position (down).
4 '.13 Select File, Qrchive, remove Offset & Points.
4.7.14 SM-10: Fold the arm up over the top of the pole and against the mechanical stop. The arm assembly should be folded such that when the arm is reopened from the pole, the arm moves towards the divider plate. Select Tools, Set Offset. This will set an offset for the arm encoder. Estimate an offset for the pole encoder so that the picture on the display closely approximates the respective positions of the arm and pole inside the bowl. The offset for the pole encoder will be recalculated at the end of the calibration.
SM-20: Verify that the arm is still rotated against its mechanical stop (see step 4. 6. 7),
and that the wheels are parallel to the pole.
Select pools, Set Offset. New variables will be stored to the Inspection Plan Map disc.
NOTE: If the arm is not against its mechanical stop, repeat the procedure(s) in Initial Check-Out until it is. An accurate calibration CANNOT be achieved unless the Set Offset is selected while the arm is against its stop.
4 7.15 SM-10: Install the arm assembly on the track rails and insert it through the manway.
Slide the arm assembly until it locks into place. See Figure 5a.
SM-20: Remove the manway clamp.
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 13 of 22 SM-10: Install the manway clamp and go to 4.7.18.
SM-20: Check to see that carriage assembly is rotated so that the lock pin will engage at the top of the trunk (see Figure 5b).
Then engage the camera arm wheels in the track and carefully slide the arm up the track. Ensure that the cables feed smoothly into the manway.
SM-20: When the camera arm reaches the lower latch, push the camera arm up just until the lower latch takes hold. Re-position yourself and push and lift the arm until the carriage is past the first latch. Let the arm slide back against the latch, coming to rest on the lower latch and raised 3 to 4 inches on the end closest to manway. This will allow the arm to clear the bowl. Tug on the arm to ensure that the lower latch is supporting the camera arm (see Figure Sb). Push the ball in on the end of the arm using the utility stick.
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 14 of 22 Tubesheet
/
Divider /
Plate Figure 5a SM-10 TUBE SHEET Carrlege Assembly UJ
~C rL Ul Q
Ci Figure 5b SM-20
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 15 of 22 For safety reasons, reinstall the'anway clamp. To position the pole and arm for attaching the guide tube and conduit, select pools, Guide Tube Pickup.
When the fixture is in position, reach just inside the manway and attach the guide tube and conduit assembly. Insert enough cable and conduit into the manway to allow full movement of the fixture. The cable and conduit should run along the side of the clamp opposite the divider plate.
SM-10: Reposition the fixture to its level position by selecting pools, gevel Tilt and clicking on Auto Tilt in the Fixture Leveling window. The green light on the upper track has reached a level state. The lights may flicker between red and green when level state. See Figure 6a.
it hits a CAUTION: If the upper track has 'been raised manually above the level position, the upper track will raise until the guide tube makes contact with the tube sheet. The track must then be lowered below the level position before leveling'ay begin.
Tubesheet Divider Plate Figure 6a SM-10
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 16 of 22 TUBE SNEET ullNy Stkk Ball Figure 6b SM-20 SM-20: Attach the utility stick to the ball stud located on the end of the camera arm.
Be sure that the utility stick is securely attached.
SM-20: Push the arm up and over the curved ramp until latch.
it latches securely in the top The camera arm should be parallel to the tubesheet. See Figure 6b.
SM-20: Activate the air solenoid to lock the camera arm in position. The switch should be toggled to the "LOCK" position. Carefully pull the pole and camera arms back toward you, being prepared engage.
if the lock did not Repeat steps 4.7.22 and 4.7.23 if the lock did not hold.
CAUTION: If the lock does not hold, the weight of the arms coming back down rapidly can be surprising.
SM-20: Remove the utility stick from the camera arm.
SM-10: Using the spanner, rotate the UP/DOWN trunk level adjustment screw CCW to lower the
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 17 of 22 trunk until the upper green light is lit. It is suggested to make this adjustment with 'the trunk being lowered into the leveled zone and stop on the high side of this adjustment. If the trunk is initially on the low side, rotate the adjustment screw CW up through the acceptance window, then lower it back down just until the upper green light comes on.
This is necessary because when the pole and camera arms are fully extended to the far side of the generator, the excess weight adds to the fixture sag. Keeping the UP/DOWN level on the high side of the adjustment helps to compensate for this sag.
SM-20: Install the manway clamp. Insert enough cable and conduit into the manway to allow full movement of the fixture. The cables and conduit should run on the side of the manway clamp which is opposite the divider plate. Rotate the leveling knob counter-clockwise until the upper red light goes out and the upper green light comes on.
4 '.26 Initial Attachment 1 Section 3.4. Proceed with the calibration process.
5.1 Select the Lift up arrow to bring the guide tube closer to the tubesheet.
5.2 In the Free Run mode,use the ARM and POLE control arrows, position the guide tube under the first calibration point. Select Tools, Add Cal. Point to view the Add Cal. Point dialog box. When the guide tube is directly under the tube, insert the cursor into the text fields and input the correct, tube encode for the first calibration point. Click Use.
5.3 Position the guide tube under the second calibration point as directed on the screen. Open the Add Cal.
Point dialog box and input the encode of the second calibration tube. Click Use.
5.4 "Break" the arm by bringing the camera end out of the corner first.
5.5 Continue to the other side of the generator and
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 18 of 22 position the guide tube under the third calibration point. Repeat the Add Cal. Point steps.
5.6 Continue Add Cal. Point steps until all the required calibration points are saved in the setup file.
5.7 Check the setup file to verify that the calibration points are correct. To view the Fixture Control Calibration Setup dialog box, select Utilities, Setup.
Scroll through the file with the scroll bar on the right-hand side of the dialog box checking the following lines:
NUM CAL POINTS="x" (where "x" equals the number of calibration points added) 5.7.2 ENCODER ZERO="X" (where "X" equals arm and pole encoder values for the set offset position) 5.7.3 CALIBRATION POINT="y","Y" (where "y" and "Y" equals one CALIBRATION POINT entry for each added calibration point for the arm/pole encoder values and counts for each location) 5.8 If the setup file is correct, archive the calibration to the setup file by selecting File, Archive, grchive Calibration. Initial Attachment 1, Section 3.5.
6.1 To operate the fixture in the free run mode, from the Fixture Control window, select Mode, Free Run. This mode is useful for moving the fixture to a general area such as the manway or for breaking the arm to the opposite side of the tubesheet.
6.2 To move the fixture in free run mode, with the mouse, click the large rotational control buttons for continuous movement. Click and hold the small buttons for jog movement. The small buttons will only move the fixture when pressed and held. The location of the guide tube will be displayed under Actual.
6.3 To stop movement of the fixture click the STOP button in the lower left of the Fixture Control button.
6.4 To raise and lower the fixture, click the Lift arrow buttons.
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 19 of 22 6.5 To operate the fixture in the manual mode, from the Fixture control window, select gode, Manual. This mode allows inputting of "Desired" locations.
6.6 To move the fixture to a specific location, click the cursor to the "Desired" row or column box. Type the location and click Move Fixture.
6.7 The arrow buttons can also be used to input the desired location. Each click of an arrow button increments the desired location by one (up or down). Click Move Fixture to send the fixture to the next location.
6.8 The Lift arrow and the STOP buttons are in the same location in the manual mode as the free run mode and perform the same task.
6.9 If the guide tube needs to be centered or moved less than a tube pitch the J'op arrow buttons can be used.
Clicking these arrows will add or subtract a distance to offset the ActuaE location. This is displayed under Error. Each time an arrow is pressed the adjustment is made by the amount of the jog increment (J'op Inc.). If the amount of Error is changed after the fixture is on condition, Move Fixture must be pressed to move the fixture the amount of the error induced. Care must be taken not to adjust the error too much so as to move the guide to an entire pitch and thus inspect the wrong tube.
6.10 To operate the fixture in the inspection mode, a preprogrammed inspection plan or data base must have been inputed prior to using the mode. To retrieve the inspection plan or data base, select File, Database, then either Select Test Plan or Select Database bringing up the respective selection window. Choose the appropriate file by clicking and clicking Use.

6. 11 If Test Plan chosen.

is chosen, the sort method must also be Click on Select Sort Method. Select the test pattern (test along rows or columns) and the starting point (low number to high number or high number to low number). Click on Use.

6. 12 Select Mode, Inspection. The test plan will be displayed with a highlight bar across the Selected Test. Click on Selected Test to move the fixture.

Click on Next Test to move fixture to the next entry.
The highlight bar will move to the next entry as well as the fixture. The actual location will be displayed
Procedure: HNP<<007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 20 of 22 under Actual.

6. 13 The J'op, Lift arrow, and STOP buttons operate as in the manual mode. Adjustments to the jog increment are performed in the manual mode.

7~0 R OV OF F TUR 7 1 Position the fixture for guide tube removal by selecting pools, Guide Tube Pickup from the Fixture Control window.
NOTE: If the arm is not on the correct side of the generator (toward divider plate), break the arm to the correct side.
7.2 Remove the manway clamp.
SM-10: Remove the guide tube. Go to step 7.7.
SM-20: Attach the utility stick to the ball stud on the end of the camera arm. Turn air solenoid switch to the "UNLOCK" position.

7.3 SM-20

Release the upper latch by pulling the release trigger on the left side of the trunk. Lift the release trigger up so that mode it is locked in the release

7.4 SM-20

Position yourself in such a way that you can use both hands on the utility stick to carefully roll the camera arm down to the lower latch.

7.5 SM-20

Remove the utility stick from the camera arm.
Position the guide tube in front of the manway using the free run mode in necessary.

7.6 SM-20

Remove the guide tube.
7.7 Position the fixture for removal.
7' Reach -inside the manway and grasp the end of the pole.
With the other hand, pull the lock release ring located on the right side of the trunk. Hold the release until the carriage is past the latch.
CAUTION: DO NOT HOLD ZT ON TOP OF THE MOTOR OR YOU WILL PINCH YOUR HAND WHEN ZT COMES DOWN THE TRUNK.
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 21 of 22 7.9 Slowly lower the camera arm down the trunk, making sure the cable does not hang up on the end of the trunk. =
7 ~ 10 SM-10: Disconnect the fixture cables.
SM-20: Disengage the wheels from the track and set the camera arm aside. Remove trunk extension cable and air line.
7 '1 Remove the manway bolts.
7 ~ 12 Rotate the trunk 90'on edge), and slide it out of the generator.
8.0 E GE CY REMOVAL The SM-10/20 fixture has been designed for removal in the event that, a motor or gearbox should fail with the fixture installed.
F 1 Remove the manway clamp.
8 ' Align the camera arm assembly over the trunk.
SM-20: attach the utility stick to the camera arm and release the upper latch (on the left side of the trunk). Turn the solenoid switch to the "UNLOCKED" position. It may be necessary to swing the arm from side to side to relax the air pistons.
8.3 Roll the camera arm down to the lower latch.
SM-20: Disconnect the utility stick from the camera arm.
8.4 If the lift assembly is up, it will be necessary to place the fixture into the approximate guide tube position. To remove the lift, loosen the draw bolt using a 1/4" nut driver. You may now slide the lift assembly away from the secondary pivot and remove through the manway. Once the lift it assembly has been removed, fold the fixture back up over the trunk.
8.5 Release the lower latch (on the right side of the trunk) and remove the camera arm from the steam generator.
Procedure: HNP-007 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 22 of 22 NOTE: The primary and secondary rotation assemblies may be rotated manually in the event of a failure. If sufficient physical pressure is applied to either the primary pivot (which rotates the pole) or secondary pivot (which rotates the arm), the clutches will slip and allow free rotation of the pivot receiving the force.
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 1 of 37 Project No.:
PROCEDURE FOR MULTIFREQUENCY EDDY CURRENT EXAMINATION OF NONFERROMAGNETZC STEAM GENERATOR TUBING USING MZZ-18/MIZ-30 EQUIPMENT CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT CO.
SHEARON HARRIS ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR OPERATIONS Jt 1201 Riverfront Parkway Chattanooga, TN 37402 APPROVED BY: DATE:
Cognizant Supervxsor APPROVED BY DATE T. U. Bxpes Level IZ APPROVED BY: DATE:
D. Ford Quality Assurance
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 2 of 37 A OF 0
~Sl~C~O 1~0 OBJECTIVE 2.0 SCOPE

3.0 REFERENCES

4 ' PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS 5.0 PRECAUTIONS AND PREREQUZSITES 6.0 CALIBRATION STANDARDS 7.0 EQUIPMENT 8.0 EQUIPMENT SETUP 9.0 EQUIPMENT OPERATION AND CALIBRATION 10 ~ 0 PROBE SPEED ADJUSTMENT 13
.110 CALIBRATION VERIFICATIONS 14 12.0 EXAMINATION 15 13.0 OPERATING PRACTICES 16 14.0 MANIPULATOR POSITION VERIFICATION 16 15.0 RECORDING CRITERIA 17 16.0 EVALUATION 17 17.0 REPORTING CRITERIA 17
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 3 of 37 OF C T C
~SEC ~O ZhQX FIGURE 1 TYPICAL EDDY CURRENT TEST EQUIPMENT 19 SET-UP DIAGRAM FIGURE 2 TYPICAL ASME CALIBRATION STANDARD 20 FIGURE 3 TYPICAL MIZ-18 INTERCONNECTION SCHEMATIC 21 FIGURE 4 TYPICAL MZZ-30 INTERCONNECTION SCHEMATIC 22 EXHIBIT A TYPICAL EDDY CURRENT EXAMINATION SHEET 23 EXHIBIT B TYPICAL SET UP INSTRUCTION FORM (MIZ-18)
EXHIBIT B-1 TYPICAL SET UP INSTRUCTION FORM (MIZ-30) 25 EXHIBIT C TYPICAL EDDY CURRENT CALIBRATION SHEET 26 EXHIBIT D TYPICAL OPTICAL DISK LABEL 27 EXHIBIT E CONFIGURATION FOR BOBBIN PROBE MIZ-18/30 28 EXHIBIT F CONFIGURATION FOR ROTATING PROBE MZZ-18/30 29 EXHIBIT G ROTATING PROBE CALIBRATION INFORMATION 30 EXHIBIT H ROTATING PROBE SLIP-RING INFORMATION 31 EXHIBIT I ROTATING PROBE PULSE INFORMATION . 32 EXHIBIT J CONFIGURATION FOR HIGH RESOLUTION BOBBIN 33 PROBE MIZ-18 APPENDIX A BOBBIN COIL TEST PARAMETERS 34 APPENDIX B ROTATING PROBE COIL TEST 35 APPENDIX C HIGH RESOLUTION BOBBIN SET-UP AND 37 CALIBRATION ATTACHMENT 1 PROCEDURE SIGN-OFF SHEETS
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 4 of 37 1.0 Eddy current examination of steam generator tubing is performed to assess the reactor coolant pressure boundary integrity. The results of this examination are permanently recorded and used for comparison with the results of past and/or subsequent steam generator tubing inspections. The eddy current equipment operator is responsible for proper equipment interconnection, equipment setup and collection of eddy current data.
The shift supervisor will provide additional technical support during all these activities. The evaluation of the results will be performed in accordance with the procedure and guideline referenced in reference 3.6 and F 7.
2 ~ 0 SCO~c'his procedure, when used in accordance with the eddy current system setup and calibration parameters established in the specific appendices, meets the intent of the requirements of the USNRC Regulatory Guide 1.83 "Inservice Inspection of PWR Steam Generator Tubes",
Revision 1, dated July, 1975 and the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section XI "Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components", 1983 Edition, summer 1983 addenda.
3.0 ~ ZEEElaa:
J 3.1 ABB Combustion Engineering Nuclear Operations, Quality Assurance Manual, QAM-100, latest revision.
3.2 ABB Combustion Engineering Nuclear Operations, Quality Assurance Procedure Manual, QAM-101., latest revision.
3.3 Zetec Eddynet MIZ-18 Acquire Program User Guide.
3.4 Zetec Eddynet MIZ-30 Acquire 30D Program User Guide.
3.5 ASME Code Case N-401-1; Use of Digital Equipment.
3.6 Eddy Current Data Analysis Procedure Evaluation of westinghouse Steam Generator Tubing., HNP-005, latest revision.
3.7 Shearon Harris/H. B. Robinson Steam Generator Eddy Current Data Analysis Guidelines.
3.8 Procedure for control of Eddy Current Data for use with Multiforth or Eddynet Acquisition Systems, HNP-006, latest revision.
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 5 of 37 U $ ~
ABB Combustion Engineering (ABB-CE) personnel shall be certified in accordance with ABB Combustion Engineering Procedure QAP 2.4 contained in Reference 3.2. If examiners are supplied by the purchaser, the purchaser will be responsible for their certification. In the event ABB-CE utilizes a subcontractor, ABB-CE will be responsible for certification either by examination to the requirements of QAP 2.4 or by auditing and accepting the subcontractor(s) written practice.
4.1 A Level I may perform specific calibrations and specific tests according to written instructions (procedure), and record the results. He shall receive the necessary guidance or supervision from a certified ET Level II or III.
4.2 A Level I trainee shall work with a certified individual (minimum Level I) while operating the eddy current test equipment (i.e. MIZ-18/MIZ-30).
4.3 The initial equipment set-up at the start of the test program shall be verified by a certified ET Level II or III.
4.4 The evaluation of the results of the eddy current examination must be conducted by a Data Analyst qualified to at least ET Level II with specific training for the evaluation of data from nonferromagnetic steam generator tubing.
4.5 Certification, including eye certification shall be verified for testing personnel and an entry made in Attachment 1 Procedure Sign-off, Section 1.
5.0 5.1 It is expected may be encountered that very high levels of radiation inside and adjacent to the primary head of the steam generators. Utmost care shall be taken in the setup and performance of the examination to minimize personnel exposure to ionizing radiation and radioactive contamination.
5.2 Personnel engaged in the eddy current examination program shall be indoctrinated in the radiation protection rules, guidelines, protective clothing and equipment requirements in effect at the plant site as required.
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 6 of 37 5.3 The eddy current test equipment shall be set up in an area designated by the ABB-CE Shift Supervisor and approved by site personnel. All equipment set-ups will be at the direction of the ABB-CE Shift Supervisor or his designee. Figure 1 is an example of a typical ECT equipment set-up. (Attachment 1 sign-off) 5.3.1 If a Remote Data Trailer (RDAAT)
Acquisition and Analysis is utilized, all data acquisition equipment, video equipment and communication equipment may be located in this trailer.
5.4 The steam generator shall be open on the primary side, dried and ventilated in such a manner as to provide proper temperature and humidity for personnel safety and comfort, and to prevent heat and moisture damage to equipment (approximately 90' or less). (Attachment 1 sign-off) 5.5 The secondary side of the steam generator shall be cooled down to the extent that the temperature of the tubes and tubesheet are 120' or less.
(Attachment 1 sign-off) 5~6 Provisions must be made for personnel and equipment entry into and exit from the steam generator (i.e.,
ladders, scaffolds or staging, platforms, lighting inside and outside the steam generator, breathing air supply, 120 VAC electricity, etc.). (Attachment 1 sign-off) 5.7 Health Physics coverage shall be maintained at the steam generator during any personnel entry into the steam generator as required.
'I 5.8 The Eddy Current Examination Sheets (Exhibit A) shall list all the tubes that are to be inspected.
The Eddy Current Test Operator shall initial or check (/) the sheet after each tube inspection. If multiple tubes are listed on one line, such as for dual guide tubes, one check will suffice for both tubes, if tested simultaneously. If tested individually, a check should be performed for each tube, using the appropriate column. If a tube cannot be inspected (or only partially tested), the disposition shall be noted in the comment section of the examination sheet, and in a message on the recording media'. Data control is maintained in accordance with Reference 3.8 or as applicable.
(Attachment 1 sign-off)
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 7 of 37 5.9 All examination/inspection forms, records, and examination sheets shall be dated and signed where required. 'NA'hall be written or typed in all blanks that are not applicable to the document.
Black ink is required and the use of 'white correction fluid is forbidden. Changes will be out'r single lined through, initialed and dated indicating no further action was taken.
5 '0 A communication system shall be set up between the Eddy Current Instrument Operator, the steam generator platform, and health physics personnel (containment). (Attachment 1 sign-off) 5 '1 The primary piping nozzle openings shall have been sealed prior to installing ECT equipment in the steam generator. This is accomplished with nozzle dams or nozzle covers establishing a foreign material exclusion boundary to the primary system.
(Attachment 1 sign-off) 6.0 0 S $~
6.1 The calibration standard shall be fabricated from a length of tubing of the same alloy, nominal outside diameter, and nominal wall thickness as that in the steam generator. It may also contain secondary side features such as carbon steel support rings, copper rings, and other features as needed to provide signals for subsequent multi-parameter frequency mixing by the data analyst. Fabrication of the calibration standards shall meet. the requirements of the ASME Code.
6 ' Documentation shall include an as-built drawing of the calibration standard, a mill test report, serial number and manufacturer's heat treat number for tube material used in the calibration standard.
6' The ASME calibration standard shall typically contain the following artificial discontinuities as a minimum, but other designs may be used as required for specific applications. See Figure 2 for a typical standard. Use as-built drawing of actual standard for specific details.
6.3.1 Single hole drilled 1004 through wall 0.052 in. diameter.
6.3.2 Flat-bottomed drill hole 5/64 in. diameter x 804 through from the outer tube wall surface.
6.3.3 Flat-bottomed drill hole 7/64 in. diameter x 604 through from the outer tube wall surface.
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 8 of 37 6.3.4 Flat-bottomed drill hole 3/16 in. diameter x 404 through from the outer tube wall surface.
6.3.5 Four flat-bottomed drill hole 3/16 in.
diameter, spaced 90 deg. apart around the tube circumference, 204 through from the outer tube wall surface.
6.3.6 1/16 in. wide 360 deg. circumferential groove. 204 through from the inner tube wall surface.
6.3.7 1/8 in. wide 360 degrees circumferential groove. 104 through from the outer tube wall surface.
6.3.8 Carbon steel ring, simulated support plate.
6.4 Other special calibration standards (when used) shall contain a variety of notches, holes and grooves for calibration of special setups such as high resolution bobbin and rotating probes.
6.5 Calibration standards used shall be logged in section 4.0 of Attachment 1 Procedure Sign-off.
7.0 All eddy current test equipment provided by ABB Combustion Engineering shall be certifi'ed to be equivalent or exceed the applicable requirements af the ASME Code,Section XI, Appendix IV, paragraph IV-3000, with Code Case N-401-1 addressing the use of digital examination equipment. ABB Combustion Engineering may utilize equipment provided by subcontractors that is certified to the above requirements. Documentation of calibration will be provided prior to the start of the inspection and be logged on Attachment 1 Procedure Sign-off. A typical equipment list is provided below.
7.1 HP Server Work Station 400 or 700 series computer or equivalent with hard disc drive, Eddynet Acquisition Software Installation Disc and Eddynet Acquisition Module.
7.2 Optical Disc Drive HP model 650/A or equivalent and a supply of properly formatted optical disks.
7.3 MIZ-18/MIZ-30 Remote Data Acquisition Unit (RDAU).
Certificate of Calibration required.
7.4 LAN Interface Box (not required when using MIZ-30.
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 9 of 37 7.5 LAN Reset Box.
7~6 Eddy Current test/reference probes. See appropriate appendix for probe size and type.
7~7 Remote controlled manipulator (optional), eg. SM-10, SM-20, SM-22, Genesis.
7.8 Mechanical probe pusher and flexible probe guide material.
7 ' A calibration and reference standard (hand held or in-line).
7.10 Eddy Current Examination Sheets.
7.11 Video Monitoring Equipment.
7.12 Communication System.
Equipment noted with an asterisk shall be logged on Attachment 1. In the event that equipment is replaced, replacement equipment. shall be logged also.
8.0 S 8.1 Satisfy applicable requirements specified in Section 5.0 (Precautions and Prerequisites).
8.2 Set up communications between steam generator platform and data station as required. (Attachment 1 sign-off) 8.3 Install the remote manipulator into the steam generator primary head as required. (Attachment 1 sign-off) 8.4 Attach guide tube with flexible guide material between remote manipulator and the probe driver.
8.5 Interconnect the acquisition system as shown in Figure 1 and 3 described as follows:
8' ' Connect the monitor to the rear of the system processing unit (SPU) by using the appropriate cable and attaching video card on the SPU.
it to the 8.5.2 Connect the mouse to the keyboard, then connect the keyboard to the SPU with the appropriate cable.
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 10 of 37 8.5.3 Connect the Eddynet Acquisition Module.
8.5 ' Connect the hard drive to the SPU with the small computer systems interface (SCSI) cable. (Required if the hard drive is separate from the SPU) 8.5.5 Connect the Optical Disc Drive to the SCSI connector on the hard drive with the SCSI cables. Terminate the SCSI bus by placing a terminator at. the appropriate location.
8.5.6 Connect the Local Area Network (LAN) connector on the rear of the SPU to the LAN Interface Box with approved LAN cables. The MIZ-30 has an internal LAN Interface Box.
8.5.7 Connect the LAN Reset Box to. the LAN Interface Box with approved LAN interconnect cables. The MIZ-30's LAN Reset Box connects to the MIZ-30. (RG-58 A/U type of equivalent).
8.5.8 Install Termination Caps on each end of the LAN at appropriate locations (if 10base2 cable is used) .
8 '.9 Connect the LAN Interface Box to the RDAU using the appropriate (IEEE-488 type) connector and cables (Omit this step for MIZ-30}. Interconnect the probe pusher controller to the RDAU.
8.5.10 An appropriate probe splitter/adaptor connected to the probe connector on the RDAU is used to adapt the test probe to the RDAU.
8.5.11 If data is to be spooled "send data" from the acquisition station to the analysis station, use appropriate networking device (HP Router or equivalent} along with LAN cable or Fiber-Optics cable to interconnect both systems.
(Attachment 1 sign-off) 8.6 When a reference probe is required for absolute data attach the reference probe to the connector labeled.
'ref'. The reference probe shall be placed in a reference standard. Extension cables may be used as required, typically less than 100'ith equal
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 11 of 37 amounts connected to the test probe and reference probe.
8.7 Perform a functional check out to verify that the eddy current system if operating correctly. This can be achieved by recording a calibration standard and reviewing the data. (Attachment 1 sign-off) 9.0 OP 0 CA O ~
The following will describe the typical equipment calibration sequence with the specific calibration technique requirements described in Appendix A thru C.
The appropriate Appendix will be selected based on the particular type of inspection. The operator will be provided written instruction by the shift supervisor with the issue of a completed "Set Up Instruction" Form. See Exhibits B and Bl.
9.1 Zetec Eddynet Data Acquisition System.
HP-UX and EDDYNET files must be installed on the system hard drive before starting eddynet data acquisition. Refer to the appropriate Zetec Operation User Guide (Reference 3.3) for installation instructions.
9.1.1 Power up the CPU and select the appropriate bootable system 'code number per the designated system administrator (eg. PO, P1).
Verify the correct time and date. The system administrator shall have input the proper system communication protocol. Polling the clusters should not be necessary. Answer search and remove cores. After the boot up
'Y'o sequence the login prompt will appear. Type the proper user number (eg. user1) as designated by the system administrator.
9 ~ 1.2 After login, the system will be in the X-Windows environment. The Eddynet menu will appear at the top of the screen.

9. 1.3 Insert the optical storage disc into the optical disc drive. Insure that the optical storage disc is not write protected.

9~1~4 'Mount'he optical storage disc by using the
'mount widget.'ith the mouse, open the mount widget by selecting pile, gdministration, and fount/unmount.
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 12 of 37 9.1.5 Choose Local and select the scsi device and rod number to be mounted by clicking in the appropriate boxes. (Example: scsi150100 rod1) 9.1.6 Click on MOUNT R/W.

9. 1.7 If the data is to be spooled from the acquisition station to the analysis station via a LAN, choose Remote and select the scsi device and rod number to be mounted by clicking in the appropriate boxes. Exit the mount widget by clicking Quit.

9' ' From the Eddy Menu, select Agquisition, and Setup Acquisition. Enter the LAN box serial number in the LM interface number selection.
Choose either MIZ-18 or MIZ-30 and setup the 4-hour clock if desired. Click on Use when finished.

9. 1.9 Establish contact to the LAN Interface Hub by selecting Acquisition, Qcquisition.

9.1.10 The Main Screen contains several boxes which when clicked on perform various functions.
These include: Process Channels, Message Form, Summary Form, Zoom, Refresh, Next-Last Tube, Start Acquiring, File Functions, System Config and Print-FF Screen. Refer to the appropriate Zetec Operation Guidelines for information on using these functions.
9.1.11 Set up Eddynet acquisition system according to the appropriate Zetec Eddynet MIZ-18 or MIZ-30 Acquire Program User Guide.
(Reference 3.3 MIZ-18 or 3.4 MIZ-30).

9. 1.12 Change the acquisition setup parameters to the appropriate settings for the identi-fication of system variables. e.g.; S/G designator, Row and Column designators, printer enable, printer type, etc.

9 '.13 Configure system frequencies and operating modes (absolute or differential) as required by the appendices for examination to be performed as directed by the shift supervisor. Changes to the test frequencies, sampling rate and probe pusher speed may be accomplished through the initiation of the Set Up Instruction Form (Exhibit B MIZ-18, Bl MIZ-30) ~
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 13 of 37 9.1.14 Pull the probe through the calibration standard and adjust spans and rotations for all channels as described in the appendix utilized in paragraph 9.1.13.
$00@: Check the set up menu options to insure proper pull speeds and rotation speeds.

9. 1. 15 Complete the summary with the following plant specific information supplied by the shift supervisor and by documenting the equipment being utilized. Specific information for reporting CAL groups will be provided by cognizant data management personnel prior to starting data acquisition.

Owner Calibration Standard Plant and Unit No. S/N (S)
Date Procedure/Revision No.
Component ID & Side ET Operator Name/Cert.
Recording Tape No. Level (or equivalent) Company Affiliation Computer S/N Tubing Size Probe ID, Size and RDAU S/N Length Length of Cables (as required)
When completing the line "ET Operator Name" use the operator's last name followed by the operator's initials. EXAMPLE: "ZONES ZR" For consistency, no punctuation should be used.
9.1.16 Record data from the calibration standard onto the recording media at, the probe speed required for the examination as defined in the applicable appendix.
9 1.17 Complete the eddy current calibration sheet recording the appropriate information and calibration 'time (See Exhibit C).
S E 10.1 Verify the proper speed has been input from the proper appendix by checking Display speeds in the probe pusher menu. Insert the probe into the tube to a known position.
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 14 of 37 10.2 Retract the probe at test speed with acquisition system on, but not recording to the data storage device.
10.3 Use the applicable steam generator drawing dimensions for the distance between tube support structures.
10.4 Determine the travel time for the probe between two desired tube support structures using the strip chart display on the acquisition system marked at one second intervals.
Eddynet acquisition will only display one second interval marks while in the acquire (Start Acquiring) mode. Marks will not display in the review mode. The analysis software will calculate the average probe speed. Questions should be addressed to analysis.
10.5 The rotation speed is verified (Eddynet only) in the Acquire window by clicking pile, Check rotation and input the information requested.

10. 6 Bobbin testing probe speed shall not exceed 24 in./sec. for MIZ-18 testing. Faster speed may be used for MIZ-30 testing provided the proper sample rate is achieved. Probe speed should be adjusted to approximately 12 in./sec. for testing row 1 and row 2 tubes, or as required by the appendix utilized in paragraph 9.0. Check the appropriate appendix for test speeds other than bobbin.

11.0 C 0 V F C ON: (Interval/Span and Rotation Settings)
A calibration check must be recorded at the following intervals:

11. 1 Within 4 hours of the previous calibration check.

A four hour warning can be setup in the Acquisition Setup widget.
11.2 At the beginning and end of each calibration group.
11.3 Whenever test components are changed, loss of power, malfunction is suspected, or the operator deems it necessary.
11.4 The shift supervisor or a designee shall initial the appropriate section of the eddy current
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 15 of 37 calibration sheet verifying compliance of calibration.

11. 5 Zf a discrepancy in calibration interval should occur in Section 11.1 - 11.3 the shift supervisor or an eddy current Level II or ZZZ shall identify the discrepancy on the eddy current calibration sheet. The ECT Level ZII shall initial indicating acceptance of the disposition.

11 6~ Zn the event that calibrations cannot be performed because of building evacuations, equipment malfunctions, etc., a calibration shall be made upon reentry or repair/replacement and will suffice as the four hour calibration.
~O : Should the system be found to be out of calibration, re-calibration will be required (Out of calibration per ASME Section V Article 8 Appendix I section I-862). The re-calibration information shall be forwarded to the data analyst(s). The Data Analyst shall determine which tubes, if any, shall be reinspected.
12 ~ 1 Position the manipulator at the location of the first tube.
12 ~ 2 Activate the acquisition computer system.
H 12 3 Properly identify tube location on the acquisition system.
~NO : When using an SM10/2x manipulator with an inspection plan, the location is automatically input. Verify the proper location with the Eddy Current Examination Sheet.
12 ~ 4 Insert the probe into the tube to the desired elevation as defined by the Eddy Current Examination Sheets.
12 ~ 5 Retract the probe while recording the entire length of tube to be inspected on tape or equivalent recording medium. Take special care not to start the probe retraction or stop the data recording device too quickly (this may result in an incomplete examination). See the appropriate operating guidelines for details of operation.

12. 6 Ensure the tubes to be tested are indicated as completed on the Eddy Current Examination Sheet. Zf

Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 16 of 37 a tube or portion of a tube is not inspectable, note any apparent cause on the Eddy Current Examination Sheet and on the acquisition system message area.
The message area should be used to note any conditions which may arise, such as incomplete or obstructed tubes, tubes which are unreachable, operator changes, probe changes, etc.
12.7 Position the probe at the next tube to be examined.
12 ' Repeat paragraph 12.3 through 12.7 for each tube to be examined.
G C C S:
13 ~ 1 The acquisition system has a message capability that is provided for recording information about the testing. Notations such as operator changes, probe changes and other description of testing should be included. (see 12.6) 13.2 During the examinations, cycling through the channels during data collection is recommended to ensure proper operation of all coils.
13 ~ 3 Care should be taken to ensure similar probes are used as reference probes to avoid an impedance mismatch.
13 ~ 4 The optical disks shall be labeled as directed by the cognizant data management personnel.
13.5 The S/G identification system will be a two digit number with the first digit indicating the S/G and the second digit indicating the inlet or outlet side of the generator eq. "S/G 11" ~ S/G gA on the inlet side eq. "S/G 20" ~ S/G gB on the outlet side, etc.
13.6 The row and line numbers shall be set to "Row 999 Col 999" for all calibration checks.
13 ~ 7 Typically whenever a calibration is required, three calibration pulls are recorded. Certain tests (eg.
MRPC), may not require three calibration pulls due to factors, such as, radiation dose to platform worker, etc. The calibration should be review to ensure that a complete and acceptable recording has been made. In the event that the recording is incomplete or unacceptable due to probe snap, etc.,
another calibration shall be recorded. A minimum of one acceptable recording is required. In the event
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 17 of 37 that an acceptable recording cannot be made, the lead analyst shall be consulted for a disposition.
0 0 V C 0 0 14.1 Position verification shall be done upon the installation of the remote fixture and before relocation of the fixture in the generator.
Verification for tube locations shall be recorded on examination sheets similar to Exhibit A. The position of the fixture shall be verified by sending the fixture to a known location in the generator.
Once the operator has visually verified the correct tube location with the fixture camera (or with the tube sheet camera) and the computer read-out, the operator shall make an entry on the Examination Sheet (See Exhibit A) and a message made on the recording media. Verifications need only be made at required verifications points (see 14.2).
14.2 Position verification is required:

a. Prior to eddy current work in the generator.

b. At the beginning of each Zone and the bottom of an eddy current examination sheet.

c. If problems occur with the positioner.

d. Upon concluding eddy current work in the generator.

14.3 Position verification is recommended:
'a ~ When returning to the tube sheet after lowering the arm to the manway.

b. When "breaking the arm" to the opposite side of the plenum.

c ~ Whenever the operator has doubt of the tube location.
f00'"'osition verifications are entered on the examination sheet(s). Care should be taken to insure operator knowledge of verification points when there is an operator change, shift change, or other similar situations.
14.4 In the instance where the location has been incorrectly identified and a position verification be made from the last tube tested, all tubes 'annot tested from the last position verification recorded on the examination sheet must be reexamined.
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 18 of 37 G C R All data from the examination shall be recorded on the appropriate recording medium. The recording medium will contain at a minimum the information defined in paragraph 9 1.15.
~
Q The data analysis shall be conducted in accordance with references 3.6 and 3.7.
The report of the inspection results supplied to the customer will contain the following at a minimum.
17.1 All detectable tube wall degradations.
17.2 All detectable tube dents known to obstruct probe passage.
17.3 Any detectable loose part indication 17.4 Any additional conditions that the data analyst deems necessary.
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 19 of 37 FIGURE 1 TYPICAL EDDY CURRENT TEST EQUIPMENT SET-UP DIAGRAM A POSITIONER CONTROLS K - PROBE PUSHER W/TEST PROBE B COMPUTER ACQUISITION SYSTEM L - AUDIO JUNCTION BOX C AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROLS M - MANIPULATOR FIXTURE D VCR N VIDEO CAMERA E POSZTZONER RELAY BOX P - PLATFORM HEADSET F - PM-lor3/SM10/20 CONTROLLER R - CONTROL STATION HEADSET G - MZZ 18/MIZ-30 S - FLEXZBLE CONDUIT H AUDIO/VIDEO JUNCTION BOX T CALIBRATION STANDARD J - REFERENCE PROBE
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 20 of 37 FIGURE 2 TYPICAL ASME CALIBRATION STANDARD LIXATIOI 8 0 0 E' 0 H IHTSCALLT I%AS OEFTH N
4CBF'g STAIAESS
~ COIO ~ AIT W SAL o
~ At HIILo&WL M CN, OEFTH % CF WALL STEEL SLFWCHT Itwvcxo eaa OWCHA a naeWWC S ter aas vwe IWIO AIO NKS ONCE E,T. R4A% AINE WEAS APl'aXX JLL lk ~L ISA IF OEFECT ~ %WE NIIT T
<<ma ~I .eo'sr .>>r A B C 0 E F 9 H J HATEITAL VEIUOE ICAL WALL Tits~
WILL TIK.
AT LOT HCl
~X SECT. H SECT. 0 EST FICO. USEO~~ha
.am L Itl T %L T. TECHvCQH Nl~
~~~ lÃDW.
V4OwcRS ZETEC "=-
DCR COOEO +
~
1~4
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 21 of 37 FIGURE 3 TYPICAL MIZ-18 INTERCONNECTION SCHEMATIC TO PROBE NZ.18 PPROBE AGAFIER DIPFEREMTIAI.
UNKIEEE~
Monitor 8 CPU QM TOVIER NIO errrHwAL
~Keyboard
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 22 of 37 FIGURE 4 TYPICAL MIZ-30 INTERCONNECTION SCHEMATIC BNC PSOOHM SM 10/20/22 Controi Box Ta~otot e o CI M
r OO 2
DlFFERENTIAL RG58 Resot Cabto UNK IEEE~
60Mt max. 2s To Ptimay Data Room ? To RdLra

5) To Pmbe Pustwr LAN Bddyo MN1 TOWER UNT XHC LAhWRB Raaot Sotitoh Tran ooeivor HP 400/700 Series

Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 23 of 37 EXHIBIT A TYPICAL EDDY CURRENT EXAMINATION SHEET CCCQXIETTON EROTXEERIXO EDDY IXRRKXT KXAXINATIIXIXXEKT CCARbc C t 4 L AOTOMULC tLAXT/IXItc SHEAROH HARRIS FREOIRRCTc 640IT0880IXdb KHX 5/0 0 tROCETXIRKI HHAOOi RO tROOKC ECT DKRCRlttJIXlc lobbln fulL Londth Exes LEOI Not
~ ATARKTc OQSLRT ZQCc TERT KXTEXtc FIL RN OFKR tRKVICOS EXAXINATIIXIREQLTK XIXI COL KXt lblT REEL DATK OAtE CN tROOK ccx'At lob YIX.TK DEO
'li 4 F/L 2Ilfe2, S'm 1$ 4 FIL 14 4 F/L lb S f/L 17 5 FIL 14 S f/L
'ls 5 FIL 10/02/9$ 2 A72IXCLC 2X 21 a6 K.b 1$ 7 l4 5 F/L J 155 f/L J 12 5 F/L 11 5 f/L 10 s fn.
s fn.
b 5 F/L 7 sfn. 27 4 5.2 11/04/90 4 A72IXXILC 1C 4 5 FIL i' 5 F/L 4 5 F/L 5 5 F/L 2 5 F/L /
1 5 FIL 1 6 F/L 2 6 F/L 5 6 f/L II 4 6 F/L 04/2b/92 4 ATQOETRCC $X 91 lb.9 109 11/04/90 4 472CCQLC SR OA 10+i 274 5 6 F/L 4 4FIL 7 6F/L b A72INRXC Ctd 0.$ 7,0 b 4FIL 9 6F/L Plc Rlttllhb 70CAL of Kx~c 74 This peQII $ 0
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 24 of 37 EXHIBIT B TYPICAL MIZ-18 SET UP INSTRUCTION FORM MULTI<<FREQUENCY EDDY CURRENT INSPECTION SET UP INSTRUCTION MIZ-18A COMPONENT: SIDEt DATEt HOT COLD PROBE: CALIBRATIONSTANDARD Ideeoribe otherl AShfE: OTHER:
PROCEDURE TEST PURPOSE:
NIZ-1SA CONFIGURATION NUhfBERt SAhfPLES PER SECONDt NAME:
FRED. SEQUENCE PROBE CHANNEL SELECT COlL COlL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL 1 2 8 4 B S 7 B
~ ~ ~ ~
<<<< ~ <<<<<<<<<<<<<<m <<<<<<>><<<<>><<>>>><<>>
<<<<<<<<<<<<>><<>><<'<<J
~ <<<<<<<<<<<<
~ <<k >>'
>><<>>l<<<<<<Wt<<k>>
<<<<>>k<<>><<<<>>>><<<<<<<<<<<<>>
>><<<< 't>><<<<>> C
<<<<<<<<>>A' <<>>>>>><<>><<>><<>>
X<<<<<<>>>><<
Spea'el Notee to Operetor/Anelyet See Appendir for Setup lnetruco'on DeteiXe Prepered by: Level Approved by: Level
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 25 of 37 EXHIBIT B-1 TYPICAL MIZ-30 SET UP INSTRUCTION FORM QukQ Srequeacy C44y Ccrrera rnssecsoo Sa sp ketmccoos I4a40 Sids cow I I Csrrarssoa canaan ( arcrs er oesonse curse )
A5QR OTHKA LC R CeOyeslss laaaor s Ifaae H o probes I ~ robes probes prebe s probes prabe e srobe ~ srebe s rrw nw w fwe A 0 ADIC AO C AONC AOSC I I I I I I
I I
I II I IllII I I I I
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~
~ ~
~
~
~
I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Os ~ ~
~
~
~
~ ~
~
~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Oc ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~ ~
~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~ ~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
'l
~
~ ~
~ ~
~
t~ ~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ l ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
0$ ~
~
~ ~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~ ~ ~ ~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
I
~ ~ ~
\
~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
l ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~
~ ~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~ ~ ~ ~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ l ~ ~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
4a ~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~ ~ ~ ~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
'I ~ ~
44 ~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~ ~ ~ ~
~
~
~
~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~~lsOpcysQgl~
leel ll~
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 26 of 37 EXHIBIT C TYPICAL EDDY CURRENT CALIBRATION SHEET ABB Deleec aaL Q)
SMft Supervtaor Rnal Revtew ot Acceptanc>>
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 27 of 37 EXHIBIT D TYPICAL OPTICAL DISK LABEL 9309 Cc5
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 28 of 37 EXHIBIT E MIZ-18 CONFIGURATION FOR BOBBIN PROBE NZ-$ 8 ConfipuaIIan Y
NUMBER:
NAME . 2A Ph FREQUENCY SEQU PROBE CHANNELSHECT COIL GOL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 550kHz 100 kHz 800 kHz 35 kHz
'. Ftapencioo ao4aod ae h2o2meplo only.
' '5o~Cal IrAomeJ nlwa2oo IIIII22ok22e a@anal 2oi~xe MIZ-30 CONFIGURATION FOR BOBBIN PROBE
~ eVlyrelQa 0 ~
~ et ewe ~ ~
~ ~
2 He'll 1
2
~ ~
IRS %
I% 0 M4 &
2RO a I%0 %
Vh C Ot R&tOet4wLPO~yeQC CSL2OCW INCSCKJs tAe 2
~ HeR) 2 2~
~
2L~I<R~
s4
~ Ca 2 e usa eaaa.
I 2 ~ 22WL e ~ usmc'ee4a Ve
0 ~
~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ '7 ~ 7 t' 17 tt PO < tt, tt PO tl t ~ P0 mR 55 ERAL RR II 11 EWER 1E ml Ri RE RE
~ ~
~ I i ~
REm5ERJR e ~ ~ ~ ~ Q ~
V I U svv f v7 'Iv 4tga t7v ' I lq< V ~I 0 a I ~
b pie'I ae
~ ~~~ ~
~
%HI%RI%RI%HI%HI%81%8IIHK 0%505SMSSSRENENRESRRSIiIRQAISRS:
~~
~
5ASBBi55iQSEERSSRISSSiiSIRREIRMA:
~M~ESGMSMSSRSINSSkSSRRII>SRIIASRI ERm~WWWWW'WWW'Hm~WSRWWWWWW.'Hm~WSRWWWWWW'iiBm~l%mlRRWWWWWW',
liiiRm~lRlll5llWWWWWW:
iiBm~lRNIRIIWWWWWW,'Bm~lRlltSllWWWWWW'iBmmlRIIIQllWWWW&Wi 15m V V~I V~V
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page Nool 30 of 37 EXHIBIT G ROTATING PROBE CALIBRATION INFORMATION ODe ~ Unknown Cele a taael79A.cal01 SAT 22001 N0V t6H91 SC 11 RSl 999 11 H 999 Vert v/d ~n r Neatest Ta&e
~ 000000 ~0~0 ~0 ~ OH01 Relreeh
~ ONN11 100t 111 ~ 1HOOOHO ~0
~ 010H0 f\ 000000$ ~~ ootfo 00+00Nroooo )too )0 oto Zoaa Ht ~ 1 CH 30 10 3 +$. ~
~ '--:--'.I l ~0~ 4'. 010 '.-.
~ C ~ O'. -O .~
'. ~ ~ 0 ~ 0'0 ~ 000 X2~
Llx Chan
~1 Hext~t Channel
~ OHNOOOH ~ 0 0 ~ 0 ~ OHO ~ HOOOOHOOO HOO 010 ~1 0~ ~
Vrr HxR Vnx CAn 180 Oata4lH'lf
~eno trooeee Channels SVetas functions trlnt&F Screen 604 ASME flaw set with probe motion horizontal and flaw at 4 screen divisions
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 31 of 37 EXHIBIT H ROTATING PROBE SLIP RING INFORMATION 4arlaee COe e Weave 4Q e aeCI IW Nsa! Wa IMO W ~ Mt ~ LOI Nl II ~ I&CA C%~
~s
~ lt t ~
g I M lee CA+
TSI ~ ~ .EO 604 O.D. flav clearly evident above slip ring noise
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 32 of 37 EXHIBIT I ROTATING PROBE PULSE INFORMATION
~ aetna % P%WV 4
~eaawe Caaooeeea aa Sara anal a ~ asm uaere II 404 IWCS ~ s SW lRfW ~e NS S!IZS
~ .7I ate was %
fSI o ~,N Rotation pulse set at approximately 90 with signal below screen saturation
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 33 of 37 EXHIBIT J MIZ-18 CONFIGURATION FOR HIGH RESOLUTION BOBBIN PROBE MIZ-18 Ccm5quatxm NUMBER:
NAME . 10 Pn per SEC:
FREQUENCY SEQUENC PROBE CHANNELSELECT FREQUENCY'AMPLES COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL COIL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 IIII IIII IIII IIII IIII IIII IIII IIII
'. Ratpenckee ee4ahd ace lor example onty.
' 'INecanu IcaecnaI alecanoa Ill!abaoksh edecnal &ecanoe
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 34 of 37 PPDXA BO I Coj T Z. Tubing A. O.D. 0.750" B. Hall 0.043" Nominal C. Material - Znconel 600 IZ. Establish the test configuration as per Exhibit E using the following frequencies:
Frequency 1 550 kHz Differential and Absolute Frequency 2 - 100 kHz Differential and Absolute Frequency 3 - 800 kHz Differential and Absolute Frequency 4 35 kHz Differential and Absolute ZZZ. Set the sample rate to the appropriate number for a probe speed which will achieve at least 32 samples per inch.
ZV. Probes Typical Normal Bobbin Program A610 - A540' MULC, SFRM, or as required The above frequencies, mixes and probe requirements may be modified through initiation of Exhibit B Set up Instruction Form by the cognizant ECT Level III.
A The following conventions shall be used during data collection:

1. The rotation of all frequencies shall be the such that the 1004 through wall hole is at 40o and differential channels form starting down and to the right, absolute channels form up and to the left.

2. Spans of differential channels shall be set such that the amplitude of the 1004 through wall signal is at least 504 of screen height. Spans of absolute channels shall be set such that the tube support is not saturated and can be seen.

3. Span of low frequency (50-10 KHz) will be such that the support is below saturation.

4. Data Analyst will determine if tubes need to be retested.

'The probe with the largest practical fill-factor will be used, unless a restriction or other anomaly forces the use of smaller probes. If a restriction does not pass a .540" probe, it may be recommended to be taken out of service.
Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 35 of 37 G P C 0 This examination employs a surface riding pancake coil which is rotated as it traverses the tube axis producing a helical scan.
Flaw depths can be evaluated using a phase delay or amplitude curve and the indication topography presented in C-Scan graphics.
A. Set-up

1) Establish the test configuration as per Exhibit F using the following frequencies:

Frequency 1 - 400 kHz Frequency 2 - 600 kHz Frequency 3 - 100 kHz Frequency 4 - 10 kHz

2) Set the sample rate to 400 samples per second.

3) Set the probe pusher reverse speed to 0.2 inches per second.

4) Set the probe head rotation speed to nominal 300 rpm.

5) Select lissajous presentation and strip chart presentations as instructed by the cognizant shift supervisor or ECT Level III.

The above test frequencies, sampling rate and probe pusher speed may be modified"through initiation of Exhibit B by the cognizant ECT Level III.
B. Calibration

1) Certain probe motor units may require the slip ring assembly to wear in. This process takes approximately 5 to 10 minutes.

2) Withdraw the probe through the ASME or other standard including the tube support ring (as applicable).

3) Null the instrument in a non-defective area of the calibration standard.

4) Place the 604 ASME flaw in the display window.

5) Adjust the phases and spans of Coil 1 for Frequencies 1, 2, 3 and 4 such that with probe motion horizontal the response from the 604 ASME flaw is up with a span of 4 screen divisions (Exhibit G).

Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 36 of 37 Note: When using 3 coil MRPC probe repeat step 5 for coil 5 and coil 7.

6) Place the 604 O.D. flaw in the display window. This signal should be clearly evident above slip ring noise and should resemble Exhibit H. If not, replace either the slip ring assembly or the probe wand.

7) Adjust the phase and span of the rotation pulse signal such that the rotation pulses go up first, at approximately 90O and the signal is just below screen saturation (see Exhibit I).

8) Data analyst will determine if retests are necessary.

Procedure No.: HNP-004 Revision No.: 0 Page No.: 37 of 37 PP
-UP N C A. Set-Up Establish the test configuration as per Exhibit J using the following frequencies:
Frequency 1 - 400 kHz Frequency 2 270 kHz Frequency 3 100 kHz Frequency 4 - 600 kHz

2) Coils 1, 3, 5 and 7 should be turned on for all 4 frequencies.

3) Test sampling rate is to be set at 400 points per second.

4) Adjust probe pusher speed such the test pull speed is approximately 6 inches per second.

~O : The above test frequencies, sampling rate and probe pusher speed may be modified through initiation of Exhibit B by the cognizant ECT Level III.
B. Calibration

1) Calibrate each coil using the ASME Standard on the pull.

J

2) Record signals of all ASME flaws and support ring for each coil.

3) Nulling is to take place in nominal defect for tubing.

4) An in-line calibration will consist of recording the MIZ-18 signals as the probe is pulled through standard and support ring for each of the four (4) coils. The calibration standard should be rotated approximately 904 to insure maximum response for each of the four (4) coils.

This will be done at the beginning and end of each tape cartridge and, at a minimum, every four hours.

5) Probe motion should be set horizontal and the signal response from the O.D. grove should be approximately three screen divisions.

6) If the equipment is found to be out of calibration, it shall be recalibrated and noted as such on the calibration sheet.

7) Data analyst will determine if retest is necessary.

ATTACHMENT 1 HNP-004 PAGE 1 OF 3 ATTACHMENT 1 PROCEDURE HNP-004 SIGN-OFF Steam Generator: Leg: CO 1.0 Personnel Certifications/Qualifications (Section 4.0):
initial/date 1.1 Eddy Current Certifications:
1.2 Eye Exams:

2.0 Equipment

(MIZ-18, MIZ-30, PM-1, LAN Box, Manipulator, etc.):
Model/Type S/N Cal. Due Dates Used To - From MIZ-18 MIZ-30 PM-1/PM-3 N/A LAN Box N/A Manipulator N/A
ATTACEBGRT 1 HNPM04 PAGE 2, OP 3 3.0 Prerequisites met: initial/date 3.1 Equipment staging area approved (5.3):
3.2 Steam Generator open at proper temp.
<904F and humidity (5.4):
3.3 Secondary Side <120'F (5.5):
3.4 Platform Staged (5.6):
3.4.1 Platform built:
3.4.2 Lighting & power:
3.4.3 Breathing air:
3.4.4 Equipment air:
3.5 Eddy Current Exam Sheets (5.8):
3.6 Communication system set up (5. 10):
3.7 Manway doors installed:
4.0 Calibration Standards (6.0):
Cal. Std. S/N Verified 5.0 Eddy Current system set up (8.0) and operational check (9.0):
5.1 Spooler operational (Eddynet):
ATTACBBKNT 1 HNP-004 PAGE 3 OF 3 6.0 Manipulator
~
~
installed:
~
6.1 Position Verification (14.0):
~
~ ~ ~ ~
Reason Verification Initial Date Location Installation After Equip. Change Before Removal 5OD7~ All position verifications performed during eddy current testing shall be recorded on the appropriate Eddy Current Examination Sheet.
ATTACHMKÃZ 1 HNP-004 PAGE 1 OF 3 ATTACHMENT 1 PROCEDURE HNP-004 SIGN-OFF Steam Generator: Leg:
1.0 Personnel Certifications/Qualifications (Section 4.0):
initial/date 1.1 Eddy Current Certifications:
1.2 Eye Exams: n(i;(q C

2.0 Equipment

(MIZ-'18, MIZ-30, PM-1, LAN Box, Manipulator, etc.):
Model/Type S/N Cal. Due Dates Used To - From MIZ-18 MIZ-30 / 5Vo g-/B.9S - f-Z3-'1$
PM-1/PM-3 N/A q-is-9~ - -Z3.Q LAN Box N/A Manipulator -<Sl N/A 9. It-9>
ATTAC59KHT 1 HNPM04 PAGE 2 OP 3 3.0 Prerequisites met: initial/date 3.1 Equipment staging area approved (5.3): -I( -9 3.2 Steam Generator open at proper temp.
<90oF and humidity (5.4): 1 -IQ-R5 3.3 Secondary Side <120'F (5.5)-
3.4 Platform Staged (5.6):
3.4.1 Platform built: -tg-V5 3.4.2 Lighting & power: VS 3.4.3 Breathing air:
3.4.4 Equipment air:
3.5 Eddy Current Exam Sheets (5.8):
3.6 Communication system set up (5 10):
3.7 Manway doors installed:
4.0 Calibration Standards (6.0):
Cal. Std. S/N Verified 5.0 Eddy Current system set up (8.0) and operational check (9.0):
5.1 Spooler operational (Eddynet):
ATTACQBG NT 1 HNP 004 PAGE 3 OF 3 6.0 Manipulator installed:
6.1 Position Verification (14.0):
Reason Verification Initial Date Location Installation 0/:
After Equip. Change Before Removal QQQ" All position verifications performed during eddy current testing shall be recorded on the appropriate Eddy Current Examination Sheet.
ATTACEBKNT 1 HNP-004 PAGE 1 OF 3 ATTACHMENT 1 PROCEDURE HNP-004 SIGN-OFF Steam Generator: Leg: CO )
1.0 Personnel Certifications/Qualifications (Section 4.0):
initial/date 1.1 Eddy Current Certifications:
1.2 Eye Exams: ll AQ

2.0 Equipment

(MIZ-18, MXZ-30, PM-1, LAN Box, Manipulator, etc.):
Model/Type S/N, Cal. Due Dates Used To - From MIZ-18 vM MIZ-30 PM-1/PM-3 N/A LAN Box N/A Manipulator S,-kQ N/A
ATTACEBKHT 1 HNP-004 PAGE 2 OF 3 3-0 Prerequisites met: initial/date 3.1 Equipment staging area approved (5. 3):
3.2 Steam Generator open at proper temp.
<90OF and humidity (5.4):
3.3 Secondary Side <120'F (5.5):
3.4 Platform Staged (5.6):
3.4.1 Platform built:
3.4.2 Lighting & power: 't'-i )- ~a 3.4.3 Breathing air: 4f lg 3.4.4 Equipment air: 4f- A~
3.5 Eddy Current Exam Sheets (5.8): ~~-t5-5S 3.6 Communication system set up (5.10): "I-i lnS 3.7 Manway doors installed: u(-l 1 "l4 4.0 Calibration Standards (6.0):
Cal. Std. S/N Verified Z. A~~ e Av' 5.0 Eddy Current system set up (8.0) and operational check (9. 0):
5.1 Spooler operational (Eddynet):
ATTACEBIENT 1 HNP-004 PAGE 3 OF 3 6.0 Manipulator installed:
6.1 Position Verification (14.0):
Reason Verification Initial - Date Location Installation After Equip. Change Before Removal ROD',g'll position verifications performed during eddy current testing shall be recorded on the appropriate Eddy Current Examination Sheet..
ATTACEBfENT 1 HNP-004 PAGE 1 OF 3 ATTACHMENT 1 PROCEDURE HNP-004 SIGN-OFF Steam Generator: Leg:
1.0 Personnel Certifications/Qualifications (Section 4.0):
initial/date 1.1 Eddy Current Certifications: ~~~
1.2 Eye Exams: B.~~A R n M

2.0 Equipment

(MIZ-18, MIZ-30, PM-1, LAN Box, Manipulator, etc.):
Model/Type S/N Cal. Due Dates Used To From MIZ-18 MIZ-30 PM-1/PM-3 N/A Box c}-g4R5 Manipulator Ce.- N/A -( -gg - V-23-'75
ATTACHMENT 1 HNPM04 PAGE 2 OP 3 3.0 Prerequisites met: initial/date 3.1 Equipment staging area approved (5 '): P~(<
3.2 Steam Generator open at proper temp. PI'-~
q-iq-zs
<90oF and humidity (5.4):
3.3 Secondary Side <120'F (5.5): g g j-Ra 3.4 Platform Staged (5.6):
3.4.1 Platform built:
3.4-2 Lighting & power:
3.4.3 Breathing air:
3.4.4 Equipment air:
3.5 Eddy Current Exam Sheets (5.8):
3.6 Communication system set up (5 10):
3.7 Manway doors installed:
4.0 Calibration Standards (6.0):
Cal. Std. S/N Verified
/p e/~/pr 5.0 Eddy Current system set up (8.0) and operational check (9.0):
5.1 Spooler operational (Eddynet): -zS-9<
ATTACHMENT 1 HNP-004 PAGE 3 OF 3 6.0 Manipulator installed: q-( -sS 6.1 Position Verification (14.0): 9- (6<s Reason Verification Initial - Date Location Installation 4+ 9-i 8-~S After Equip. Change 5 Pcvc Q3. 1 Before Removal All position verifications performed during eddy current testing shall be recorded on the appropriate Eddy Current Examination Sheet.
ATTA(29KNT 1 HNP-004 PAGE 1 OF 3 ATTACHMENT 1 PROCEDURE HNP-004 SIGN-OFF Steam Generator: Leg: CO

1. 0 Personnel Certifications/Qualifications (Section 4. 0):

initial/date 1-1 Eddy Current Certifications:
1.2 Eye Exams: "red ". Ip 45

2.0 Equipment

(MZZ-18, MZZ-30, PM-1, LAN Box, Manipulator, etc.):
Model/Type S/N Cal. Due Dates Used To - From MZZ-18 MIZ-30 l7 ~i(
PM-1/PM-3 N/A g') v3 yq LAN Box C tQ N/A I~( E'e m 7 3) C))
Manipulator N/A Cf -Iu g pi~ g Sl 4 lO mo Bo , -g~ T . -i )
ATTA&iHENT 1 HNP-004 PAGE 2 OP 3 3.0 Prerequisites met: initial/date 3.1 Equipment staging area approved (5.3): r /(
3.2 Steam Generator open at proper temp.
<904F and humidity (5.4):
3.3 Secondary Side <120oF (5.5):
3.4 Platform Staged (5.6):
3.4.1 Platform built:
3.4.2 Lighting & power: 4f-( 3-"t C 3.4.3 Breathing air:
3.4.4 Equipment air:
3.5 Eddy Current Exam Sheets (5.8):
3.6 Communication system set up (5. 10):
3.7 Manway doors installed: "7-ic 9g 4.0 Calibration Standards (6.0):
Cal. Std. S/N Verified AS)eE n 5 ll 37t 5.0 Eddy Current system set up (8.0) and operational check (9.0): ~18 gis-zr 5.1 Spooler operational (Eddynet): =;-i(-95
ATTACEBGWT 1 HNP-004 PAGE 3 OF 3 6.0 Manipulator installed:
6.1 Position Verification (14.0): 9-/P-F Reason Verification Initial Date Location Installation After Equip. Change Before Removal ) c o
~O " All position verifications performed during current testing shall be recorded on the appropriateeddyEddy Current Examination Sheet.
ATTACHMENT 1 HNP-004 PAGE 1 OF 3 ATTACHMENT 1 PROCEDURE HNP-004 SIGN-OFF Steam Generator: B C Leg: ~O CO 1.0 Personnel Certifications/Qualifications (Section 4.0):
initial/date 1.1 Eddy Current Certifications:
1.2 Eye Exams:
2 ' Equipment: (MIZ-18, MIZ-30, PM-1, LAN Box, Manipulator, etc.):
Model/Type S/N Cal. Due Dates Used To - From MIZ-18 MIZ-30 PM-1/PM-3 OO N/A 9-js ~vs LAN Box N/A Manipulator N/A
ATTACHMENT 1 HNP 004 PAGE 2 OF 3 3.0 Prerequisites met: initial/date 3 ' Equipment staging area approved 9- IS (F 3):
3.2 Steam Generator open at proper temp.
<904F and humidity (5.4):
3.3 Secondary Side <120'F (5.5):
3.4 Platform Staged (5.6):
3.4.1 Platform built: g- lf. p~
3.4.2 Lighting 6 power:
3.4.3 Breathing air:
3.4.4 Equipment air:
3.5 Eddy Current, Exam Sheets (5.8):
3.6 Communication system set up (5 10): V.iS"5<
3.7 Nanway doors installed:
4.0 Calibration Standards (6.0):
Cal. Std. S/N Veri.fied o93 GT-i+0 5.0 Eddy Current system set up (8.0) and operational check (9.0):
5.1 Spooler operational (Eddynet): 7-I9-9>
ATTA(2iMENT 1 HNP-004 PAGE 3 OF 3 6.0 Manipulator installed: 9-z$ -W 6.1 Position Verification (14 '): 9-/&ra Reason Verification Location Initial - Date Installation After Equip. Change Before Removal
~O ~ All position verifications performed during current. testing shall be recorded on the appropriateeddy Eddy Current Examination Sheet.
ATTA(394tÃT 1 HNP 004 PAGE 1 OP 3 ATTAHPIENT 1 PROCEDURE HNP-004 SIGN-OFF Steam Generator: Leg:
1.0 Personnel Certifications/Qualifications (Section 4.0):
initial/date 1.1 Eddy Current Certifications:+~
1.2 Eye Exams:

2.0 Equipment

(MIZ-18, MIZ-30, PM-1, LAN Box, Manipulator, etc.):
Model/Type S/N Cal. Due Dates Used To - Prom MIZ-18 MIZ-30 PM-1/PM 3 N/A LAN Box N/A Manipulator N/A
ATTACQQQRFV 1 HNP 004 PAGE 2 OF 3 3.0 Prerequisites met: initial/date 3.1 Equipment staging area approved (F 3) ~
-l -~S 3.2 Steam Generator open at proper temp.
<90OF and humidity (5.4):
3.3 Secondary Side <120'F (5.5):
3.4 Platform Staged (5.6):
3.4.1 Platform huilt:
3.4.2 Lighting & power:
3.4.3 Breathing air:
3.4.4 Equipment air: 9'8-t0 3.5 Eddy Current Exam Sheets (5.8):
3.6 Communication system set up (5 10):
3.7 Manway doors installed:
4.0 Calibration Standards (6.0):
Cal. Std. S/N Uerified 5.0 Eddy Current, system set, up (8.0) and operational check (9.0):
5.1 Spooler operational (Eddynet):
ATTACEBKNT 1 HNP-004 PAGE 3 OF 3 6.0 Manipulator installed:
6.1 Position Verification (14.0):
Reason Verification Initial - Date Location Installation After Equip. Change Before Removal 5QXg All position verifications performed during eddy current testing shall be recorded on the appropriate Eddy Current Examination Sheet.
Proccdurc No.: HNP405 Rnrislon No.: 0 PAGE No.: 1 of 14 Project No.:
EDDY CURRENT DATAAMKYSIS PROCEDURE EVALUATIONOF WESTINGHOUSE STEAM GENERATOR TUBING Carolina Power 5. Light Co.
Shearon Harris ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR OPERATIONS 1201 River&ont Parkway Chattanooga, TN 37402 APPROVED BY: 'ATE: 8-4 -9S Cognizant Supervisor APPROVED BY: DATE:
T. U. Bipes III APPROVED BY: DATE:
J. D. Ford Quality Assurance
Procedure No.: HNP<05 Revision No.: 0 PAGENo.: 2of14 TABLE OF CORI ENTS SECTION 1.0 OBJECTIVE

2.0 REFERENCES

3.0 PERSONNEL REQUIREMEKIS 4.0 EQUIPMENT 5.0 AREA OF IXIEREST 6.0 EVALUATION OF DATA 7.0 SIGNAL FORMATION 8.0 SIZING MEASUREMENTS 9.0 VOLTAGES 10.0 hXIALPOSITION LOCATION 11.0 DDT DISC FORMAT INFORMATION 12.0 RE-EXhMINATION 13.0 CONHRMATION OF PLUGGABLE INDICATIONS 14.0 DATA CONTROL 15.0 RECORDING CRITEIUA g 16.0 FIGURE 1 REPORTING CRITEIUA TYPICAL EQUIPMENT INTERCONNECT SCHEMATIC HGURE 2 LIST OF APPROVED DDT NOTATIONS FIGURE 3 TYPICAL 3-POINT HT CURVE FIGURE 4 PHASE ANGLE MEASUREMENTS FIGURE 5 TYPICAL DDT HNAL REPORT FORMAT ATI'ACHMENTh CUSTOMER SPECIFIC DATAANALYSIS REQUIREMENT
Procedure No.: HNPC05 Revision No.: 0 PAGE No.: 3 of14 1.0 ~OB ECTIVE This procedure will establish a sct of guidelines to bc udlizcd by the eddy current Data Analyst with the intent of providing a consistent method for reporting the eddy current results. THIS PROCEDURE IS NOT INTENDED TO BE UGLIZED BY AN INDIVIDUALWHO HAS NOT HAD PROPER TRAINING IN
'IHE EVALUATIONOF EDDY CURRENT DATA. This procedure may be superseded in its endrcty or in part by client speciQc analysis guidelines.
2.0 REFER/ACES 2.1 ABB Combusdon Engineering Nuclear Operadons Qualicy Assurance Manual, QAM-100, latest rcvtslon.
2.2 ABB Combustion Engineering Nuclear Opcradons Quality Assurance Procedures Manual, QAM-101, latest revision.
2.3 Zetcc Eddynet System Operating Guides.
2.4 Proccdurc for the control of Eddy Current emmlnadon data for the personal computer (PC)
Data Base System, HNPC06, latest rcvtslon.
2.5 Procedure for muld&equeney eddy current czaminadon of nonferromagncdc stcam generator tubing using MIZ-18A equipment, HNP04, latest revision.
2.6 ASME Code Case N401-1, usc of digital <<quipment.
3.0 PERSONNEL RE UIREMENTS 3.1 Thc cvaluadon of thc results of thc eddy current cxamlnadon must be conducced by a Data Analyst qualiQcd to at least EI'evel II with speclQc training for the evaluation of data from nonfcrromagnedc stcam generator tubing.
3.2 Each person performing Data Analysis governed by this procedure shall be ccrdQed ln accordance with SNT-TC-1A 1984 Edition or equivalent. Combustion Engineering personnel shall be certified ln accordance with Combusdon Engineering wricten Procedure QAP 2.4 contained ln Reference 2.2.
Ifdata analysts arc supplied for primary or secondary data review by thc purchaser, the purchaser will be responsible for their certification. In thc inscance when C-E utilized a subcontractor for primacy or secondary data review, C-E will be responsible for cerdQcatlon either by cmminadon to the requirements of QAP 2.4 or by auditing and accepdng thc subcontractor(s) written pracdce.
3.3 The Analyst shall bc responsible for evaluating thc data and reporting thc results of thc emminadon.
3.4 Thc independent data analyst (if used) shall be responsible for evaluating the data provided by the data controller.
Procedure No.: HNP405 Revision No.: 0 PAGE No.: 4 of 14 4.0 ~EU1PMRNT Thc equipment required to analyze the eddy current exatnination data includes but is not limited to thc following:
4.1 HP 400/700 Scrics Computer or equivalent.
4.2 Zctec Analysis software Rcvtslon 27 or later.
4.3 Supply of magnc~ptical disks or appBcablc media.
4.4 Appropriate prlntcr or equivalent dcvlcc (optional).
4.5 hppropriatc interconnect cables, power cords and pcrlphcrals.
5.0 AREA OF INTI;REST The evaluation of data shall Include all information recorded on storage media per the rcquircments of the Data Acquisition opetating proccdurc in usc or as spcciQcd by thc client.
6.0 EVALUA ON OF DATA 6.1 The data evaluation shall be conducted by viewing the Jissalous pattern and thc appropriate strip chart presentations/fcrraln plots on thc computer scrccn for thc entire recorded length of each tube. hny abnormal signals will be investigated for determination of location and percent through wall dimension (X TWD) as practical. httachment h, CBent SpeciQc Data Analysis Requirements contains spcciQc direction for analyzing data.
6.2 Thc scrccning &equcncics utilized for the data analysis shall be thc optimum defect detection frequencies for the size and wall thickness of the tubing being inspected. These &cquencies will bc determined by thc lead data analyst and documented on Attachment h, Client SpeciQc Data Analysis Requircmcnts. No Field Change Notice (FCN) Is required for additions or deietions to huachmcnt h. Signatures by thc ET Level III and thc client representative will rcprcscnt concurrencc of thc speciQc requircmcnts.
NOTE: As work progrcsscs, httachment h's shall bc completed as required. The revision number shall bc changed in thc appropriate section of thc Attachment h form.
6.3 Ifthe Analyst dctcrmines that a condition edsts that prcciudes accurate data analysis, the analyst will submit a list of tubes that have been affected by this condition and those tubes may bc rctcsted if required.
6.4 Interpretation of test results shall be conducted by ccrtiQed eddy current data analysts. Test results are interpreted using calibration curves generated &om information obtained by passing a test probe through a calibration standard manuhctured from a piece of material of thc same alloy, nominal outside diameter and nominal wall thickness as the tubing in thc steam generator containing known, machined, or natural discontinuities ranging from 100% through wall to 20X through wall from the O.D. or as required.
6.5 The data shall be analyzed using any or all the recorded information necessary to determine the
Procedure No.: HNP405 Revision No.: 0 PAGE No.: 5 of14 nature and severity of all detectable indications, as required.
6.6 All indications analyzed will be categorized using the rccommcnded DDT Notation. These codes are induslve, but shall not be limited to the listing located in Figure 2.
6.7 When the signal of intcrcst Is intcrfcred with by a support structure, sludge, dent, noise, or other unwanted responses, a multi-frcqucncy mht may bc used to aid in evaluation of the signal. Thcsc indications will bc evaluated using thc appropriate sizing &equency and mixes as n ceded.
6.8 When the signal of interest Is lntcrfcred with by a support structure, noise, or other Indications, Indudlng signals of very low voltage, one or more of the following techniques may bc utilized to Improve the accuracy of dassiQcation and sizing.
6.8.1 Other Irequcndes 6.8.2 Mxcs 6.8.3 Special tcchnlques 6.8.3.1 Rotating Eddy Current Probes 6.8.3.2 Magnetic Bias Probes 6.8.3.3 8z 1 Probes 6.8.3.4 Ultrasonic Inspection 6.8.3.5 D Coils or Segment Bobbin Coll Probes 6.8.3.6 Other NO1Xc Free span Qaw Hkc Indications, regardless of amplitude or phase angle, should be subjected to the above signal enhancing techniques. There willbe no voltage or phase threshold for Qaw like Indication quantIBcation.
7.0 SIGNAL FORMATION The Initial direction of the signal formation supplies Important information about the Indication type to the data analyst. Signal formation may be determined by strip chart recordings or by CRT display.
Signal phase must be set to a known standard prior to lnlthtion of thc chta analysis.
7.1 Relevant indications ln the differential mode shall be phased such that known Qaws In the calibration standard form (negative) Initially. Relevant absolute signals shall bc phased such that Qaws In the calibration stanchrd form upward (posltlve) Inithlly.
7.2 Non-rclcvant indications In the dMcrcntial mode will normally form upward (positive) Initially.
Non-relevant Indications in thc absolute mode will normally form downward (negative) Initially.
7.3 The data analyst shall be cognizant of the fact that a real Qaw (relevant Indication) will have appropriate phase and voltage correlation at various frequendes. However no voltage or phase threshold should bc used to disqualify an indication from further evaluation.
8.0 PHASE ANGLE MEASUREMENTS 8.1 All phase angle measurements will be compared to the relevant calibration curve to determine percent through wall, utilizing a 3 point Qt curve. This curve shall be constructed utilizing thc
Procedure No.: HNP05 Revision No.: 0 PAGE No.: 6 of 14 as-built dimension of the calibration standard and actual phase angle or amplitude data obtained &om passing thc test probe through the calibration standard. (Sec Figure 3 for a typical curve). The 4.1 curve supplied with the DDA4 Data Analysis Software will only be utQized lf speciQed in the Customer SpeciQc Data Analysis Requircmcnts.
8.2 Phase angle of an indication must be determined by the proper selection of angle points.
8.3 Indications that return to calibration point (null point) and have a dcQnlte straight line transition bctwecn peaks shall bc called &om straight line peaks. Figure 4.
8.4 Any indication that dcviates &om the calibration point (null point) shall bc called &om amplitude peak to peak points. Figure 4.
9.0 S MEASUREM 9.1 The "sct-volts" sizing capability of thc DDT should be set a given voltage peak-to-peak on thc
. calibration standard 20% Qat bottom holes at the primary &equency (550 kHz). This voltag>>
should then be saved and stored to all other channels.
9.2 The lower the &cqucncy, the more thc signal penetration, but thc smaller the phase separation.
Thcreforc, the lower &cquencles arc mainly used for detection not sizing. Low &cquendes may be used for sludge, loose parts detection, etc.
10.0 OS LO 0 All indications representing tube wall degradation shallbe recorded with reference to a known structure, l.e., tube support plates, tubeshects, and-vibration bars.
10.1 Determine &om as-built drawing, (preferred) design drawings or client supplied information the actual distance bctwcen support members.
10.2 Calibrate thc axial position indicator as dcscribcd ln the System Operating Guldcs.
10.3 TSP (tube support plate) reference locations shall be conducted using the center of the support as the zero (0) rcfcrcncc point.
Proccdurc No.: HNP405 Revision No.: 0 PAGE No.: 7of14 11.0 DDT FORMAT INFORMATION All Infotmadon pcrcaining to analyst Qnal reporc format is described below.
11.1 Thc analysis rcport idendQcadon will be entered as dlrccted by chu management. Parameters should be discussed and mutually agrccd prior to examination.
11.2 Dau base software parameters require the generator dcslgnator to bc the first digit ln thc "SG" column of the report. The second digit should rcprescnt the leg &om which thc tube Is htspected. h "1" Is used for the 'hot'tde and a "0" for the 'cold'ide. Be sure to ~chan the "SG" code If client spcclQc rcqulrements for chu acquisition arc dIQ'erent.
11.3 All notadon Informadon of tubes shall bc cntcrcd in thc % column of the analyst Qnal report.
Any tube requiring retcsdng shall conuln the letter "R" as thc Qrst letter of the three letter code entered ln the 96 TED column of the rcport as shown ln Figurc 2.
11.4 Data analyst shall enter ln the extent tested column of analyst Qnal rcport format, the area of thc tube actually tested to chc nearest support mcmbcr actually recorded. Thc order of the extent tested column ls determined by the dlrccdon and extent of the data recording during thc chu acquisldon. The Qrst S/G member noted by the chta analyst will Idendly Qcsc on the extent tested column. Thc last S/G member noted by the data analyst (if udlized) will bc ldcndQcd second in the extent tested column (typically CTE or HTE, cold tube end, hot tube end, etc.)
EXAMPLE: h tube being tested &om the cold leg to the hot leg cube end shall be entered as CTEHTE An opdonal extent would be CTE If the beginning locadon ls not udllzed.
11.5 When thc analyst Qnal report ls completed, the dau analyst(s) will sign the rcport. (See Figurc 5) 11.6 Thc analyst should verify che supplement type and revision number of thc analysis supplement ln the summary sccdon of the analyst report as rcqulred by supplcmcntary guidelines.
mal All tubes that require re-examinadon as a direct result of the evaluadon of the chu shall be ldcndQed by'he chta analyst. Thc dau analyst Is responsible for supplying the row/column number and an cxplanadon for why the rc-examinadon is rcquestcd.
13.0 CO 0 OF PLUGGABLE INDICATION ConQrmation of tubes ldendQcd for removal from service are usually conducted after completion of thc Inldal eddy current cxatnlnadon or as rcqucstcd by thc client. The intent of this conQrmadon examinadon is to verify the Indication exists and the chu ls repeatable ln thc tube ldentlQed to bc removed &om service. Pluggable limits will bc set by plant technical specIQcadons.
Procedure No.: HNP405 Revision No.: 0 PhGE No.: 8 of14 13.1 h typical procedure for accomplishing the conQrmadon is to rc-test the tube in quesdon and verify thc location of the Qaw and tube identiQcation. The data analyst shall then enter the three-letter acronym "PID" into thc analyst Qnal report.
13.2 In the event that the "positive identiQcatlon" examination docs not conQrm the tube location, resolution ls rcqulrcd. Upon completion of the resoludon process, thc correct tube number shall be noted and all previous data shall bc corrected accordingly.
Thc lead data management operator shall bc rcsponsiblc for data control of thc magnetic tape, osdllographs, printouts, disks, etc. These items shall bc turned over to the client upon completion of thc examination. Data control shall be ln compllancc with proccdurc HNPW06, tided "PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL OF EDDY CURRENT DhTh FOR USE WITH MULTIFORTH OR EDDYNET hCQUISITION SYSTEMS".
15.0 RECORDING C hll Indications evaluated to be one of thc items idendQed ln Figure 2 rccommcnded DDh4 notations shall bc recorded by the appropriate method. Client speciQc recording requircmcnts shall augment Figurc 2.
16.0 0 GC hH reportablc indications shall bc reported to thc client on a regular basis. The Qnal rcport of the lnspecdons results supplied to the client wQI contain the following at a mlnlmum. Client reporting requirement shall augment this proccdurc.
16.1 hll tube wall dcgradations shall bc reported.
16.2 hll detectable tube dents shall be evaluated.
16.3 hny additional condition(s) or abnormalities that thc data analyst'deems necessary to report shall bc rcportcd.
Procedure No.: HNP<05 Rnrislon No.: 0 PhGE No.: 9 of 14 c71cr CA~ NOLSK Figure 1
Proccdurc No.: HNP405 Revision No.: 0 PAGE No.: 10 of 14 NOTATION DESCRIPTION ADI ABSOLUTE DRIFT INDICATION ADR ABSOLUTE DRIFT BIANK NO INDICATION (NDD)
BLG BULGE CUD COPPER DEPOSIT DEP DEPOSIT (NON%OFFER)
DNT DENT DRI DISTORTED ROLL INDICATION DRT DISTORTED ROLL TRANSITION DSI DISTOKIZD SUPPORT PIATE INDICATION DSS DISTORTED SUPPORT SIGNAL (NO INDICATION)
DTS DISTORTED TUBESHEET SIGNAL DTI DISTORTED TUBESHEET INDICATION IDV INSIDE DIAMETERVARIATION INF INDICATION NOT FOUND INR INDICATIONNOT RECORDABLE IAR LEAD ANALYSTREVIEW LPI LOOSE PART(S) WlTH INDICATION NQI NON QUANTIHABLEINDICATION NSY NOISY TUBE NTE NO TUBESHEET EXPANSION OBS OBSGLUCTED TUBE OVR OVER ROLL ABOVE TOP OF TUBE SHEEI'AS)
OXP OVER EXPANSION PID POSZHVE IDEN'TIFICATION PLG PLUG PLP POSSIBLE LOOSE PART(S)
PTE PARTIAL TUBESHEET EXPANSION PVN PERMEABILITYVARIATION RBD REIES'I'AD DATA RES RESTRICTED TUBE (WITH CURRENT PROBE SIZE)
RFX RETIE'DCHBK RNC RETEST TUBE NUMBER CHECK RND REIXST NO DATA RPI RETEST FOR POSITIVE INDICATION RTI tu"TEST TUBE INCOMPLETE SLG SLUDGE SLV SLEEVE SAI SINGLE AXIALINDICATION MAI MULTIPLE AXIALINDICATIONS SCI SINGLE CIRCUMFERERITAI. INDICATION MCI MULTIPLE CIRCUMFEREN'ITAL INDICATIONS MBM MANUFACIURINGBUFF MARK FIGURE 2 LIST OF THREF LETTER NOTATIONS
Procedure No.: HNPW05 Revision No.: 0 PAGE No.: 11 of 14 02'3dOg.
D Oa lOOX Or Hgure 3 - TypIcal Three-Point Bt Curve
Procedure No.: HNP05 Revision No.: 0 PAGE No.: 12 of 14 Figurc 4
Procedure No.: HNP05 Revision No.: 0 PAGE No.: 13 of 14 Sep 18 12> 60 1991 /roe2/resolution/tapeoolh.ca101/gat5028.res Page 1 Pii&reso lution/tapeoo lh. ca 101 Use~at5028 Date~9/18/91 12 c 60 Disc Labe 1 ~ DkDB A05 TERM ZMO eh hcol A510XULC DB A05 09/17/91 62 UTELTE 62 UTELTE 6i UTELTE 65 UTELTE 66 VTZLTE 67 UTELTE 68 UTELTE 69 QTELTE 70 QTELTE 71 QTELTE 72 QTELTZ 72 UTELTE 74 UTELTE 75 QTELTE 78 UTELTE 79 QTELTE 80 QTELTE 81 VTELTE QTELTZ
$2
$2 86 0 '5 77 25 17 015 + 0+00 UTELTE VTELTE
$5 QTELTZ 86 87 0 '6 78 S/M 17 012 + Oe18 UTELTE QTELTE 88 QTELTE
$9 QTELTE 90 UTELTE 91 UTELTE 92 QTELTE 92 QTELTE 96 QTZLTE 95 QTELTE 96 UTEGTZ 97 UTZLTE 9$ VTELTE 99 UTELTE 100 UTELTE 101 UTZLTE 102 UTELTE 102 UTELTE 106 lle20 170 DMC 2 VTSF + 1689 VTELTE 105 UTZLTE 106 QTELTE 107 QTELTE 108 UTELTE 109 1.52 120 XBX 2 006 + llo27 UTELTZ 110 QTELTE 111 2 ~ 96 122 XBX ooa + 1 76 UTELTE 111 112 0 ~ 90 le16 115 78 S/M XBX 2
17 00$
015 + 12 0 '6
'1 UTELTE VTELTE EMD TAPE Figure 5 - Typical Data Report
Procedure No.: HNP-005 Revision No.: 0 PhGE No.: 14 of 14 S e Steam Generator ECT Data Anal is Guid line DATE CUSTOMER REPRESENTATIVE CONCURRENCE DATE httachment h Data Sheet Documenting Customer SpeclQc Data Analysis Requirements
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Table of Contents Section Title Page 1.0 Scope 2.0 References 3.0 Definitions 4.0 Personnel Qualifications and Responsibilities 5.0 General Information 6.0 Bobbin Probe Calibration & Evaluation 19 7.0 Bobbin Probe Recording Requirements & Acronyms 8.0 Bobbin Probe Resolutions 52 9.0 Single Coil MRPC Probe Calibration & Evaluation 59 10.0 Three Coil MRPC Probe Calibration & Evaluation 71 11.0 MRPC Probe Recording Requirements & Acronyms 12.0 MRPC Probe Resolutions 93 Appendices A. Supplemental Westinghouse plant Information 105 B. Computer Data Screening 115 C. Performance Demonstration 117
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Section 1.0 Scope The scope of this Steam Generator Eddy Current Analysis Guideline is to provide the qualified Analyst with the optimum methods of recognizing and reporting eddy current data collected from the Shearon Harris steam generator inspection.
These Guidelines will assure that:

1) The most appropriate analysis practices are used

2) Data is analyzed and recorded in a consistent and repeatable manner.

3) The validity and accuracy of the results are optimum.

In conjunction with this document, training data and documentation are available for each of the test methods.
Page 1
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Section 2.0 References 2.1 EPRI NP-6201, Rev. 3, PWR Steam Generator Examination Guidelines.
2.2 Zetec Eddynet Global Menu 5 Administrative Functions User Guide - EN-138 2.3 Zetec Eddynet Analysis User Guide - EN-101-EM Page 2
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Section 3.0 Definitions Anti-Vibration Bar:
A structure placed between the tubes in the u-bend section used to minimize vibration of the tube bundle.
Base Frequency (les):
Individual frequencies used to configure the test system. Any combination of these may be mixed during analysis to eliminate unwanted interference from signals generated from events such as copper deposits.
Bulge Signal:
An expansion of the tube from the inside outward, as occurs at the top of the tubesheet region, can cause these signals. They are, for the most part, horizontal in phase and initiate in an opposite direction to Dent signals.
Chatter Signal:
Chatter signals can occur in a tube at any location and typically appear as uniform horizontal noise signals. Pilgering, during the manufacturing process, can cause these signals.
Copper: (as in secondary side copper, copper corrosion, copper chloride, and copper chloride attack)
The presence of copper in the steam generator is due to the corrosion of copper-based materials within the balance-of-plant heat exchangers such as condensers and feedwater heaters. Copper, when coupled with the appropriate faulted secondary side chemistry, works to promote denting, SCC, and pitting.
Defect:
A tube wall loss condition which exceeds the predetermined minimum structural requirements plus the allowance for growth between refueling outages. Repair is required prior to operation. The Plant's Technical Specification describes this as a wall loss of greater than. or equal to 40 percent.
Denting:
Plastic deformation of tubes typically resulting from the buildup of carbon steel support plate corrosion products (Magnetite) in the tube-to-tube support plate annuli and at the top of the tubesheet.
Dent Signal:
Page 3
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1
, A signal caused by a reduction of the nominal tube diameter, as occurs at tube supports 3 which experience denting. They are, for the most part, horizontal in phase and initiate in an
~
opposite direction to Bulge signals. (With phase set according to this guideline, dents will
~
initiate to the left on the primary channel, or primary mix channel.)
~
Distorted Roll Indication (DRI):
An indication associated with the upper tubesheet expansion. Evidence on 550 KHz and the 3-frequency mix. These indications are sometimes attributed to circumferential cracks.
Distorted Signal:
An indication with poor definition and depth evaluation correlation between frequencies, which is believed to be caused by a flaw e ual to or reater than 40 ercent throu h wall.
Distorted Tubesheet Signal:
A typical tubesheet signal which forms abnormally and is suspected to be due to a flaw condition which is coincident with a dent located at or just above the top of the tubesheet region. This condition requires the use of a special 3-frequency mix for analysis.
False Positive:
A signal which displays the characteristics of a typical flaw indication, but which is actually caused by the combined signals from other features in the generator such as deposits, sludge, expansion transition, bends, secondary structures, or manufacturing marks.
Final Report:
The report produced by each data analyst which provides the results of the data analysis for each tube examined.
Flaw (or Degradation):
A condition which represents a deviation from the as designed structure: Flaw conditions can be created during manufacturing, transportation, installation, and service. many common flaws are not considered "defects" requiring repair, but their indication signals may require measurement such that changes or growth can be monitored as a preventative maintenance measure.
Incomplete Test:
This is when a tube or tubes are not inspected to the predetermined extent as stated in the approved inspection program for a given outage.
Intergranular Attack:
Page 4
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 This is a general term denoting the corrosive attack of grain boundaries in Inconel 600 with I no preferential (stress-related) orientation.
Magnetite:
Carbon steel corrosion products located in the tube-to-tube support annuli. Magnetite forms the bulk of the sludge pile.
No Distinguishable Discontinuity:
Defines the tube as having no signal responses which meet the minimum reporting criteria for indications established by the Data Interpretation Guidelines.
Tube Noise:
Any undesired signal or signals that may obscure for interpretation, those signals that are of interest. It may be generated from electrical variations, from specimen dimensional variations, or material property variations.
Obstructed Tube:
This designation is given to a tube which will not allow a probe with a diameter of .540 inches or smaller to pass to a given location. Tubes which contain obstructions in the
'traight section of tubes in the plenum of probe entry will be removed from service.
Permeability:
Permeability describes the intrinsic willingness of material to conduct magnetic flux lines.
Signals, due to permeability variations (PVN), may go up or down first and typically do not show normal phase correlation between the different frequencies as would degradation.
Most PVN indications at Shearon Harris are eliminated by magnetically biased test probes.
Pitting:
Localized attack on tubing resulting from nonuniform corrosion rates caused by the formation of local corrosion cells.
Restriction:
This designation is assigned to the location in a tube which the tube geometry prevents the passage of an eddy current probe.
Setup Span:
A minimum span requirement for analysis software which is based upon the calibration standard signal size and which assures a proper lissajous presentation to meet the intent of ASME Section XI sensitivity requirements.
Page 5
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1
, Sludge:
This is a buildup, of material on top of the tubesheet resulting from corrosion products. This material is considered undesirable because it can act as a concentrating environment for aggressive chemical impurities and it cuts down heat transfer surface area.
Stress Corrosion Cracking:
Cracking of stressed tubes, without reference to a causative chemical agent.
Threshold:
A level of some indication characteristic (i.e. voltage, depth) above or below which it is possible to clearly distinguish it from noise requiring it to be reported.
Unresolved Signal:
An indication which cannot be resolved as being caused by either a flaw or a non-flaw condition.
Retest:
The Data Analyst may request a retest of a tube if it is felt that such a test would provide additional information necessary to assess the condition of the tube. Retests may be requested for conditions such as lower than acceptable signal to noise ratios or incomplete tests.
Wastage:
Secondary side corrosion caused by chemical attack from residues concentrated in low flow areas such as under the sludge pile.
Page 6
'ection 4.1 Qualification Requirements 4.0 Personnel Qualification Requirements and Responsibilities SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 This section discusses the requirements which personnel must meet in order to evaluate the steam generator tube eddy current examination results at Shearon Harris.
4.1.1 The evaluation of the results of the eddy current examinations must be conducted by personnel certified to a minimum of Level II with specific training for the evaluation of data from nonferromagnetic steam generator tubing.
4.1.2 Each person performing data analysis will be certified in accordance with the employer's written practice and approved by Carolina Power 5 Light Company.
4.1.3 The Data Analyst shall have successfully passed a practical examination specific to the Shearon Harris steam generators.
4.2 Responsibilities This section discusses and defines the analyst hierarchy and analyst responsibilities.
4.2.1 ~24 One individual will be selected as the Senior Analyst. The Senior Analyst is responsible for:
4.2.1.1 Evaluating eddy current data in a manner consistent with the analysis guidelines presented herein.
4.2.1.2 Modifying the analysis guidelines during the inspection - with the concurrence of the utility - to accommodate new or unanticipated circumstances. The Analyst Guidelines Change Form, in Figure 4.1, should be used to document modifications to the Guidelines.
The Analyst Guidelines Change Acknowledgement Form, Figure 4.2, should be used to document Analyst acknowledgment of the modifications.
4.2.1.3 Making the other data Analysts aware of any and all modifications to the analysis guidelines.
4.2.1.4 The Senior Analyst may also assume the role of a Lead Analyst or Analyst.
A2.2 2 A Page 7
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Each shift will have two Lead Analysts; one for primary analysis and one for secondary analysis. The Lead Analyst is responsible for:
4.2.2.1 Evaluating eddy current data in a manner consistent with the analysis guidelines presented herein.
4.2.2.2 Alerting the Senior Analyst to conditions present in the data which are not addressed by the analysis guidelines.
4.2.2.3 Resolving discrepancies identified between Analysts in a manner defined by Section 8.0 4.2.3 ~Anal at The Analyst (Primary or Secondary) is responsible for:
4.2.3.1 Evaluating eddy current data in a manner consistent with the analysis guidelines presented herein.
4.2.3.2 Alerting the Lead Analyst to conditions present in the data which are not addressed by the analysis guidelines.
4.2.3.3 Submitting a Final Report that is complete and free of editorial errors.
Page 8
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 ANALYST GUIDELINES CHANGE FORM Description of Change:
Reason for Change:
Technical Basis:
Authorization:
Senior Analyst Date:
Shearon Harris Engineer Date:
Figure 4.1 - Analyst Guidelines Change Form Page 9
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 ANALYST GUIDELINES CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGMENTFORIVI Description of Change:
Effective Date of Change:
Analyst Signature Date Analyst Signature Date Figure 4.2 - Analyst Guidelines Change Acknowledgment Form Page 10
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Section 5.0 General Information 5.1 Steam Generator Design The general design of the steam generator is shown in figure 5.1. The SG's were built by Westinghouse and the plant started operations in 1987. There are 3 SG's each having 4578 tubes. The tubes are mill annealed Inconel 600 with dimensions of 0.75" OD x 0.043" wall thickness. Supports include carbon steel drilled supports; eight on the hot leg side and eleven on the cold leg side and anti-vibration bars in the u-bend section.
AV2 AV3 AV1 AV4 11H 11C 48.0 10H 10C 48.0 09K 09C 48.0 08H OSC ld.O 07H 07C 18.0 06C 18.0 05H 05C 18.0 04C 18.0 03H 03C 18.0 02C 12.0 01H 01C TSH 8.128 21,878 TEH TEC Figure 5.1 Page 11
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES Rl The tube sheet is drilled on a sguare pitch with 1.0625" spacing. Each tube is edentified by a row and column number; there are 49 rows and 114 columns in each steam generator. Figure 5.2 shows a typical tube sheet map. Full depth rolls were used during generator fabrication to expand tubes within the tube sheet.-
~ 0000000 ~ ~ 00 ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ 00000
~0
~ 00000000 000ttttt ~ 0 ~ 00 F 0
~0 ~0 ~
' ~ ~ ttt'1
~ ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ 00 ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 F 10 F 00 ~ 000000000 0000 0 0
~ ~
I I 0O aoa ( aaoaa al aaal aaaaa000tloaa COOOOO tatoaa 0 Ugtt OaO A aaaa. oaa saooao Haoaa AOO aaoHaaaooa ataanaoaat Oool too Oaaa Figure 5.2 Tubesheet Map including Expanded Tubes To minimize wear in the pre-heater section, the tubing at the 2nd and 3rd tube support intersections on the cold leg were hydraulically expanded into the support plate baffles. The expansion was only performed on the peripheral tubes in the pre-heater area. Figure 5.2 also shows the tubes that were expanded in each steam generator.
Page 12
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 5.2 Operating Experience A listing of operating Westinghouse plants with Model D and E steam generators is shown in figure 5.3'. There are several mechanisms that affect Model D- steam generators: Preheater wear, AVB wear, and primary water stress corrosion cracking (PWSCCj in the tube sheets and row 1 u-bends. Some units have experienced secondary side IGA/SCC at hot leg support plates and in the hot leg sludge pile. A few plants have also experienced circumferential SCC at the top of the hot leg tube sheets.
1 'Table taken from the Steam Generator Eddy Current Data Analysis Performance Demonstration Review Material, June 1993 with June 1994 revisions.
Page 13
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 x(1,0) x(8,7)
Alnaraz1 1$ 81 M-1 4874 x(1.0)
Mcdaroo1 18r81 DQ 1 4074 x(1.0) xQA 0) x(1,0) x(1) 11I88 CS 1 4874 x(1.0) x(1.0) x(1.0) 4074 x(2,0) 1284 D8 1 4074 x(4) 8r85 CIM x(1) x(8,7) x(1,0) xPA 4) x(1) x(1,0) 4874 x(1) x(1) x(8) x(1) x(1)
BaNwaA1 ar88 x(1) 4851 x(15) x(1)
W x(1)
$ 5aL (1) Ass (5) SCC ~
g) Tlrbo oqyot phdoo (8) Xparalontraathoe (4) 8ardgo plo (8) Batllo-(8raoa al dorss (7) hair aw Udsrrds Figure 5.3 Page 14
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 5.2.1 Shearon Harris Damage Mechanisms Wear at the AVB intersections Wear at the Preheater intersections AVB Wear First discovered during the initial inservice examination in August/September 1988.
Preheater Wear First discovered during the second inservice examination in October 1 989.
Miscellaneous Loose Parts damage - leaker outage in 1990 (two tubes affected)
Page 15
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 5.2.2 Shearon Harris Repair History 1983 Seven Tubes Plugged During Fabrication 1985 Four Tubes Plugged During Fabrication 1988 First lnservice - Seven Tubes Plugged for AVB wear, one for a restriction, one for an over-expansion, and one for a >40% indication at 11H support.
1989 Second Inservice - One Tube plugged for AVB wear, one for a cold leg support indication )40% and one for a hot leg support indication )40%
1990 Leaker Outage - Two tubes plugged for loose part wear.
1991 Third Inservice - One tube plugged for AVB wear and three tubes plugged for suspected PWSCC 1992 Fourth Inservice - Two tubes plugged after tube pull 1994 Fifth Inservice - Three tubes plugged for suspect indications, four tubes plugged after removal of previous Westinghouse plugs.
Page 16
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 5.3 Reporting Requirements 5.3.1 All indications of tube wall degradation detected with the bobbin probe shall be reported, other than wear at AVB and Preheater intersections, which need not be reported until the depth estimate exceeds 10%.
5.3.2 The voltage, phase angle, percent through wall and axial position above the center of the nearest support shall be reported for each flaw. The tube support distance measurements in Figure 5.1 shall be used to establish the axial distance.
5.3.3 The sign convention used to designate flaw location is always positive except:
if the flaw is located within the tubesheet, if the flaw is located between the center and bottom of the tube support or if a test is incomplete and an indication lies beyond the last completed intersection in the opposite plenum.
5.3.4 The tested extent of each tube shall be reported to include the last support tested.
5.3.5 All dents greater than 5 volts (550 KHz diff. bobbin) free-span or 5 volts at a support structure (550/100 diff. bobbin) shall be reported.
5.3.6 Incomplete test extents shall be reported with the exact location where the probe stops. This shall be done on a best effort basis.
5.3.7 Sludge heights shall be reported as directed by the Utility representative on selected tubes.
5.4 Probe Speed Verification 5.4.1 The probe speed should be checked by the Analyst on the first tube of each calibration group and the first tube following a probe change.
5.4.2 The desired withdrawal speed for the bobbin test is 22 to 24 inches per second, unless otherwise stated in the acquisition procedure or other approved documentation.
5.4.3 Probe speed may be checked using the appropriate software method as outlined in the Eddynet operator manual. If probe speed should be verified manually, the following procedure may be used:
5.4.3.1 Establish the axial scale between two supports or other landmarks.
(i.e., 02C to 03C is 18 inches) 5.4.3.2 Set the software to manual locate, and position the cursor centered on the first landmark.
Page 17
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 5.4.3.3 Initiate the first landmark by mouse clicking and sliding until the appropriate landmark appears.
5.4.3.4 Position at the next landmark and click and hold the right mouse button to adjust the scale to the correct setting.
5.4.3.5 Right click in the Landmarks label and the probe speed should be indicated in the lissajous box.
5.4.3.6 Should the speed fall below 22 inches per second or exceed 24 inches per second, the Analyst should notify the Lead Analyst.

5. 5 Calibration Standards 5.5.1 Calibrations require the use of the as-built dimensions to set analysis calibration curves. If other standards are utilized, be sure to use the correct as-built drawings.

5. 6 Equipment/Software Requirements The analysis of digital ECT data is accomplished with the use of computer programs (software) and computer systems (hardware). Programs and computers may be utilized which are the equivalent or superior to those listed below if there is no diminution in the capabilities to detect, measure and record flaw indications.

5 6.1
~ Computer Analysis Programs Zetec Eddynet Version 27 or later Other Approved Software 5.6.2 Hardware HP 400/700 series computer with graphics display Appropriate LAN hardware for interconnection Appropriate Hard disk drives, optical media storage drives and other equipment as required by the current software version. Requirements for file servers and workstations may vary slightly.
Page 18
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Section 6.0 Bobbin Probe Calibration and Evaluation 6.1 Probe Description and Frequency Selection 6.1.1 Probe Description The probes used for the inspection are standard bobbin coil probes, with coil spacing and widths of .060" permitting detection of incipient damage mechanisms. The .540", .560", .580" and .610" diameter probes provide fill factors of 66%, 71%, 76% and 84% respectively.
A .610" diameter magnetic u-bend long cone probe (A610MULC) is used to test large diameter rows. Probes of .560" and .580" diameter spring-flex ring magnet (A560SFRM, A580SFRM) are used to test small diameter rows. Other probes may be used as approved by CP 5 L.
6.1.2 Frequency Selection The current frequency selection for bobbin probes is as follows:
550 KHz differential and absolute 800 KHz differential and absolute 100 KHz differential and absolute 35 KHz differential and absolute The purpose of each test frequency is as follows:
6.1.2.1 550 KHz differential This is the inspection frequency used to satisfy the ASME code requirement for the "basis frequency.". The basis frequency "provides responses from the 20% flat bottom holes and the 100% through-the-wall hole references in the calibration tube standard that have a phase angle difference between 50 deg. and 120 deg."
6.1.2.2 550 KHz absolute Used as a mix component 6.1.2.3 100 KHz differential Used as a mix component and confirmation channel 6.1.2.4 100 KHz absolute Page 19
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Used for sludge height measurements, a mix component and for indication confirmation.
6.1.2.5 800 KHz differential This frequency is a component of the primary copper mix and the three frequency mix.
6.1.2.6 800 KHz absolute This data is recorded in the event that an absolute three frequency mix is desired, or other high frequency information such as profiling.
6.1.2.7 35 KHz differential Used for CDS and support structure location 6.1.2.8 35 KHz absolute Used for location of support structures and sludge height measurements 6.1.3 Mix for Carbon Steel Support Suppression 6.1.3.1 Mix ¹1 - 550/100 Differential This mix is displayed on the CRT strip chart and is used to detect/size flaws at carbon steel support structures.
6.1.3.2 Mix ¹2 - 550/100 Absolute This mix is used for absolute signals near carbon steel structures.
6.1.4 Mix for Dent/Transition &. Carbon Steel Suppression 6.1.4.1 Mix ¹3 - 550/800/100 Differential Used to screen support structures & Top of the Tubesheet Page 20
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2 Calibration "Note - Some graphic displays may use 400KHz instead of 550Khz. These graphics are for illustration only, and do not affect actual data displays.
6.2.1 Load the ASME calibration run into RAM.
6.2.2 550 KHz differential 6.2.2.1 Place the 100 percent through wall hole in the window. See figure 6.1 Figure 6.1 100/0 Through-wall hole - ASME Standard Page 21
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Rotate the transition signal to approximately zero degrees. See figure 6.2 rlII&DISt ~I l00 OOD Olla I ~ ISS O,W r/0 seer 0 roI SDI Vr r COr III S.DS rOIII 0 orl ol
~ III Figure 6.2 Transition signal at zero degrees Adjust the signal span to approximately six grid divisions. See figure 6.3
~ IIIDDISI DI ICO OIL rl IW Dist
~
0.4I r/I araa 0 rcI IDI I
\
J vr0 ~ IO Figure 6.3 Span to -6 grid divisions Page 22
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.2.4 Rotate the transition signal to 40 a2'. See figure 6.4 JSIC s ossv Os l00 ))SS. llsl ~ OS)V Vcr) )WC O.ll Vl) ~ SSVS 'l V)C ))l s
V)VS loA VVV Ok@ Sa
~ )'l l Figure 6.4 Transition signal to 40'.2.2.5 Establish the phase versus depth curve using the actual values for the 100, 60, and 20% O.D. flaws. Use the maximum rate of the transition to define the phase angle.
~ -I SC)sQ I 's
/
/
CVSI SS>>I, ll~
ISSs C>>e'. ~ SS
.'I I ~ )>>s.'ISIS I ls V>>s,l)ss I
Figure 6.5 Typical Calibration curve Page 23
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.2.6 Probe motion typically lies at 1'o 5'. See figure 6.6 M Ill% Vo Qta
~ 1.l1 sails r M le Figure 6.6 Probe motion signal 6.2.3 550 KHz Absolute 6.2.3.1 Place the dent from the ASME standard in the window.
6.2.3.2 Adjust the phase such that the initial signal excursion is to the right at 180 a 5 .
6.2.3.3 Place 4 x 20% ASME flat bottom holes in the window.
6.2.3.4 Set the span such that the signal occupies approximately 2 grid divisions. See figure 6.8 6.2.3.5 Observe that the ASME flaw signals go up and are not saturated on the screen.
6.2.3.6 See paragraph 6.2.14 for setting volts.
6.2.4 100 KHz differential Repeat steps 6.2.2.1 through 6.2.2.5. "Peak to peak is normally used to define the phase angle.
Page 24
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.5 100 KHz absolute Repeat steps 6.2.3.1 through 6.2.3.6.
). ~ O We ~a 4I IC4 1J%,
aa Sa I
i ILIA Vse aa Figure 6.8 Set span of 4 x 20% ASME FBH to 2 grids 6.2.6 800 KHz differential 6.2.6.1 Place the 100% throughwall hole in the window.
6.2.6.2 Rotate the transition signal to approximately zero degrees.
6.2.6.3 Adjust the span such that the entire signal occupies 5 to 6 grid d I vls l 0 n s.
l 6.2.6.4 Rotate the dent signal horizontal at 180'+ 2'; the 100% flaw may be 20 to 40 degrees.
6.2.7 800 KHz absolute 6.2.7.1 Place the dent from the ASME standard in the window.
6.2.7.2 Adjust the phase such that the initial signal excursion is to the right at 180 + 5'.
6.2.7.3 Place 4 x 20% ASME FBH's in the window.
Page 25
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.7.4 Set the span such that the signal occupies 1 to 2 grid divisions.
See figure 6.9.
ti>l S SIC oaj vis ~ e ~a m Figure 6.9 Set span of 4 x 20% ASME FBH to 1-2 div.
6.2.7.5 Observe that the ASME flaw signals go up and are not saturated on the screen. ""No voltage requirement.
6.2.8 35 KHz differential 6.2.8.1 Place the tube support ring in the window.
6.2.8.2 Adjust the phase such that the initial excursion is up to the right.
Page 26
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.8.3 Adjust the span such that the entire signal occupies approximately six grid divisions. See figure 6.10.
VIII S SIIV Ss ICOSI SSS. 71 IO SIVV Vvvl VVV I 0.99 vied 99' VVV vO Vvv Ovv ISO
)99 Figure 6.10 Support Ring on 35 KHz differential 6.2.9 35 KHz Absolute 6.2.9.1 Place the tube support ring in the window.
6.2.9.2 Adjust the phase such that the initial signal excursion is vertical starting downward. V Page 27
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Adjust the span such that the entire signal occupies 3 to 4 grid divisions. See figure 6.11.
VII'>
issue-S am ICO AIS. 8> 10 1ISL
$ .7$ vied SOTS A rot lC4 VOO lbCh VIJ 1 00
~
7'igure 6.11 Support ring on 35 KHz absolute Page 28
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.10 Mix 1 - 550/100 Khz Differential (tube support suppression) 6.2.10.1 Select the 550 and 100 KHz differential channels (Channels 1 and 5 ) from the process channels menu. Be sure the "keep channel" is set to the 550 KHz channel. Proceed to the "Adjust Mix" menu.
6.2.10.2 Null the instrument between flaws in the ASME standard. See figure 6.12.
~a.S-O Diff c KdgPd Hl),
WNAAAAAXXYAXANX'EXIT%
B~~~~a~wBB~q+q+NBN~~+~~~~
INOWXOAM X 'OQANUA~Q X AGBBQN%8%488888 X BGXGMQQXUGQXQXXQX 04%1 PQQMXVAQOMQXQX BBBNGVAQGQ44AXBX
%88%'A4ANGGGQGOMX XMANOMAGXQQGQ1LAAX WAGWGQXMXBXQQXXXAXG 80% ILB'ILOMMQQQXGGXG BxBdwwaaaaaxhaab WAQAAQVAA%QNNGXXXX 5.caress
~; g'L0 I AAMAXNAA%
4QWXKAWMXNNMQWAAQW BAXANXAAXAQXVANXAX Clear
>ll Ssg"e'.s NVAAANA QUNQNQ% tC I' BXBB'UN'P'IL Sewuo 88%

ancel Kocp Figure 6.12 Null point for support suppression l 'Channels other than 1 and 5 may be used if a different frequency array is utilized. See the Senior analyst for details.

Page 29
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.10.3 Place tube support ring in the window. Allow only the TSP signal between the cursers. See figure 6.13.
~ 'a Ja vi) 1'ttttM,VAtt'tt'ttXttttt't'tt" ttttt4tttt'hatt'tttttttt4%'t't ttt1Ltt4tt'ttt't't'tVABB4t't'1
'tttttttit't'ttttxtttt'ttt't44;
'tthbthttM,ttt'tttttttttMX'ti i'tt%8%4&vAQQAWWWYAWW'v IitvAA4't't'tt'txxxx&xvAWM,
't'ti,'tB4tt't'tt'ti t't'tttAA'at%
'PAxttt'tB4'tBBBt'ti
'ti hatt'tt'tN'ti'txBK
't1 ttXVAMAV wt'tx4tttt'ti'ttxvABBt't't" 'tAX
't't't't'ttt'ttt'hatt'A'A't'ttt44'tt
'tt't't't'ttttt't'ttt'ttXtt'ttttt't't't, t t 't'ttQQXi
'Ai 't 't 't t Q t ttttt'At'tttt't'tt't t't't t At tt t't t'V t't t't gno rata
%x'tt'tttttt't'ttt&t4BB4%% ttttXtt 3 tttt%'tX
't'ttt'hatt't't'hatt't'AX'AttBB4'tX
't tt Q Q t t't t t tt t't t't't t t't t Q X NttP't'tt'tt'tt'ttttttttt'ttNX'.
'tt X'V t'tV M,i,t't'tX'ILttttILtttt'V
~
'Lti 'itttt't'tt'tt'ttt,ttttt'tttt Clear a."." Signals
'ttXt't't't'ttXM.
t't'ttttttttM.
Xt't1ti'tit'ted% gtarr ttt't'IL44ttX x'it%'ttxv4%%
8't't't'i't't'ti tt a ca tin Cat Figure 6.13 Support Ring Signal in Window 6.2.10.4 Mix on the TSP signal. Exit by selecting "OK keep".
6.2.10.5 Place the 100% through wall hole in the window 6.2.10.6 Rotate the transition to approximately zero degrees.
6.2.10.7 Adjust the span such that the entire signal occupies five grid divisions. Make note of the numeric span value. This is the setup span.
6.2.10.8 Rotate the display such that noise (or a dent signal) is horizontal.
Page 30
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.10.9 Establish a phase versus depth curve using the actual values for the 100%, 60% and 20% O.D. flaws. Peak-to-Peak is normally used to define the phase angle. See figure 6.14 0 lpga
~ - - ~ I ~ ~
I le Sl M2s
~,
~ TPaj ~
~ ~r 3 IC
'4C%
I
~ etta 'CS Figure 6.14 Calibration curve for 400/100 KHz Mix Page 31
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.11 Mix 2 - 550/100 KHz Absolute (Carbon Steel Suppression) 6.2.11.1 Select the 550 and 100 KHz absolute channels with the "keep channel" on the 550 KWz channel. Proceed to "Adjust mix". Null the instrument between flaws in the ASME standard. See figure 6.18.
~< l 5<
r<O < ~ ~ rl< ~
'A i Bii'LB
'L AN A AN A AAN A'A A
'L AMM MAL B
'L M'LA i'A ALA'L A'L N'\ 'A A
\iAMi'I 'A
'L N 'A i 'A
\ MNA 'AA AA B A'AN A iANN 'A A A N\ \'Ai
'L A 'A N
'L N
AAAA 5r<r<<<
5I<r<<
N\'\'ALVL i Ai ANN<
<IILgi\<BAg V)@+\<BI<
<<AALNLAB<AALAB LLLLLABLBLLLLLLLLLL<i 4 5lr<
ll <I<rrl~
ALA'AA'A'L 5< ~ ~
BLBLBLBLBi i'A AA (ri' L rr< L Figure 6.18 Null between flaws on the ASME standard 6.2.11.2 Place the tube support ring in the window. Allow only the TSP signal between the cursers. See figure 6.19.
~ <<' <<li 5< r mr < rl ~
i'I'INi'L 'Ai\ 'A iBA'IBABL
'LVLYLAA NBL4 i'LBL 'AA'A i'LAMiN AAL
'A LB 4 A 'A
'IMAB\B LVAiBiM A ALA VA N 'LNL
'ANN<M BALAN 'A\VI
'AA AN N BBBBVAYAM N BBi ANL AA Ai'I'I
'I 'L Ai'Lli'L MAL'A 'Ai'\ AA
'LBLB<L AA 'I 'Ai AA NANBL4 iN' iVLBNN NA \'LA Ai Mi NAVAL YA'Ai'A BN MA N'A MA iN\NMVL
'A \ i'ABiVL N 'IA\
NBMM AM
'LBLAAL NA 'A A NA AN N
iA\
<L<<r<<L 5< r<
MLMMLVIMVAAA'\i YAM<VLANLLNLAA'AN'AA NNi
'A'AMABMLBNNM'LA<A N AVliVlAiMA4 N A A'L 'A A'ANAANLN\'LBLB'ALA N<YINVIN\'LABALBANVLL
~ I
<<Lr I MAYAN'A BNNL'ALL<< 5<l r
'IMMYIMN AVIYL Villi ALBBil N Lr'r<
LLAANALL<
I tr<L Figure 6.19 Carbon steel support ring signal in window.
Page 32
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.11.3 Mix on the TSP signal. Exit by selecting "OK keep".
6.2.11.4 Place the dent from the ASME standard in the window .
6.2.11.5 Adjust the phase such that the initial signal excursion is to the right at 180 ~5'. See figure 6.20.
CCo ladolll01 4l ~ ~ 50tttldt000FF Fdl 2t25tS) <<5-20.9) 50 ll aot 999 Ltd 999 lO 1 Fltt& OIFF dt l00 ddtL ta>2 0 OOSL aott Loot Vott ~ O ~ Fl v/d oooo 109 vot OF Tvaa dooooaa 10 ld
)tl l2 Llt Coot ooat Loot Cttdtoo l gg atdt voo coo gg l90.21 volta l00 do t%155 litt ~ o. 1 l Ooto Oivoottva Foot to a Ctovvto l ~
Ovid\
Sdlooo Figure 6.20 ASME dent to 180 degrees 6.2.11.6 Place the 4 x 20% ASME flaw in the window.
'Rotate noise horizontal if a dent signal is not available.
Page 33
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.11>7 Set the span such that the signal occupies 2 grid divisions. See figure 6.21.
~ ~ II eC>> 111 Ll>r yya IO rl>l 5 OIll &> l00 005L ~ e>?w aoeL >>eat~a Vert Veri 5.ll vlo eooa Ol rot Ol Or>roan IO Lle Chan
>>rat~a Channel Voa i&0 I KI 55 Tlh ~ 1.$ l 0> rectory Oroeeoo Ch>>oval ~
re tnt Screen Figure 6.21 Setting span of 4 x 20% ASME flaw to 2 div.
6.2.11.8 Establish a voltage amplitude versus depth curve (V-Max) using the actual values of the wear scar flaws from the calibration standard. Be sure to set voltage parameters before establishing your calibration curve (see section 6.2.14).
, no>to> ~ Lotto ~ r>oa>te>>II>'ont>>na
, ~ 'r 4 ~
>e ~ I 4V 4~ >v ~ >>
> ~ I 4
~ = t> ~
0
~ t II l ll Page 34
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.12 Mix 3 - 550/800/100 KHz Differential (Dent 5 Carbon steel suppression) [if used]
The desired mix output is one in which there is a minimum of 40 phase separation between the 60% and 20% O.D. flaws with a minimum vertical residual from the simulated tube support ring, copper ring and radial dent. The following step should be performed to establish a proper mix ¹3.
6.2.1 2.1 Select the 550, 800 and 100 KHz differential channels with the "keep channel" being the 550 KHz channel. By selecting more than two frequencies, the software will automatically enter into a multi-frequency mix (turbo mix) mode. Proceed to "Adjust Mix".
6.2.12.2 Select "Clear All Signals" to clear the mix processor.
6.2.12.3 Using the cursor, select a clean section of the standard and null the response.
6.2.12.4 Scroll to the 100% ASME flaw and place it alone in the window.
6.2.12.5 Select "Save Signal" to save the response into the mix buffer.
6.2.12.6 Repeat the last step for all ASME flaws; 100% - 20%.
6.2.12.7 Scroll to the carbon steel support signal and place it alone in the window.
6.2.12.8 Select "Suppress Signal" to suppress the support signal.
Page 35
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.12.9 Repeat the last step for the ASME dent signal4. See figure 6.16.
pg.' u g AS TurCC Hlu MMMB'BMBBKXMMXX MMMMhXWRXMW X MVMMMMMMMMMMM MMMMMMMMMMMMMA M'I4'4'MMMM'.MMMMM C jflti MMMMMGQQ%
MMMMMXVAMMMXGQV, X MM MMPWQQWPXPXPWPX PXUAiM S =CPCSC t grul MAQMMMM%AAANMMX WMMKMMMMMMA~~XKMB VAMAXW~V,MMMMXXXIMM MMMMMMMMMMMMXV, WMMMMMWM,II MMAWVAM MMMMMMMMM hhaX it tt
-i I !:Znai ~
MMMM'ANN MMMMMX4 SCOCC M1IAMMMXR MM4'ANX$
MMMMMXl '5c Cup MMMMMM, Oa SC~CC Figure 6.16 Dent signal in window for "Turbo" mix 6.2.12.10 Set the span of the 60% flaw to 4 screen divisions peak-to-peak.
6.2.12.11 Set the Dent/Transition residual horizontal. (The 60% flaw starting down and vertical.)
e lf the dent is not available, keep the current mix output, play in an actual tube of data, and use the top-of-tubesheet transition. See the Senior Analyst for details.
Page 36
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.12.12 Establish a phase versus depth curve'sing the actual values of the 60%, 40% and 20% ASME flaws from the calibration standard. The max-rate of the transition should be used to define the phase angle of the signals. See figure 6.17.
te t ~ tto lO ltore Cu "ve tee le 3etvo Z~ tee ru' Cu ve tlO voli .
<<etnltv e Curve lO Pot"t lot Veer veer Clver Lett Curve totnt
<eeo. a;t 5et 5oe.'
vt Crtt lSO Oetreee Oe'let ~ Knpoo Cu ve Cult CKt t Figure 6.17 Calibration curve for Mix 3
~A phase versus depth curve may not be required if the mix is used for information only, and not for sizing. Verify this with the Senior Analyst.
Page 37
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.14 Setting Voltages "Note: Voltage settings should be established before any voltage related parameters are finalized, such as locating parameters,.volt curves, etc.
6.2.14.1 Select channel 1 (550 KHz differential) and place the ASME standard 4 x 20% signal in the window.
6.2.14.2 Select Peak-to-Peak to set the voltage measurement feature. See figure 6.22.
& ~ tceeeeen Cele teoeccln.tell Dnf DeDT DCT 22% TD 20 COT DTD CTL 099 TD l tenceetlt ~ ftet& Diff ce TDO ODD. 1~ 550 Diff neet~t eeet O.CI e/ee econ 0 eeet DCT (2>
Ctc Chen neet&oct Ower T
~ .00 volte Tcc cec 202 H. l55 TCC ~ 0.00 Deeectoee fecceec Chenne le fclot Dc econ Figure 6.22 Voltage set up for ASME standard Page 38
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.14.3 Proceed to the "Set Voltages" menu.
6.2.14.4 Click and hold the mouse in the "Enter Volts" selection until the voltage reading is approximately 4.00 volts. Save the voltage value using the "Save This Value" option, then select "Store to All" to store the voltage and normalize the remaining channels.
6.2.14.5 Store your setup at this point .
6.2.15 IVliscellaneous Setup parameters 6.2.15.1 Determine where the "results" files will be stored and select the proper location in the "operator selectables" section.
6.2.15.2 Other selections in "operator selectables" must be selected, such .
as which leg you are testing from, expanded chart length, number of extent letters, etc. Bee the Senior analyst for details.
6.2.1 5.3 The appropriate landmarks table must be used for automatic support location abilities. Insure you have selected the proper table and locating options. Figure 6.23 shows some typical settings for most steam generators.
LOCATING SELECTABLES Landmark Locator: TTS HL SUP HL SUP CL TTS CL Locator type type 5 BOTTOM CENTER CENTER BOTTOM Locate TSPs 8 AVBs using Voltage Thresholds Channel Absl or DiffRH num Absolute Locator Channel Pull speed End threshold-TTS threshold-Sup threshold-AVB threshold Landmark label-Row Identif'ier- 1st Tube ID Field Auto Locate - Yes Hanual scale- No Use AVB Table Yes Figure 6.23 Locating Parameters t 6Storing your setup often is recommended during the establishment of your setup variables.
Page 39
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.2.1 6 Full Length Bobbin examination Test Calibration Parameters DIFFERENTIAL CHANNELS
',;::,:Cha'tt>rIkg-';:
P'8Parl >k'~$" ~: 5.6 div 5.6 div 5-6 div 5.6 div 5-6 div 4-5 div 40 dog 40 deg 40 deg vertical PM horiz. PM horisz 100% 100% 100% Support 100% 60%
ASME ASME ASME ring ASME ASME Degree NIA Degree NIA Degree (Degree) 20% -4v Norm. Norm. Norm. Norm. Norm.
ABSOLUTE CHANNELS
@'Ch'an'ite):i.:;~i gs'p's'jj?;>x.~ 2 div 2 div 2 dlv 4 div 2 dlv
'R!Piteso"""%Mt PM horiz PM horiz. PM horiz. vertical PM horiz.
s 4x 20% 4x 20% 4x 20% Support 4x 20%
Ca1:Std.>'.r"'.'.(Ctr/Ve,:;:i ring
": '> N/A NIA N/A NIA Volt/VMax

~Vpltji'.),:,:i,:;,:'orm Norm. Norm. Norm. Norm.

DATA SCREENING Left Strip Chart: CH Mix 1 Vert Right Strip Chart: CH 6 Vert Liss.: CH 1 Notes:
Above spans aro a minimum Voltage normalized to channel 1 Mix 1 ~ 550/100 Diff support mix Mix 2 = 550/100 Abs. support mix copper mix Mix 3 ~ 550/800/100 Diff support/dent mix RECORDING REQUIREMENTS Graphics: Generated by Resolution unless otherwise indicated Recording:
Channel 1: Degradation Mix 1: Degradation lsup port influenced), PVN Mix 2: Degradation lwoari Mix 3: Distorted TTS/Dented indications Table 6.1 Bobbin Coil Analysis Parameters Page 40
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1

6. 3 EVALUATION 6.3.1 General Evaluation Requirements The guidelines address specific regions of the SG where flaws are known to have occurred. However, all of the data for the other examined regions of the tube is to be analyzed using standard analysis practices. Initial screening of the data will be performed at the setup spans. The use of setup spans for initial screening of the data is meant to maximize the detection of large flaws by the Analyst. The Analyst may use lower span settings as needed for a complete analysis of the data.

The regions of the SG which are addressed with specific analysis methods include:
the top of the tubesheet the tube supports and baffle structures the anti-vibration bars (AVB)
Evaluation of the top of the tubesheet - Two types of flaws are known to occur at or above the top of the tubesheet, OD corrosion and primary side stress corrosion cracking. In the absence of deposits on the tube OD, the data is scrolled observing the 550 KHz lissajous. In the presence of deposits the data is scrolled observing the Mix 1 (550/100 KHz support mix). Take care to examine the entire tube entry signal at the set up span for distorted signals indicative of cracking. At present the bobbin probe has been unable to detect ID cracking at the top of the tubesheet. Any detection has been based upon MRPC testing. OD corrosion is presently non-occuring at Shearon Harris top of tubesheet/sludge pile area, but should be screened for.
Evaluation of the Tube Supports - OD cracking has been known to occur at the tube supports. In the absence of dents the data is scrolled observing the Mix 1 (550/100 KHz support mix). In the presence of dents the data is scrolled observing Mix 3 (550/800/100 KHz support/dent suppression mix). Mechanical wear and fretting have been detected at the cold leg support baffles at Shearon Harris. The 500/100 KHz absolute mix is used to scroll the baffle supports.
Evaluation of Anti-Vibration Bars (AVB's) - Mechanical fretting and wear have occured at the AVB's at Shearon Harris. The data is scrolled using the.Mix 2 (550/100 KHz support mix).
Free Span Flaws are not shown in the Guidelines, but are to be recorded in accordance with section 7.
Page 41
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES Rl 6.3.2 Evaluation of the Top of Tubesheet The following figures give examples of evaluations in the sludge pile region.
6.3.2.1 This example shows a large indication just below the top of tubesheet transition. Due to its size and clarity, it is most likely PWSCC in the axial direction.
r taakcxan Cal ~ r taaaOOIA.trII GCT-27M ID 20 IcIIJ I IDL '7 D
DDa SAT 12c43 6 ID 2c 550 A85L dc 130 ADSL FIcIW DIFF Ic 550 DIFF 3c 300 DIFF F3cl ~ DIFF Hrxt Laat Vrrt Vrrt IdiYVD 5231 It3rt 13.6YD 3105 It34I 6.6VD Slid It 04 10.3VD SI40 IISAI Tccta D
I 01 D
Lca Chan
~ Nt Vac Gaa 100 ~M Yac GAn 150 gg lOdt Yac GAn ID0 ~ Nxlt Yac GAn 100 D
Naxt La\I Charnel 53.05v rtd 973 42.63v Add 563 32.39v 105d 2IX TSN 0.37
~ KISS D 1rrr Corv 0 I~
Figure 6.31 - PWSCC Axial'Indication 6.3.2.2 Other indications may be present lower in the tubesheet, or at the tube roll transition.
6.3.3 Evaluation of the Tube Supports 6.3.3.1 A flaw is detected on either the 550 KHz, 100 KHz or the strip charts. Change the lissajous to 550 or 800 KHz absolute and observe whether there is a dent component (horizontal'o the signal.
Page 42
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.3.3.2 Change the lissajous to Mix 1 and scroll the flaw. Place the measuring points on the flaw. If a clear transition is apparent on the 550 KHz differential channel, it may be used to measure the flaw. (If a dent was detected as in the previous paragraph, change to Mix 3 and use max-rate.)
Figure 6.32 shows an example of an indication near the edge of hot leg support no. 1. This is an unknown mechanism, but may be due to a loose part.
ooa - avevjner cal ~ - tapaoolo.taLD rttt lllle wv~ 10 50 Aoe 25 coL loo 10 Pt r tW elf 6l 100 ABSL rill-5 Dm Neatest Vert 0.45 vld ao4t rot l'ert 10 252 TCN 1
<56)
X2 /2 Llt Chan 1oN Nent~t Charrvr I AV1 AV2 AVJ AVt ES lace Vnx CAn 100 11C 1.02 volta 102 502 1-LI55 01N ~ 0. 59 Data Dlreetore Proceao lharvwl ~
07C 06c 05C 040 05C 02C Olo ln lnt 1CC 50reen Figure 6.32 - Support Indication 6.3.3.3 If a clear transition is not apparent, the indication may still require recording for review by the Lead Analyst for flaw history .
comparison or further evaluation. Record the flaw on the Mix 1 channel with a NQI in the percent field.
Page 43
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 6.3.4 Evaluation of AVB's and Cold Leg Baffles The following figures give examples of evaluations in the Anti-Vibration Bar and Cold Leg Baffle areas:
6.3.4.1 A flaw is detected with the 500 KHz differential or 550/100 differential mix channel. Wear or fretting flaws are considered to be volumetric, and therefore are measured using a voltage or volumetric depth curve (mix P2). Figure 6.33 shows an example of an AVB flaw measured with mix 2.
ODe e TWcnan Csl ~ e tepe0014.osl2 NOH 10(39 leV~59 TD 30 ROT RP 133. 59 15 12 LkhdaN4cs Pl st 5 Dll'9 6r 100 RSSL P2>2% ASQ. next~et Ver t Vest 0.65 v/d soon 15 sot 96 Tete
<39>
30 2 next&est Chennel AVI AV2 Vpp nvn 1.00
~
volts 0 TPX OAn 100 W.ISS AV1 0.2S Dots Dl eec toet Pvooees Charnels Pe 1 nt Soteen Figure 6.33 - AVB Indication 6.3.4.2 Likewise, indications at the cold leg baffle supports in the pre-heater region have been known to wear due to the turbulent flow in this region. An example of baffle wear is shown in figure 6.34.
Page 44
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 ooe ~ Unknovn 41 ~ teoe0014.cel2 leN 11111 NOv~ 10 50 ROO e) cn. 66 10 15 PTAS-5 01rr 6i 100 a951. P2i 2& 4656 Hext~t Vent Vent 0.6S v/d teen 15 not 96 Tete 1
T Refresh 159) 0 C 12 Lt! Chen next Lect Chennel 6VT nv2 Ave Vpp Iee1 + Oen 100 1.12 volte 0 det 192 1 LTSS 11C 02C 0.20 Ploce ee Cnenne1 ~
Pn1nt Sawn Figure 6.34 - Cold leg Baffle Wear scar 6.3.4.3 To prevent wear at suspect tubes in the preheater baffles, supports number 02C and 03C have been mechanically rolled into the baffle plate (see section 5 for tubesheet map). This roll produces a large bulge-like signal, and should not be confused with a dent or other flaws. See figure 6.35 for an example of a roll expanded area.
Page 45
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 ODa - Ias~ Cal ~ - tapeooln.cal2 SAT ecl6 W/<am lD lo ADM 30 Clx 56 lD 0 CrCCCW DTTT 6I l00 AKL Alcl 5 DITT neatest Vast VTI"t ca.30 v/0 span 3c0 rct 202 fvbo 2ccn 30 2 X2 /2 Ltt Cnan tlaxt~t tcrannel Avl AV2 A
AVa Ibcc Vax Gcn l80 llC l03.55 vclta l0 C CXP M.1$$
03C c 0.05 Date Dl rectcarV process 07C Chanel ~
06C OSC OCC 03C crit TCC Terat Screen Figure 6.35 - Baffle Roll Transition Indication Page 46
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Section 7.0 Bobbin Probe Recording Requirements 8c Acronyms 7.1 Final Report The following information (subject to changes by data management) will be recorded in the final report section of the data analysis program.
7.1.1 The Header information should be recorded using the report builder software in Eddynet. The Header should contain the probe designation, calibration number, analyst name and level, and the date. Unless otherwise specified, the date field should be the date the data is analyzed, which may differ from the acquired date due to shift changes, etc. A fourth line may be used to designate other information such as the optical disk label, as directed by data management. See figure 7.1.
AnolMsis Sgsteo Gro phics FileFunctions Final Report Builder Manu 1 2 3 4 5 6 1234567890123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234 SG RIM COL VQ TS BEG X CM Location+xxxxxxto+xxxxxx Extent L M 1 M RS / 0/
M 1 e/Il'WCV Path: rod 1 r esolution/ 1M AL 1 User 1 seri Figure 7.1 Final Report Header Format example 7.1.2 For each tube evaluated with no indications an entry must be made that contains the SG ID (from Acquisition), Row, Line and Extent.
7.1.3 For each indication evaluated an entry must be made that includes the SG ID, Row, Line, Volts, Degrees, Percent depth or acronym, Location and Extent.
7.1.4 For any restricted or incomplete tubes, the correct retest (R code) acronym should be placed in the percent column, and the last tested extent in the Extent column.
Page 47
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 7.1.5 No blank lines should appear on the report.
7.1.6 Messages may be inserted within the body of the report as required. The Analyst's signature and data shall accompany every page of the printed report.
See figure 7.2.
Aug 04 16: 50 1995 /rod0102/... /B3052. res Page 1 File~resolution/tape001A.cal2 User~B3052 Date~8/4/95 16:50 Disc Label ~ Unknown A610MULC AH001 BZPES TU H95001 III 07/05/95 10 39 56 179.8 9 EXP 17 02C + 0.00 TECTEH 10 39 56 189.8 9 EXP 17 03C + 0.00 TECTEH 10 40 59 136.7 7 EXP 17 02C + 0.00 TECTEH 10 40 59 172.3 7 EXP 17 03C + 0 00 TECTEH 10 40 59 0.36 0 19 18 AV4 + 0.06 TECTEH 10 40 58 TECTEH 10 40 56 TECTEH 30 47 66 1.07 0 36 18 02C + 0.00 TECTEH 30 33 100 1.80 103 51 17 01H + 0. 94 TECTEH 30 32 99 TECTEH 30 32 98 TECTEH p-s-%
Figure 7.2 Example Final Report Printout Page 48
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 7.2 Computer Graphics Computer graphics format will be finalized at the beginning of the analysis project.
Graphic formats may change due to changing outage parameters, software requirements, etc. Typically, the Analyst's assigned to the resolution process will generate the computer graphics needed for the final report.
7.3 Reporting Acronyms The acronyms listed below are used in the percent column of the Final Report to describe a particular condition. Other acronyms may be used as directed by the Senior Analyst or Utility representative.
~Acron m Condition ADR Absolute Drift - A 100 KHz absolute baseline drift in the positive vertical plane.
APT Absolute Positive Trace - An abrupt indication evidenced only on absolute channels.
Blank No Detectable Degradation (NDD).
BLG Bulge CUD Copper Deposit DNT Dent indication DRI Distorted Roll Indication - indicates a distorted roll transition signal at the top of the tubesheet.
EXP EXPanded tube - this indicates the location of an expansion at the second or third cold leg support in the baffle region. \
IDV Inside Diameter Variation INF Indication Not Found - previously reported indication is not found during the current analysis.
INR Indication Not Reportable - previously reported indication is not recordable according to the present guideline parameters.
LAR Lead Analyst Review - This notation is used by the Analyst when an indication is found which is not specifically addressed in the Guidelines. The Lead Analyst is t NQI required to review data from all indications designated LAR by the Analyst.
Non-Quantifiable Indication - This notation is used to record an indication which may be indicative of a flaw but does not show good frequency correlation or is distorted.
Page 49
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 This flag will indicate to the lead analyst that history should be reviewed for this tube, or further evaluation may be required, possibly with alternative examination techniques.
OBS Obstructed - Used only as a final call when the smallest allowable probe diameter will not pass the location.
PID Positive Identification - Used to verify a pluggable location. Usually performed during a subsequent examination of a flaw indication.
PLG Plug location.
PLP Possible Loose Part - foreign object on secondary side POS Possible Indication - for Resolution Review PTE Partial Tube Expansion PVN Permeability Variation - Reported at ) 3 volts when using a magnetic bias probe.
RBD Retest Bad Data - No Extent Required REC Retest Encode problem - used when conflicting information is found regarding tube identification - No Extent Required RES Retest for Restriction - Extent Required RND Retest No Data present - No Extent Required RFX Retest for Fixture - Fixture is blocking the tube - No Extent Required RIC Retest Tube Incomplete - Extent Required SLG Sludge location - used when measuring sludge heights.
Page 50
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 7.4 Data Anomalies The Analyst should be aware of data quality anomalies which may occur during the acquisition of eddy current data. Certain equipment failures, electrical noise interference, etcsf can cause data which is unacceptable and must be re-acquired.
The following figures show several examples of data anomalies which should be flagged as RBD or Retest for Bad Data.
Osr ssvsallv Crls <<IITCA.OOIOI Irl 22sas2$ %f ZMI $0 II %Is $1 Llss Os [0 1[lla 0\f1 ~ I IOO 4$ %. Is 400 Olff 0.4vO 5 2 $201 Ss IOO Olff I,IVO 5 IO OIIO Ss IOO Slff 2.$ vS 5 21 SIST ls IOO 4$ $ L 0.2VS 5 $ $ $ 202 sss l~l O
O LI~ Crrs vsr sr% vrs m la Vfr SS% Srv Ca IOO Ors I&444 Osvsss I
~ a.lo W[$5 al4l Figure 7r3 - RBD - Noisy data due to cable/electrical 0$ 4 ~ Ovsall0 Cvis ~ aslsCILal04 $ 41 22s$ ls00 sss'r2$ Sl 50 II ssOV 44 siss $$ IO '11 fill 5 Olf ls sa Olff Ss Sa Olff Ss IIO $ [ff Ss l00 4$ IL srss'L44 0.$ VO 5 I $202 O.IVO 5 2 OIIO O.STO 5 5 Sill O.fvO 5 ~ $ 202 2'I[
Osf svsr
[IS Cl
[2 $0 IO CS IS f2 Cs Lll [144
\'L44
~ srs va ovs la a ss% v csvs Ia sr4 vrs 044 la ~ srO sr Csss sa Crvvr I CS
[1 I.as $ 0 Ill I,IIV 20l ~
OK VI ls 400 4$ %. ~ I IOO 40% Os IIO 4$ % Os IO 4$ %.
rs O.IVO 5 ~ 0 $0 O.SVO 5 0 SLIII O.IVO I ~ 0202 0.4VO ~ ~ Ol[0
%L[$$
$ 4II 0lssc CSsrvss I~
r
~ sl 2 aO Vrs OVs 1$ 0 rI v ~ Crs la Q srs vrs Csr ISO + ssvl vrv ca ISO S.I14 Iad O.SI>> I$ 40 I llr alv O.llv $ 10 Figure 7.4 - RBD - Electrical noise Page 51
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Section 8.0 Bobbin Probe Resolutions 8.1 Conditions Requiring Resolution 8.1.1 If either the Primary or Secondary Analyst or both reports a flaw indication as greater than or equal to 40% through wall, a Lead Analyst shall review the data tape, resolve the discrepancy or verify the results and document and sign off on the results of this review.
8.1.2 If either the Primary or Secondary Analyst or both reports an unresolved signal indication, the Lead Analyst shall review the bobbin test data tape, determine the nature of the indication, (i.e. flaw, no flaw, dent, etc.) size the indication (if a flaw), document and sign off on the results of the review. If the indication cannot be classified as a non-flaw, it shall be considered to be a flaw, and sized accordingly, except as discussed below If definitive rotating probe ECT data is available, the Senior Analyst, or his designated Lead Analyst may use this data to resolve the status of the unresolved indication signal.
If definitive data from other special tests (e.g. Ultrasonics, Liquid Penetrant) are available, this data may be used to resolve the status of the unresolved signal indication.
8.1.3 If either the Primary or Secondary Analyst reports a flaw indication between 20 and 39 percent through wall, not reported by the other, or if the difference in estimated flaw depth between the two analyses (primary and secondary) exceeds 10 percent, the Lead Analyst shall review the data, resolve the discrepancy, document and sign off on the results of the review.
8.1.4 If, during the course of the resolution review, a Lead Analyst overrules ~an defect call (i.e., changes a repairable call by the Primary Analyst, Secondary Analyst, or both to a non-repairable call), or changes an unresolved signal indication to a (40% through wall flaw or to no flaw, then the reason for overruling shall be recorded. The Lead Analyst must then analyze all data from that tube for additional defects. A second Lead Analyst is required to review the pertinent data and acknowledge his concurrence by signing the Final Report.
When concurrence between the two Lead Analysts cannot be reached, the most conservative resolution of the discrepancy shall be taken.
In either case, both Lead Analysts are required to sign the Final Report.
Page 52
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 8.1.5 Other discrepancies such as inconsistent extent of test, inconsistent calibration identification, etc., shall be resolved by data review if necessary. All resolutions and data modifications should be performed by Lead Analysts, except as defined in paragraph 8.1.6.
8.1.6 The Senior Analyst may designate types of "Administrative" errors which the Primary or Secondary Analysts or the Lead Data Management Operator/Systems Administration personnel will be allowed to resolve.
8.1.7 Table 8.1 provides a listing of error conditions.
8.1.8 Table 8.2 provides a listing of discrepancy conditions.
8.2 Resolution Documentation The following steps shall be used in resolving errors and discrepancies between Primary and Secondary analysis results:
8.2.1 The analyst will correct errors by using the Resolution analysis selection of the Eddynet software. Results and the final report will be generated separately from the Primary or Secondary results, although the Primary or Secondary report may be appended for non-resolved calls.
8.2.2 A "Compare Report" will be issued by the Eddynet compare program, or other approved vendor data management software listing discrepant conditions. This report will be used to document the Lead Analyst edits to the Final Report.
8.2.3 lf no discrepant conditions occur between Primary and Secondary analysis, there may be no compare report generated.
8.2.4 The Lead Analyst will use the appropriate data and compare reports when resolving discrepancies. '
8.2.5 The Lead Analyst will indicate when the Primary or Secondary or both analysis results are accepted without resolution be annotating the compare report with "PS" for primary call stands or "SS" for secondary call stands.
8.2.6 If the Primary or Secondary call is correct except for a change of one or more parameters in the call, the annotation "PC" for primary call change or ".SC" for secondary call change may be used.
8.2.7 The Lead Analyst shall annotate "FC" for Final resolution Call if the resolved answer is different from the Primary Analyst, Secondary Analyst or both. See figure 8.1 for an example of a typical compare report.
Page 53
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 user1 nd25bb26.nd25bb26. di sk less
/rod0101/primary/SG11HCAL00017 VS. /rod0101/secondary/SG11HCAL00017 FIELD SELECTION:
VOLTAGE NO PHASE ANGLE MO PERCEHTAGE TES +/- 10 LOCAT I OH TES +/ 1.00
-ran9es TES +/- 0.50 CHANNEL HO LOWER PERCENTAGE THRESHOLD < 20 UPPER PERCENTAGE THRESHOLD > 40 FIELD 6 SUPPRESSION :
FIELD 6 HIGHLIGHT: DRI NQI NUMBER OF ENTRIES OM THIS PRIMTOUT > 15 ttttttttt*ttttttttttlt*t**1**ttt 11 24 43 CTE pri 11 24 43 0.58 117 1 HTS + 10.30 CTE sec 11 38 43 CTE pr i 11 38 43 0.53 129 28 1 K1 + 2.46 CTE sec 11 27 44 0.80 121 37 1 HTS + 8.87 CTE 11 27 44 0.80 1'10 PP 1 HTS + 8.84 CTE 11 24 45 0.53 138 21 1 CTS + 8.20 CTE pri 11 24 45 CTE sec
'3'T
,3W IOI 11 26 47 0.@f 114 45 g CTS + 3.80 CTE 11 26 47 0/5 g2 4 (1 CTS + 3.83 CTE 11 33 48 OuPc CTE sec 11 11 50 50 55 55 0.86 114 0.86 111
~43 1 1
CTS CTS
+ 10.63
+ 10.60 CTE CTE pri sec T P5 Figure 8.1 Typical Primary/Secondary Analysis Compare Report 8.2.8 The Lead Analyst should thoroughly review all available data on each tube for which a discrepancy is identified. All results should be listed under the Lead Analyst's name in the Resolution final report.
Page 54
SHEARQN HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 8.2.9 As specified in section 7, if the 1st Lead Analyst dispositions a greater than 40% flaw or undefined type signal to a less than 40% flaw, a 2nd Lead Analyst must review the data. The second Lead Analyst acknowledges his concurrence by signing the Final Report.
Whenever concurrence in resolution cannot be reached, the most conservative call shall be retained. If the result is that a <<40% or an undefined type indication is resolved to less than 40%, the reason must be specified on the Oiscrepancy Compare Report.
8.2.10 A Lead Analyst may not act as the 1st Analyst in resolving his own analysis results if he also acted as an Analyst (Primary or Secondary) for a particular calibration group. He may, however, assume the role of a 2nd Lead Analyst during resolution.
Page 55
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 TABLE 8.1 DATA RECORDING ERROR CONDITIONS The reported steam generator identification is something other than "1", "2" or "3".

2. The SG identification does not agree with the SG identification code in the calibration number.

3. The reported tube does not exist

4. The reported row number is something other than 1 through 49.

5. The reported column number is something other than 1 through 114.

6. Missing probe or calibration designation

7. The reported flaw location is beyond the reported extent of the test.

Extents of test and flaw elevations which do not conform with the fact that there are eleven tube supports and four AVB's in the Shearon Harris Steam Generators.

9. The reported test extent is incorrect,

10. The extent of test in not reported.

Tubes reported as restricted or incomplete which do not have a corresponding extent of test.

12. Use of a three-letter reporting acronym with no established definition.

13. The final report header is not in the correct columns.

14. A plugged tube is reported as tested.

Page 56
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Table 8.2 RECORDING DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DATA ANALYSIS

1. Flaw wall loss estimates differ by more than 10% through wall.

2. Either the Primary Analyst or Secondary Analyst or both reports a flaw as greater than or equal to 40% through wall ~

3. Either the Primary Analyst or Secondary Analyst or both reports an anomalous indication (Le., NQI, DRI, etc.j in which the data suggests a reasonable probability that a flaw exists.

4. One Analyst reports a tube not reported by the other Analyst.

5. One Analyst reports a flaw indication not reported by the other analyst, but is greater than the lower threshold limit.

NOTE: Flaw locations reported by primary and secondary analysts must be within 1.0 inches of each other to be considered the same flaw.

6. The reported test extents are not in agreement.

7. The reported calibration identifications are not in agreement.

8. The reported steam generator identifications are not in agreement.

9. The reported probe entry sides are not in agreement.

10. The three-letter reporting acronyms are not in agreement.

Page 57
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 8.3 Resolution Reporting The resolution final report will be generated when all resolutions from the compare report are complete. The resolution header should contain the same information as the Primary or Secondary Analyst as indicated in section 7.
8.3.1 The Lead analyst should log in to the Eddynet software using the "RESOLUTION" analyst function. This process allows the compare process to be activated, and allows editing of the primary and secondary results into the resolution or "final" results.
8.3.2 Edits will be made during the compare process as documented in section 8.2.
8.3.3 When all compare edits are completed, the final report should be generated using the "BUILD REPORT" menu. The Lead analyst should select "APPEND PRIMARY" and "REPORT ALL USERS" to insure all entries are built into the report, including un-edited primary results'.
8.3.4 The Lead analyst should check all entries on the compare report vs. the compiled final report to insure all resolutions were addressed.
8.3.5 The final report shall be signed by the Lead Analyst. If a resolution required another Lead Analyst, a second signature shall be included on the final report.
'If special circumstances arise, Secondary results may be appended rather than Primary. The Senior Analyst should be contacted for any changes.
Page 58
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Section 9.0 SINGLE COIL MRPC PROBE CALIBRATIONAND EVALUATION 9.1 Probe Description The Single Coil U-bend probe is used to examine the U-bend radius of the steam generator tubes. Section 10 describes 3-coil MRPC coil data for the straight sections of the tubes.
The MRPC probe used for these examinations is shown in figure 9.1. The probe designation is 8580MRPCPH (Pancake coil 0.115" diameter - 580 = .580" diameter probe) This device is rotated by a motorized "wand" which provides a "trigger" signal after each revolution. Axial translation of the probe through the tube is done by a probe pusher with speeds down to as low as 0.1 "/sec. The result is a helical scan of the tube area of interest with a pitch of about 0.030".
lt is very important that the calibration standard runs and the test runs are performed at the same rotational and axial translation speeds. Failure to do so will cause errors in axial position and flaw length measurements. Data Analysts should check all calibration runs and periodically check tube tests for consistency of test speeds.
PIQE CUTSK OJWN PRH 0520 TO 0.7%i lCCATCR CW s NOAAL 'fUSE L . ~00 Figure 9.1 Single Coil MRPC probe head Note: Some graphics used in this section may be from three-coil data including other frequencies/mixes, however, setup for the pancake coil of the three-coil data is the same as a single coil pancake probe, and graphic displays will be similar.
Other probe sizes may be used if required, but will follow a similar probe designation scheme.
Page 59
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 9.2 Frequency Applications 9.2.1 400 KHz 9.2.1.1 This is the optimum frequency for plotting terrain maps and clip plots. This frequency has an optimum phase separation for the ASME flaws. It is not adversely affected by deposits on the OD of the tube.
9.2.1.2 This is the primary frequency used for plotting the lissajous signal from which the voltage, phase angle and depth are reported.
9.2.2 600 KHz 9.2.2.1 This frequency may be used for data evaluation and signal confirmation.
9.2.2.2 This frequency is also used as a secondary plotting channel.
9.2.3 100 KHz 9.2.3.1 This frequency may be used 'for data evaluation and signal confirmation.
9.2.4 10 KHz 9.2.4.1 This frequency is used for structure location.
Page 60
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 9.3 Calibration 9.3.1 Span and Rotation Settings 9.3.1.1 Load the calibration standard into RAM.
9.3.1.3 Rotate the displays for each pancake coil (coil 1) so probe noise is horizontal. You will note that this process may need to be repeated for each tube, as tube noise is not always consistent.
9.3.1.3 Rotate the low frequency (10 KHz) channel so the carbon steel support structuress move in vertical fashion when encountered.
9.3.1.4 Note the trigger channel (square pulse signal) which will be used to adjust operator parameters for the C-scan display.
9.3.1.5 Find the largest of the 60% Flat bottom hole signals, and place it alone in the window. See figure 9.2.
~ & IVPCMt NAl<llt 0.\1 vie eel $$ eel %0 Te ~
tool S
MPC C 5c>>
~Il Chewed ~
~ tl*t 5ett a Figure 9.2 60% FBH in window 9.3.1.6 Adjust the span so the signal occupies 4-5 grid divisions. Repeat this step for all applicable pancake coils.
9.3.2 Axial lVleasurement Scale Depending on the actual calibration standard used, other signals may be used for setting axial scale as required. The Senior analyst or designee will provide acutal drawings and settings to use.
Page 61
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 9.3.2.1 Using the manual locating option, set the zero point by placing the cursor on the first reference point, and selecting a support structure in the landmarks column using the left mouse button.
9.3.2.2 Scroll to the next signal with a known scale, and adjust the scale reading by clicking and dragging the right mouse button in the landmarks column. Store your settings with the file save function.
In figure 9.2, the scale is set between the 4 x 20% flaws and the 100-60-40 flaws which are 0.75" away.
9.3.3 Voltage Setting 9.3.3.1 To set voltage, scroll the largest signal of the 60% FBH (as in step 9.3.1.5) and set peak-to-peak points.
9.3.3.2 As in bobbin coil examination, go to the "Set Volt Units" menu and adjust the voltage to 5.00 volts. Save and store this setting to all coils which will normalize the voltage. See figure 9.3.
)0 ll Lit Chal WIBC C Scn M H A Vali 04m 100
~tl Owetl ~
~
ttlllC 5cptlll Figure 9.3 Setting 400 KHz pancake coil to 5.00 volts Page 62
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 9.3.4 Calibration Curves 9.3.4.1 Set a three-point calibration curve with the 400 KHz channel utilizing the 100 40% flaws in the calibration standard. Use the actual values from the as-built drawing for the values.
Cerse Ospl Ster ~
Cum Tool e Set uo ZOoe. l tvut the Curve 00 Potrt I
tte5o t 'tv oe Ore ter Curve lO Potnt lot tteer Suer Cleer Cess Curve ootnt
<eeo, Out Se't 5c@t ~
ttot Eutt l00 Cesrees Oelete Keeo Mo Curve Eutt Eutt Figure 9.4 Calibration curve for 400 KHz Pancake coil 9.3.5 Down Locator Coil 9.3.5.1 If a down-locator coil is utilized, adjust the display for a positive vertical deflection from the four responses.
9.3.5.2 Adjust the span so the largest of the down-locator signals is within screen saturation.
9.3.6 Set Up Terrain Mapping The first step in setting the terrain mapping parameters has been accomplished by setting the axial scale.
9.3.6.1 Select the MRPC menu and proceed to "User Select" to select several MRPC parameters.
Page 63
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 9.3.6.2 Adjust the trigger channel to that which was noted earlier in this section.
9.3.6.3 Auto trigger and Same Channel may be selected as the Analyst desires.
9.3.6.4 Tubing diameter should be set to 0.664", representing the ID of the tube. See figure 9.5 KRATIgl SZLECTAILES CSCAN Tgpe of Scan ) COITPlIIJS <need )TIFC, RAAC))tip RASTER or )ALII 5CAN nodule)
Trigger Channel Auto Trigger Sane Cnannnet Tubing Olwwtar
> )0.80 O.got in Correlation Filter -> Off LIE ON/Orf LIE OFF STRIP CHARTS W/Off STRIP CHART OfF ROTATE DATA COIL )ICKIER I 2 a 5 0 f ROTATE DECREE ) 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 RASTER PARAHETERS Ratter Orientation SIIJAltE AXIlg.
Ratter Indee ) 22. 22 0.0)5 ln Rector Trigger Chanc I l Flip The Data --)
CLIP PLOT FOR FILTERED DATA 5 Default Trigger Pulae Vldthi SET Dledlad Rotating Tleld Datai Scan Length For Rotating field Data 55 4)t Figure 9.5 MRPC terrain plot set-up parameters 9.3.6.5 The "Rotate Data" function should be disabled for single coil operation.
9.3.6.6 Return to the C-scan display and adjust the cursor and window to encompass a section of the standard which contains several flat bottom holes.
9.3.6.7 Adjust the X rotation to 70, and the Z rotation to 315. These values may change depending on specific plot parameters.
Page 64
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 9.3.6.8 Select nCIC/AXL CSCAN" to display a terrain plot of the desired area. An acceptable plot should be displayed. See figure 9.6.
ODs a Unkncee) Calo a ubrpctstl Call )fED 0)27 DEC 26-90 SO 10 RQf 999 LlH 999 1 3 1: 4Q PAH 1: 400 PAH span 8 rot 210 Vee ~ of'ans a 85 XS YScalea 0.5 Trig Of'feet ~ 45 rllte~) Ofr Points/San ~ 137 4 Pu)ses7 HO UPdate Ax)al LlzV HO 1 .55....,.
CIA Llz X Rotation a 70.0 X Teanslatlon m
+ 2 Rotation a 315.0 Y Translation ~
ARROM CIC/AXL HEAS on)
REF RSH X2 /2 PRINT
(
SELECT XHATCH (63) 30 10 an)
Figure 9.6 Example C-Scan Terrain plot of calibration standard Page 65
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 9.3.7 Clip Plot Set up 9.3.7.1 Select the "MEAS FLAW" menu.
9.3.7.2 Select "ADJUST CLIP" in the "0" box to adjust the clip level.
9.3.7.3 Click and drag the threshold line until the base line of the standard is slightly exceeded. See figure 9.7.
~ + IkbTOC'N'C C4 1 11 400 PAN cyan 0 Pot 240 CLIP SIZE CLIP PLOT 0 270 0 2 IS 5 Icw Figure 9.7 Adjustment of Clip Plot Threshold level Page 66
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 9.3.7.4 Select "CLIP PLOT" in the NON box to display the clipped plot.
This menu is also used to adjust a display box used to approximate indication size. This feature will not be discussed at this time. See figure 9.8.
~ e ~ e Vorcctetl ca k I LN 10 5 ll e00 PAN ll 400 PAN econ 8 rot 2e0 Vert ~ oF Scene 85 X4YScalee 0.5 Trig OFFeet e '5 1 Points/Scan ~ Crack lllcth a 0.24 Crack Length 0.26 1.55...

"":XRotation e 4 Rotation e

~.0:0.0 -
'X Tranelatlcn I
Y Trw>>!ation e
~
AMUST RIPITIT PRINT SIZE CLIP PLOT 0 MS Sloe Figure 9.8 Clip Plot of ASME FBH's The displays should appear round and uniform. If this is not the case, axial scale and tube diameter setting should be verified.
Adjustment of the axial scale may be necessary for a desirable clip plot.
Page 67
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 9.4 DATA SCREENING All data observed on the strip charts and the lissajous will be evaluated. A terrain plot of the entire strip chart will be performed to insure full evaluation of. the entire length of data and area of interest.
9.4.1 Strip Charts 9.4.1 ~ 1 Set the left strip chart to 400 KHz vertical and the right strip chart to 100 KHz vertical. Both of these should be at the set-up spans established previously.
9.4.1.2 lf span settings seem inappropriate, consult the Senior Analyst for alternate setting acceptance.
9.4.2 Lissajous 9.4.2.1 Set the lissajous to 400 KHz at the set-up span established previously. Final report values for voltage, depth, and axial position will be taken from this channel.
9.4.3 Use of Filters 9.4.3.1 A band-pass or other approved filtering method may be used to assist in flaw detection, however, initial screening must be accomplished without their use. IN no case shall any measurements be taken from filtered data without permission from the Senior Analyst. See Table 9.1 for Single Coil MRPC set-up parameter summary.

9. 5 EVALUATION 9.5.1 Initial Screening of the data will be performed at set-up span settings.

Page 68
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 9.5.2 Check the 100 or 10 KHz strip chart for the presence of support structures and locate them manually with the appropriate names. See figure 9.9 OOe a Iaeg95120 4I ~ e 50IIICOl.OOIII Zggi 9152g20 Oggc 51 9) 50 il ggogg 4 LIH 5 10 7 Ig c00 rgH Sg 10 egH lg c00 rAH ggeggt~t Vert Vert 1.10 v/0 aoan 10 eot 255 Ivae 1921 2oan 20 10 gg2 gg2 Llx Chan ggeggtH.ee Cgsmet C-5cen gggglt Vnx Con 100 M.155 DOH a 12.22 Data Direct Ogoceaa Channels orlnt 5c veen Figure 9.9 Locating structures 9.5.3 A terrain plot of the entire strip chart will be performed to insure full evaluation of the entire length of data and area of interest.
9.5.4 Suspect indications should be evaluated using lissajous, terrain plots and clip plots in order to determine whether the signal is of a flaw or deposit origin.
9.5.5 Record all indications in accordance with section 11.
Page 69
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 9.5.6 Single Coil IVIRPC Examination Calibration Parameters CHANNELS
" 8pall::::Ny@C': 5-6 div 5-6 div 5-6 div 5-6 div 2 3 dlv PM Horiz PM Horiz PM Horiz vertical vertical
'iICiigtdP~i:,j'-,.,:. 60% 60% 60% Trigger support ASME ASME ring Degree N/A N/A N/A N/A c.'..I/nits t",P:~m$ :;:> 60% - 5v Norm. Norm. N/A Norm.
DATA SCREENING Left Strip Chart: 400 KHz PAN Vert Right Strip Chart: 100/10 KHz Vert Liss.: CH 1 f400 KHzl Notes:
Above spans are a minimum for initial screening Voltage normalized to channel 1 RECORDING REQUIREMENTS Graphics: Generated by Resolution unless otherwise indicated Recording:
Channel 1: Degradation, NQI, POS Table 9.1 Single Coil Analysis Parameters Page 70
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Section 10.0 THREE COIL MRPC PROBE CALIBRATION AND EVALUATION 10.1 Probe Description The three-coil probe is used to examine the straight sections of the SG tubes, however, three-coil probes may be used for bend areas also.
The three-coil probe used for these examinations is shown in figure 10.1. This device rotates the three coil probe head with pancake, axial wound and cicumferentially wound coils, and marks each revolution with a trigger signal. Axial translation of the probe through the SG tube is done by a probe pusher. The net result of the simultaneous axial and circumferential probe translations is a helical scan with a pitch of about 0.040 inches.
a RECChwEHOEO RKBE OIA
~
~
(NQ4HAL TUBE lO. -.OCSI NCAINAL TUBE I.O. ROTATICNAL
~ .OIB I OIIIECTICN I R >COL o ~
Ooe Oo R 3 COL % 2 CO'3 CO'2 C' RS C¹ gi
~ AbuRT P~E CL
~
TEST
'I AXIN. CRUX CENTSCATKN PKHTIAL'RACK CO'SN P440 CKHTFCA1KN COL Figure 10.1 Three coil MRPC probe head It is very important that the calibration standard runs and test runs are performed at the same rotational and axial translation speeds. Failure to do so will cause errors in axial position and flaw length measurements. Data Analysts should check runs and periodically check tube tests for consistency and speed. all'alibration Page 71
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 10.3 Frequency Applications 10.3.1 400 KHz 10.3.1.1 This is the optimum frequency for plotting terrain maps and clip plots. This frequency has an optimum phase separation for the ASME flaws. It is not adversely affected by deposits on the OD of the tube.
10.3.1.3 This is the primary frequency used for plotting the lissajous signal from which the voltage, phase angle and depth are reported.
10.3.3 600 KHz 10.3.3.1 This frequency may be used for data evaluation and signal confirmation.
10.3.3.3 This frequency is also used as a secondary plotting channel.
1 0.3.3 100 KHz 10.3.3.1 This frequency may be used for data evaluation and signal confirmation.
10.3.4 10 KHz 10.3.4.1 This frequency is used for structure location.
Page 72
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 10.4 Calibration 10.4.1 Span and Rotation Settings 10.4.1.1 Load the calibration standard into RAM.
10.4.1.3 Rotate the displays for each pancake coil (coil 1) so probe noise is horizontal. Rotate the displays for the axial'0 coil (coil 5) and circ. coil (coil 7) so probe motion noise is horizontal.
10.4.1.3 Rotate the low frequency (10 KHz) channel so the carbon steel support structures move in vertically when encountered.
10.4.1.4 Note the trigger channel (square pulse signal) which will be used to adjust operator parameters for the C-scan display. The channel number will be required for terrain plot set-up.
10.4.1.5 Find the largest of the 60% Flat bottom hole signals (hits), and place it alone in the window using the 400 KHz pancake coil. See figure 10.2.
bbebl+beb TbbCe hbCbbeb
~ C)i Cebe bbC IC Lba Cheb bWC&blt Chew C bee C Cceb Deb e Obbee behb tbeebbe Chew I ~
b eb b*I Cbweb Figure 10.2 60% FBH in window (400 KHz PAN) 10.4.1.6 Adjust the span so the signal occupies 4-5 grid divisions. Repeat this step for all applicable pancake coils.
'OFor the remainder of this section, "axial coil" refers to a circumferentially P wound coil which is sensitive to axial flaws, and the "circ. coil" refers to an axially wound coil which is sensitive to circumferential flaws.
Page 73
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 10.4.1.7 Change to the 400 KHz axial coil.
10.4.1.8 Adjust the span so the signal occupies 4-5 grid divisions. Repeat this step for all applicable pancake coils.
10.4.2 Axial Measurement Scale Use the 10 KHz pancake coil for axial measurement to structures; if calibration standard indications are used for scale setting, use a higher frequency pancake coil to locate the indications.
10.4.2.1 Using the manual locating option, set the zero point by placing the cursor on the first reference point, and selecting a support structure in the landmarks column using the left mouse button.
10.4.2.2 Scroll to the next signal with a known scale, and adjust the scale reading by clicking and dragging the right mouse button in the landmarks column. Store your settings with the file save function.
In figure 10.2, the scale is set between the 4 x 20% flaws and the 100-60-40 flaws which are 0.75" away.
10.4.3 Voltage Setting Use the 400 KHz pancake coil to set initial voltage.
10.4.3.1 To set voltage, scroll the largest signal of the 60% FBH (as in step 10.4.1.5).
Page 74
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 1 0.4.3.2 As in single coil examination, go to the "Set Volt Units" menu and adjust the voltage to 5.00 volts. Save and store this setting to all pancake coils which will normalize the voltage for the pancake coil. See figure 10.3.
Isesshsl ~ iiIC c Itc l IlSIll hc S Ss SO ll cce SSS till'ett lt )
'l s00 Clec 'lit lc UX It soo esececc Iast lssl Vest O.ts see seas SS set SSO csee Set seat I Ill Xl lt Lit Chal asst csst Chasse l isteC C Scat ISO
'S 00 ve te Se es SOS I<SOS vtt ~ O.SO Sets Olsectese esecese
. Chattel ~
~'
Octet tcsese Figure 10.3 Setting 400 KHz pancake coil to 5.00 volts 10.4.3.3 Repeat step 10.4.3.2 for the axial coil and circumferential coil.
Page 75
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 1 0.4.4 Calibration Curves 1 0.4.4.1 Set a three-point calibration curve with the 400 KHz pancake coil channel utilizing the 100 40% flaws in the calibration standard. Use the actual values from the as-built drawing for the values. See figure 10.4.
targe Osple Store Cvm Table Setup Ecae. l kotbe Curve OD Potrt
>aTPll'tude &ther Curve TD PoTnt lpt tlear Soar Clear test Curve Point seep gut Set Scale pot Eel TDO degrees Delete Keep Tevd Curve Catt Estt e
Figure 10.4 Calibration curve for 400 KHz Pancake coil 10.4.5 Set Up Terrain Mapping The first step in setting the terrain mapping parameters has been accomplished by setting the axial scale.
10.4.5.1 Select the MRPC menu and proceed to "User Select" to select several MRPC parameters.
10.4.5.2 Adjust the trigger channel to that which was noted earlier in this section.
10.4.5.3 Auto trigger and Same Channel may be selected as the Analyst desires.
Page 76
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 10.4.5.4 Tubing diameter should be set to 0.664", representing the ID of the tube. See figure 10.5 CSCAH OPERATE SELECTASLES Type oF Scan CCHTIMEM lneed aeaPC. CRACKHAP. RASTER. or MLTI SCaya aodule>
Trlggea'hannel Auto Trigger Saae Chaantel Tubing Disaster IS,SS as O.Age in Correlation F l I ter LIZ Iya/OFF ) LIZ OFF STRIP ISI4RTS Oa/OFF STRIP CHART OFF ROT4TE DATA COIL HISSER S d 2 ROTATE DECREE 0 0 0 0 I20 0 Zao RASTER PARAHETERS Sestet'rientettc1l SZRNE AXIAL Raster Indea ) 22.22 as O.STS in Reste Tel ggea Chang > I I Flip The Dots TES CLIP PLOT FOR FILTERED DATA 0 Deteult Trigger pulse yldtha SET PRINT Diepley Ro'toting Field Datei Scan Length for Rotating Plaid Date cwats SETT@ Exit Figure 10.5 IVIRPC terrain plot set-up parameters 10.4.6.5 The "Rotate Data" function should enabled for three coil operation.
This allows efficient comparison between coils without the physical 120 degree offset.
10.4.6.6 Return to the C-scan display and adjust the cursor and window to encompass a section of the standard which contains several flat bottom holes.
10.4.6.7 Adjust the X rotation to 70, and the Z rotation to 315. These values may change depending on specific plot parameters.
Page 77
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 10.4.6.8 Select NCIC/AXL CSCAN" to display a terrain plot of the desired area. An acceptable plot should be displayed. See figure 10.6.
~ lrknovn ~ ~ 11 000ee Iw )I)IS)II JIX-20-9e 50 11 RON 999 1.IN 999 10 I

3) a00 CIRC I) a00 PANCAKC soon 59 rot 320

~ or Seas X 1 T Scale ~ 1.0 TrlS 0/lect ~ Tllterl OPT Polnte/Scen a e Pel eee1 )6 Uodate Aelel L)te NO
.55 0 0. 55 Circ Llx Rotation ~ 70,0 x Trane)at)on a 0 Rotation ~ 315.0 T Trent)ation ~ 0 CIC/AXL NCAS on) RIP R5N XS-n PRINT NAIN SKLCCT XNATCN ( IS)
I on)
Figure 10.6 Example C-Scan Terrain plot of calibration standard Page 78
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 10.4.7 Clip Plot Set up Use the 400 KHz pancake coil for initial set-up.
10.4.7.1 Select the "MEAS FLAW" menu.
10.4.7.2 Select "ADJUST CLIP" in the "0" box to adjust the clip level.
10.4.7.3 Click and drag the threshold line until the base line of the standard is slightly exceeded. See figure 10.7.
N 3: 400 CIRC I: 400 PANCAKE R 59 rOt 320
)
C P
I 0.55... ,
~ -5 ...,...
.TDPR5.E!-.
ADJU5 I CLIP PAINT CLIP PLOT 5!EE ICICLE 0 220 0 3!5 30 5 Ion Figure 10.7 Adjustment of Clip Plot Threshold level Page 79
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 10.4.7.4 Select "CLIP PLOT" in the "0" box to display the clipped plot.
This menu is also used to adjust a display box used to approximate indication size. See figure 10.8.
horh ~ ~ L v Sg c00 COC l ~ 400 tlcccKT ecch 50 rot -20 Vert ~ or 5cehe ~ X ~ Y Tccle ~ I.O Trlc Otreet ~ IO Tlltrrt Ocr torhte/Tech ~ TS Crece vlcttt ~ 0,25 th Crock Lehcthe 025 lh 0.55 0.55 IOO X Octet loh 0.0 X Treheletleh ~
2 Itetet tert ~ 0.0 Y Tr~lctloh ~
~ SXITT C,lt Ntt OTC MINT CXIT 0, lt ttOT 2 SITC 0 2TO 0 5l5 0 Slt Figure 10.8 Clip Plot of ASME FBH's The displays should appear round and uniform. If this is not the case, axial scale and tube diameter setting should be verified.
Adjustment of the axial scale may be necessary for a desirable clip plot.
Page 80
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 10.5 DATA SCREENING All data observed on the strip charts and the lissajous will be evaluated. A terrain plot of the entire strip chart will be performed to insure full evaluation of the entire length of data and area of interest.
10.5.1 Strip Charts 10.5.1.1 Set the left strip chart to 400 KHz PAN vertical and the right strip chart to 100 KHz PAN vertical. Both of these should be at the set-up spans established previously.
10.5.1.2 If span settings seem inappropriate, consult the Senior Analyst for alternate setting acceptance.
10.5.2 Lissajous 10.5.2.1 Set the lissajous to 400 KHz PAN at the set-up span established previously. Final report values for voltage, depth, and axial position will be taken from this channel.
10.5.3 Use of Filters 10.5.3.1 A band-pass or other approved filtering method may be used to assist in flaw detection, however, initial screening must be accomplished without their use. /n no case shall any measurements be taken from filtered data without permission from the Senior Analyst. See Table 10.1 for a summary of Single Coil MRPC set-up parameters.
Page 81
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 10.6 EVALUATION 1 0.6.1 Initial Screening of the data will be performed at set-up span settings.
10.6.2 Check the 100 or 10 KHz strip chart for the presence of support structures and locate them manually with the appropriate names. See figure 10.9 for a typical Top-of-Tubesheet location.
l O<25t52 too 2MB 50 Dl atw oo hilt 27 lD 75 lt a00 POC le lO taaC lit lo Date naat loot O.CI v/d anan 0 tot Ol tvoa Zoos 50 lO 22 IQ Ltt Chan nant.LMc thnvaa l lian vsx Onn lOO t&l55 HT5 s 0.00 Data Dttottost Ostnt Doaaan Figure 10.9 Locating structures 10.6.3 A minimum of a pancake coil terrain plot of the entire strip chart will be performed to insure full evaluation of the entire length of data and area of interest Subsequent terrain plots with other frequencies and coils may be used to augment analysis. See.Appendix A for further details.
10.6.4 Suspect indications should be evaluated using lissajous, terrain plots and clip plots in order to determine whether the signal is of a flaw or deposit origin.
10.6.5 Record all indications in accordance with section 11.
Page 82
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 1 0.6.6 Three - Coil MRPC Examination Calibration Parameters CHANNELS
'::i<i:,.:NNA so~x~kbi<
"Spaf%@': '-'$
5.6 div 5.6 div 5-6 div 5.6 div 5-6 div 5.6 div 5.6 div Phase %W:Cg PM Horiz PM Horiz PM Horiz PM Horiz PM Horiz. PM Horiz PM Horiz j,':.:Cat::,8g ""," 60% ASME 60% ASME 60% ASME 60% ASME 60olo ASME 60% ASME 60% ASME Degree N/A NIA NIA N/A NIA NIA
'coc./ Ycc;:4):"c.
60% - Sv 60% -5v 60% - 5v Norm. CH 1 Norm. CH 2 Norm. CH 3 Norm. CH 1 CHANNELS 4 div 5.6 div 5-6 div 2 dlv 5.6 div
/Phase..'.':;::~"";! vertical PM Horiz PM Horiz CS Vert PM Horiz Trigger 60% ASME 60% ASME Supportring 60% ASME Cflrve mgpcys N/A N/A NIA N/A N/A

,;V'o'It's,'-.,".;"'-.,:;:;: N/A Norm. CH 2 Norm. CH 3 NIA Norm. CH 1 DATA SCREENING Left Strip Chart: 400 KHz PAN Vert Right Strip Chart: 100/10 KHz PAN Vert Liss.: CH 1 (400 KHz)

Notes:
Above spans are a minimum for initial screening Voltage normalized for each coil RECORDING REQUIREMENTS Graphics: Generated by Resolution unless otherwise indicated Recording:
Channel 1: Degradation, NQI, POS Table 10.1 Three -Coil Analysis Parameters Page 83
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 SECTION 11.0 MRPC Probe Recording Requirements and Acronyms 11.1 RECORDING NDD RESULTS Tubes having no recordable indications are considered NDD tubes.
11.1.1 Graphic printouts will be generated as directed by the Lead or Senior Analysts.
11.1.3 Record a NDD result in the final report. Be sure to enter the proper extent according with the established recording format.
11.3 RECORDING FLAW INDICATIONS - SINGLE COIL - U-BEND DATA Allsuspect flaw-like signals shall be recorded for further evaluation by the resolution team(s) ~ If the data Analyst (Primary or Secondary) is unsure of a signal, orientation, etc., a POS acronym may be used to insure the indication is evaluated further.
11.3.1 Graphic printouts will be generated as directed by the Lead or Senior Analysts. See figures 11 1 - 11.3 for example graphics of single-coil
~
MRPC displays.
I 91 55 ll ltd' LIN 4 ID 9 Ntvt Lect I.ld v/4 veen 10 /et 254 Ivdc Zoot 50 12 X2 Llc ~
/2 Nvd Van 140 2.14 vclt ~ &5 dv 5CI I LI55 Vl 1,22 DI/ceto~
9/aeter Oww lc Figure 11.1 Example SAI Lissajous Page 84
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1
~ I ~ I~ ll I I 4 toft I ll AOO 7 tin 0 IO \
lt C00 tiol lt OOO I'AN OOon LO rot 228 Vrrt ~ of Scono 42 X ~ Y Scolo I.O frlf Offoot ~ fILtorl Off tolntollcon Ol ~ to iooof NO LOLOOto AOIOL Lltf NL I, IS,....
.I4 Circ LII 0 I, l4 tototlon ~ 10.0 X Jronolotlon ~
Ilototlon ~ SI0.O Y fronolotlon ~
CIC/os USDL nfAS AIfAS< 20OI X2 If tolof CSCAN SILSC I fuW LIOLICN I Oo I So I0 StaN SCAN SJtn I on>
Figure 11.2 Sample SAI Terrain Map Record the 400 KHz peak-to-peak results into the report, insuring the proper location, voltage and extent. See figure 11.3 ~
Page 85
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 LASt neer lr Line Line Line 1ne r ocetlcvltxxxxxxtotxxxxl x en
~ 1st Line Clear LIne HEX 1 S.9 8 IH 2.02 11H11C Line r w WWGQWOQXWWWWWWWWWXILILWWWWWWWWWWWWWWQQW11t Wii'AxihiXWG'AiGRWWWWWQ'AXWWWWWtWQQQt'tWWQWWWtWttQWtWtWtQQttW WWWWWW%
wPWPWWN'PWPWPWGQ1LPW PPwPWPttQNt1iwwwwwwwwwx wwWwwwwwwwwwt Append IR Vlw Append OR Vlw Cnter Cnter prlserV eeoonderV Consent 80th Enter Report / Sxit enter RRT + HT Figure 11.3 Example report entry for SAI flaw 1 1.3.3 Change the "%" column to the appropriate "POS", etc.
1 1.3.4 If multiple axial indications are located along the same plane, record the largest indication using "POS" in the "%" column.
11.3s5 Multiple axial indications along the axis of the tube should be recorded separately using "POS".
11.4 RECORDING FLAW INDICATIONS - THREE COIL - Top-of-Tubesheet DATA Allsuspect flaw%ke signals shall be recorded for further evaluation by the resolution team(s). If the data Analyst (Primary or Secondary) is unsure of a signal, orientation, etc., a POS acronym may be used to insure the indication is evaluated further. See Appendix A for further details.
11.4.1 Graphic printouts will be generated as directed by the Lead or Senior Analysts. See figures 11.4 - 11.9 to follow.
1 1.4.2 Record the 400 KHz peak-to-peak results into the report, insuring the proper location, voltage and extent.
Page 86
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 11.4t3 Ghange the "%" column to "POS".
1 1.4.4 lf multiple circumferential indications are located along the same plane, record the largest indication using "POS" in the "%" column.
11.4.5 Multiple circumferential indications along the axis of the tube should be recorded separately using "POS".
4 ttI
~ AI ~~4~~
44ttt IIII Itta lee I~ I~
II~ Oat 4 ~ 4
~I I~ It & I~ 4 ttt ~ II ~tt ~ 4 tttt 4tttttt 4 at Figure 11.4 - Pancake Lissajous Figure 11.5 - Axial Lissajous Page 87
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 N ~ W Colo Note<<He>> lse>> Nal Pea<<Ho V II ats If lie llo I ~ tf
~ N>>S<< lee>> OI W OH<<el
<<ISH<<04 <<Stoa S Jta>>H N IS ea ~~ II IH I~ ll
~s ~S a f\CSOI N oa IN I
~ I loca Vfw ~
ol ~ ~ t Volt ~ I.~
sC IS ~ Ills S Vl IS ~ <<Iwt IO IDWo ~ Hl Islt IO Iso I~
lilDa atC CHw
<>ass ~
o>>ales ILt ~ I<<eIHW ~
<<l IWo ls ~ . ~ T T<<el>>l>>
~ ~ ~
Nf<~~>ff fo<<t <<ts~~
~~~ ~~~
eases I ea Ills N It v>> osa osa Figure 11T6 - Circ. Lissajous Figure 11o7 - Pancake Terrain plot oo OII faf<<f Hsseasse>> ~ oas I ~ Jeae>> N ~ I ee I II Ho I ~ lf
~~~s ~ eat fa e ll I~ H i<<clef~~
~~~ tf Nee ~~~
~~I Wll'O e N o>> VI~~
~ VN ~I ~ ~ ~ <<W Lt ~I ~ ~ ~ Slat ~ IO T.N Vfw
~~<<Hoss<<>>~~
~~lt ~ IIWI Vt ~ a Vfw~~
~~<<w>>N>> ~~~
~~tl fille ~ Vt~~
~ <<WH D ~ fel ~ SO a<<H <<sol Ivt lo sswa tati list
~~.ts HLII H IS ~~~
~~N>>Iles ~ N. ~ ~ lfeelolles <<>>I I>> N.t ~ 'Ise Ww~~
<<SHW IILt I I<<<<l>>W SHoae ~ NLS ~ ~ eel>><> IVII IO ft ft>>I selt CIC/ee lttl <<ol I OSI ~ I <<V IIDI sf>>st fist f sale CICes IDCCI Hfa ~ asDs I et
~~~ IN ~ t V<<efa Oas Cps NIIIT fve aeaa I oa sl'll N lt vw e<>~~
Figure 11.8 - Axial Terrain plot Figure 11o9 - Circ. Terrain Plot s ~ I el N Is fs sl I ea eoc IS Sla S<<e e ~ o>> ~ ~
~~~ of Nea I~ ~ ~ ~ twl~ ~ IO I II Vfoa Isla I Vt~~
~~<<HSOSSW ~ tol 'I la seoHo <<IH IIV IO IN~~
~~~ .II~~
~~~ IH>>le ~ NO ~ ~ eel>>ae ~~~
I I>>HI>> ~ TV ~ I I o<<IHI>> o INsee svt NH w<> Nl oat <<te <<to Cps loll ~ fvll & ~ TDs Ills lt I~ Das lees lese
~~~ ea Figure 11.9c - MCI indication Page 88~~
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 11.5 RECORDING FLAW INDICATIONS - THREE COIL - Support Intersection DATA Allsuspect flaw-like signals shall be recorded for further evaluation by the resolution team(s). If the data Analyst (Primary or Secondary) is unsure of a signal; orientation, etc., a NQI acronym may be used to insure the indication is evaluated further.
~~11.5.1 Graphic printouts will be generated as directed by the Lead or Senior Analysts. See figures 11.10 - 11.16 to follow.~~
~~11.5.2 Record the 400 KHz peak-to-peak results into the report, insuring the proper location, voltage and extent.~~
~~~ \&eel~~
~~~ III~~
~~~ I t* << ~ I Wa W ~ It Figure 11.10 - Locate P-P on PAN Lissajous Figure 11.11 - Edit "%" call to "POS" 11.5.3 Change the "%" column to the appropriate "POS", "SAI", "MAI", etc.~~
~~11.5.4 If multiple axial indications are located along the same plane, record the largest indication using "POS" or "MAI" in the "%" column.~~
~~11.5.5 Multiple axial indications along the axis of the tube should be recorded separately using "POS" or "SAI ".~~
~~Page 89~~
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 No OWIDl Cosa ODIK<<I4IN s<<o Ia<<alt sse<<san N D <<a I~ ls>> ID I~ 10 ONOXO Cele I>>l I Nasl Ne<<O<<s I\ <<N ~ et CO ~ ~ SCDI>><<a>>lse N sl N>> I~ ll>> ID IS le
~~~ ~ <<<< ~ ~ N~ III Io ~~~
~~~ Nve<<<<ota<< IN ~ Nve N 1~~
~ ea<<<>N<<l Q a Caa ~ N W IN I <<>> IN ON ~ <<IN ~ D Mae N Oa
~ <<SN 4 ON ~ 0. el Figure 11.12 Figure 11.13 Axial Lissajous for Support Flaw Circ. Lissajous for Support Flaw oo 0<<NID c<<a aos<<<<Nasa No Nsa N IIM<<41 os<< <<0 eel<<ID D N N 0<<NID I<< IDIO<<NI>> an
~~~ \ <<N ~ <<at V ~ M tll~~
~~~ N N os<<<<ew ND eN s~ De sD D le V~~~
~
~~~ <<N ~ l4 M Nt~~
~ ~ ~ I NeN ~ I ~ ~ V Nae ~ 0 I ~ lease 'l.l Iasl Nests ~ IIINN Ne SNS VION
~ olaavloN 1l INN Ns
~~~ telWI IO MNVNN M ~~~
~~a<<NN MN lnl a<<~~
~
~~att<<o NCN CNI a<<~~
~~N, IN I a ~~~
~~It.t I IMtl<<IN M<<aN stn IN<<I<<IN ~~~
~~IILt I IN leal<< 0<<NS ~ SILt 0~~
~~1 IN lessee C CCI<<s ww ION aeo<<~~
I ON IIIIN SDa Dvt Na>> a<<N Cise<<L a>>I>> <<Na N a<<SD I>>VI sea>> a<<N I<><<so 0<<soa I
~~~ sts N o>> Icaa Ica CICaa NIICI SU@I ~ sos N It aa<<K<< Io>>~~
Figure 11.14 Figure 11.15 Pancake Terrain Plot of Support Flaw Axial Terrain Plot of Support flaw
~~~a ~ NNool KI IN IV<<aol se N <<a ~ ~ I IN I ~ Ie Ia ONt sa <<<<c aev lt Na Ns~~
~ oe Ne<< N ~ ~ ~ IVIt ~ I 4 I ll 41<<oe ~ It Isla ~ Vt tea<<<<SIN ~ D ~ el IMI IO
~~>>INN Nial Dlt ot IN CN Mal N ~ Io.t IN<<I<<M~~
~~>>NOIM CILt I SNNINM ~~~
~~~ aea I~ I <<esne IIDI D.el Nt<<<>~~
~~I 0<<IW II II N N Ical Oleo IC<<e I~ ~~~
~~Figrge1901 6 Circ. Terrain Plot of Support Flaw~~
~~SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 11.6 Final Report The following information (subject to changes by data management) will be recorded in the final report section of the data analysis program.~~
11.6.1 The Header information should be recorded using the report builder software in Eddynet. The header should contain the same information as for bobbin data. See section 7.1 for details.
~~11 ~ 6.2 For each tube evaluated with no indications an entry must be made that contains the SG ID (from Acquisition), Row, Line and Extent.~~
~~11.6.3 For each indication evaluated an entry must be made that includes the SG ID, Row, Line, Volts, Degrees, Percent depth or acronym, Location and Extent.~~
~~11.6.4 For any restricted or incomplete tubes, the correct retest (R code) acronym should be placed in the percent column, and the last tested extent in the Extent column.~~
~~11.6.5 No blank lines should appear on the report.~~
~~1 1.6.6 Messages may be inserted within the body of the report as required.~~
~~The Analyst's signature and data shall accompany every page of the printed report. See figure 7.2.~~
11.7 Reporting Acronyms The acronyms listed below are used in the percent column of the Final Report to describe a particular condition for MRPC results. Other acronyms may be used as listed in the Bobbin Probe Section (7.2) or as directed by the Senior Analyst or Utility representative. I
~Acron m Condition SAI Single Axial Indication MAI Multiple Axial Indication - more than one indication in the same axial plane SCI Single Circumferential Indication MCI Multiple Circumferential Indication - more than one indication in the same circumferential plane POS POSsible Indication - Used to flag an indication for Lead Analyst review PIT Acronym to describe a volumetric indication indicating a pit-type flaw Page 91
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 11.8 Data Anomalies The Analyst should be aware of data quality anomalies which may occur during the acquisition of eddy current data. Certain equipment failures, electrical noise interference, etcof can cause data which is unacceptable and must be re-acquired.
~~The following figures show several examples of data anomalies which should be flagged as RBD or Retest for Bad Data.~~
coe ~ cseossos ces ~ ~ sess ctsrcooe OIOOIII~ Iss esf sooS so ss osv <<cs. ~ I lo ss le COO tOC fs 100 tttC It OOO tetC I,SC elr oooo 10 tol seo 10 LI~ Coro ee I'Lees CSovvvt I IH.SSS sltocseto COeetele
~ toes Scteeo Figure 11.17 - RBD - Probe stopped rotating INI ~ orosllo cel ~ ~ Scllsctccosli svs loscosee tso sl 41 $0 II Isst 5 LIO 55 10 lo ls eCO Olff SI $00 O'Iff II e00 01st Vets Vtts 0.50 vtr cree r tos 445 set toots Seer 10 st IS LI\ Ctw C oo scots Ctoeees R
~~Io 0 Voe Coe 104 1~45$~~
~~Sole Oltecsetv ttoceee Ctvtvr I ~~~
~~ttsel Settee Figure 11.18 - RBD - Electrical spiking Page 92~~
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 SECTION 12.0 MRPC PROBE RESOLUTIONS 12.1 Conditions Requiring Resolution 12.1.1 If either the Primary. or Secondary Analyst or both reports a flaw indication as SAI, MAI, SCI, MCI, POS, NQI or LAR, a Lead Analyst shall review the data tape, resolve the discrepancy or verify the results and document and sign off on the results of this review.
12.1.2 If either the Primary or Secondary Analyst or both reports an unresolved signal indication, the Lead Analyst shall review the bobbin test data tape, determine the nature of the indication, (i.e. flaw, no flaw, geometry, etc.) size the indication (if a flaw), document and sign off on the results of the review. If the indication cannot be classified as a non-flaw, it shall be considered to be a flaw, and sized accordingly, except as discussed below If definitive data from other special tests (e.g. Ultrasonics, Liquid Penetrant) are available, this data may be used to resolve the status of the unresolved signal indication.
~~12.1.3 If, during the course of the resolution review, a Lead Analyst overrules~~
~an defect call (i.e., changes a repairable call by the Primary Analyst, Secondary Analyst, or both to a non-repairable call), or changes an unresolved signal indication to a (40% equivalent through wall flaw or to no flaw, then the reason for overruling shall be recorded. The Lead Analyst must then analyze all data from that tube for additional defects.
~~A second Lead Analyst is required to review the pertinent data and acknowledge his concurrence by signing the Final Report.~~
When concurrence between the two Lead Analysts cannot be reached, the most conservative resolution of the discrepancy shall be taken. In either case, both Lead Analysts are required to sign the Final Report.
12.1.5 Other discrepancies such as inconsistent extent of test, inconsistent calibration identification, etc., shall be resolved by data review if necessary. All resolutions and data modifications should be performed by Lead Analysts, except as defined in paragraph 8.1.6.
12.1.6 The Senior Analyst may designate types of "Administrative" errors which the Primary or Secondary Analysts or the Lead Data Management Operator/Systems Administration personnel will be allowed to resolve.
~~12.1.7 Table 12.1 provides a listing of error conditions.~~
~~Page 93~~
~~SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 12.1.8 Table 12.2 provides a listing of discrepancy conditions.~~
~~12.2 Resolution Documentation The following steps shall be used in resolving errors and discrepancies between Primary and Secondary analysis results:~~
12.2.1 The analyst will correct errors by using the Resolution analysis selection of the Eddynet software. Results and the final report will be generated separately from the Primary or Secondary results, although the Primary or Secondary report may be appended for non-resolved calls.
1 2.2.2 A "Compare Report" will be issued by the Eddynet compare program, or other approved vendor data management software listing discrepant conditions. This report will be used to document the Lead Analyst edits to the Final Report.
~~12.2.3 If no discrepant conditions occur between Primary and Secondary analysis, there may be not compare report generated.~~
~~12.2.4 The Lead Analyst will use the appropriate data and compare reports when resolving discrepancies.~~
1 2.2.5 The Lead Analyst will indicate when the Primary or Secondary or both analysis results are accepted without resolution be annotating the compare report with "PS" for primary call stands or "SS" for secondary call stands.
1 2.2.6 If the Primary or Secondary call is correct except for a change of one or more parameters in the call, the annotation "PC" for primary call change or "SC" for secondary call change may be used.
1 2.2.7 The Lead Analyst shall annotate "FC" for Fi'nal resolution Call if the resolved answer is different from the Primary Analyst, Secondary Analyst or both. See figure 12.1 for an example of a typical compare report.
~~Page 94~~
~~SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Dec 14 15:22 1994 /Cmp/ o ~ ~ / Page 1 der 1 nd25bb26.nd25bb26.diskless~~
~~/rod0101/primary/SG31HCAL00173 VS. /rod0101/secondary/SG31HCAL00173 FIELD SELECTION:~~
~~VOLTAGE NO PHASE ANGLE NO PERCENTAGE YES +/- 10 LOCATION YES +/- 0.50~~
-ranges YES +/- 0. 50 CHANNEL YES No Tolerance LOWER PERCENTAGE THRESHOLD < 20 UPPER PERCENTAGE THRESHOLD > 40 FIELD 6 SUPPRESSION FIELD 6 HIGHLIGHT : SAI MAZ SCI MCI POS NQI LAR NUMBER OF ENTRIES ON THIS PRINTOUT = 7 31 31 6 113 6 113 2 ~ 47 205 S I 1 V3 + 1.96 C6 C6 sec 31 31 6 123 6 123 1.49 160 P D 5.87 0 SAI 1 V3 1 V3
+
+
~~0.67 1.40 C6 C6~~
"'s sec 31 6 127 C6 pri 31 6 127 1.70 125 SAZ 1 V3 C6 31 6 127 C6 sec Figure 12.1 Typical Primary/Secondary Analysis Compare Report 12.2.8 The Lead Analyst should thoroughly review all available data on each tube for which a discrepancy is identified. All results should be listed under the Lead Analyst's name in the Resolution final report.
~~Page 95~~
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 As specified in section 7, if the 1st Lead Analyst dispositions a greater than 40% flaw or undefined type signal to a less than 40% flaw, a 2nd Lead Analyst must review the data. The second Lead Analyst acknowledges his concurrence by signing the Final Report..
Whenever concurrence in resolution cannot be reached, the most conservative call shall be retained. If the result is that a 240% or an undefined type indication is resolved to less than 40%, the reason must be specified on the Discrepancy Compare Report.
A Lead Analyst may not act as the 1st Analyst in resolving his own analysis results if he also acted as an Analyst (Primary or Secondary) for a particular calibration group. He may, however, assume the role of a 2nd Lead Analyst during resolution.
~~Page 96~~
~~SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 TABLE 12.1 DATA RECORDING ERROR CONDITlONS The reported steam generator identification is something other than "1", "2" or "3".~~

2. The SG identification does not agree with the SG identification code in the calibration number.

3. The reported tube does not exist

4. The reported row number is something other than 1 through 49.

5. The reported column number is something other than 1 through 114.

6. Missing probe or calibration designation

7. The reported flaw location is beyond the reported extent of the test.

8. Extents of test and flaw elevations which do not conform with the fact that there are eleven tube supports and four AVB's in the Shearon Harris Steam Generators.

9. The reported test extent is incorrect.

10. The extent of test in not reported.

11. Tubes reported as restricted or incomplete which do not have a corresponding extent of test.

12. Use of a three-letter reporting acronym with no established definition.

13. The final report header is not in the correct columns.

14. A plugged tube is reported as tested.

Page 97
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Table 12.2 RECORDING DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DATA ANALYSIS Either the Primary Analyst or Secondary Analyst or both reports a flaw as SAI, MAI, SCI, MCI or LAR.

2. Either the Primary Analyst or Secondary Analyst or both reports an anomalous indication (i.e., NQI, POS, etc.j in which the data suggests a reasonable probability that a flaw exists.

3. One Analyst reports a tube not reported by the other Analyst.

NOTE: Flaw locations reported by primary and secondary analysts must be within 0.5 inches of each other to be considered the same flaw.

4. The reported test extents are not in agreement.

5. The reported calibration identifications are not in agreement.

6. The reported steam generator identifications 'are not in agreement.

7. The reported probe entry sides are not in agreement.

8. The three-letter reporting acronyms are not in agreement.

Page 98
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1

12. 3 Resolution Reporting The resolution final report will be generated when all resolutions from the compare report are complete. The resolution header should contain the same information as the Primary or Secondary Analyst as indicated in section 7.

12.3.1 The Lead analyst should log in to the Eddynet software using the "RESOLUTION" analyst function. This process allows the compare process to be activated, and allows editing of the primary and secondary results into the resolution or "final" results.
12.3.2 Edits will be made during the compare process as documented in section 12.2.
12.3.3 When all compare edits are completed, the final report should be generated using the "BUILD REPORT" menu. The Lead analyst should select "APPEND PRIMARY" and "REPORT ALL USERS" to insure all entries are built into the report, including un-edited primary results".
12.3.4 The Lead analyst should check all entries on the compare report vs. the compiled final report to insure all resolutions were addressed.
12.3.5 The final report shall be signed by the Lead Analyst. If a resolution required another Lead Analyst, a second signature shall be included on the final report.
"If special circumstances arise, Secondary results may be appended rather than Primary. The Senior Analyst should be contacted for any changes.
Page 99
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 12.4 Resolution of Three-Coil Indications The three-coil probe offers information valuable in resolving indications which are difficult to quantify due to extraneous noise of various types. This section is intent to be a guide to assist the Lead Analyst in resolving certain three-coil data indications.
As indicated in the SG History in the forepart of this document, similar plants have experienced PWSCC Circumferential cracking at the top-of-tubesheet transition.
Because of the geometry of the tube transition, edge of the tubesheet itself, and other secondary side phenomena, possible ID indications are sometimes difficult to detect and quantify. The following examples should assist the Lead Analyst in data resolution.
12.4.1 A Circumferential ID indication will appear on the Lissajous display of the Pancake coil and Circumferential coil, but should be diminished on the Axial coil See figures 12.2 - 12.4
~
I Il ~
ll ~ ~
~ OIC C 'ka
~ el+
~ O4 l Ital CI~IOI Figure 12.2 - Circ. Crack - 400 KHz PAN Lissajous Figure 12.3 - Circ. Crack - 400 KHz AXL Lissajous
~ I /I III C~
C Seas Owlrel ~
Figure 12.4 Circ. Crack - 400 KHz Circ. Lissajous Page 100
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 12.4.2 Likewise utilizing the terrain plot, the same relation as described in paragraph 12.4.1 is true. See figures 12.5 - 12.7.
~ e sl ~ ~ ~ SI@l ~ ~ I, ~
I N Vtee ~ IONI Vl ~ V Slee ~ ~ I Slee ~ I,~
~ A IeNS INS VISN ~
tNNStON ~
tile l Vt teeet NNI lll'I O ~ ~ IN 'I lO letNS ~ lN ill~ el IS.S ~ ~ elNN IISO ~ I NNNIN ~ tt. ~ ~ lteelelel ~
SINS ~ It INl CICIAS WI ~ CNSI Oel net NISI Nle I I ICIOS OCI lell <<Ne I~ tcttst Ioe oel lel ~ eee CÃJSI OISCI tile ~ I ecto I lsl II I oe ov ICA'
~
e I CON NlCC ~ fLAt I eelol II II SS 'S oet KN KV
~ ee Figure 12.5 - Circ. Crack - PAN Terrain plot Figure 12S6 - Circ. Crack - AXL Terrain plot
~ V Slee ~ ~ ~ SIN ~ ~ IO I l~ Vtel ~ tele I Stt
~ ~ I I e lee ~ N llrt le
~ NNSN Ite ~ IMAININ SNNN1 ~ SIOS 'I INNINIAS c Otes Ncs ~ wl I~ Ntsot Ioe OM IS IN lele C!CAS lllCCI tlel I ecto IISI Sl ~ stel SOSI ICA
~ ~
Figure 12.7 - Circ. Crack - Circ. Terrain plot With other indications, the 3-coil relationship is not as d'efined. Other parameters must be used to define a flaw-like signal from geometry or other anomalies. One method which gives a good indication the signal is indeed a crack versus geometry, is to compare the voltage ratio between the circumferential coil and the axial coil. It is important that the correct voltage set-up is used to validate the results of this method.
1 2.4.3 After verifying the correct voltage set-up for the calibration group the Analyst is resolving, scroll the indication for the largest signal on the pancake coil.
1 2.4.4 With the coil rotation enabled (coil 5 at 120 and coil 7 at 240), go to the axial coil and note the voltage peak-to-peak. If the correct data points are not highlighted by the measuring points, reset to the proper data points.
Page 101
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 12.4.5 Repeat step 12.4.4 for the circ. coil. If the voltage of the circ. coil is at least 2/1 between that of the axial coil, it is evident that the indication is likely to be a flaw, and not geometry. See figures 12.8 - 12.9.
I LH l0>>
It Ll0 O>> Lll O>>0 OH>>L O>>>>>>l
~>> 0>> IH
~ 'H MI>>
~ H
~I O>>>>>>ll HI*0 H>>
Figure 12.8 Figure 12.9 Axial voltage of potential Circ. indication Circ. voltage of potential Circ. Indication Figure 12.8 shows a voltage of 0.34v on the axial lissajous, and figure 12.9 shows a voltage of 0.95v. This is a ratio of approximately 3/1.
Another method to assist in determining the validity of an indication, is to view the terrain plots; PAN, AXL 5 CIR for the indication in question. If the circumferential terrain plot is well defined, or shows a "rough edge" rather than a smooth transition, it is likely the indication is from a crack and not geometry.
1 2.406 Set the span settings to reference spans set during calibration, or insure the axial and circumferential coil spans are somewhat equal if reference spans are inappropriate.
Page 102
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 12.4e7 View the PAN, AXL, and CIR terrain plots. If the PAN and CIR plot show a defined crack-like signal, and the AXL does not, you may determine the indication to be a flaw, and not geometry. See figures 12.10 - 12.12.
~ et Voo ~ ~ ~ Velt 1. ~
WC VtW ~ I IWI Vt e ~ lwt IO leeNI Wtl ~ I ~ '
O e ww NO ~ I eolNle ~
~ tulle CIVI ~ VOWNNe ~
clcNN ooe 'o I OKO I Oe IettV VN IVII NIN <<le CÃee MICCI tlel ~ I II II C IIN NN I ve Figure 12.10 PAN Terrain Plot
~ V NW
~ l ~ VIVI~
~ ~ ~ e IVII VINtlVI I. ~ ~ tt Vw ~ ~ ~ INI~ I, ~
~ NI VtW II VIV ~ Vt t<<NIONO ~ le I I <<I ~ tlNVIO I~ ~ ~ IWe NONt Nttl elle '0 IOONI Nlel INI lel oNotc vrippie" in Circ. diapiay Na ~ ~ WININ ONeNN ~ tt ~ ~ I OOINN INNNe III.I I I eelNtN e iI ONNW ~ IIIV ~ I ~NeN ~
Cnet,i Nce I ~ ctee ICN \lot CNttN ItlCI NN <<OO little VO IVII NI ~
COeo ICICCI C Olo ~ tVC ~ III V Ci C%(A Kltn tilt A OOte Illl V ~ INO ICOI ICOI
~ ON ~ I ~ <> I<<alee<<l<<ll le ln<<<<M-D>> D II 4>> ~ ID D I ~ ~
)\>> IID <<<<4 I I.ll <<v << II >> nl I>>
tevl illa<< IIIa<<
av<<l
~ D ID N ~ D
~ 0 <<I<< ID ~ .'0 <<I<< II 14ID
~ Il ~ ~ D
~ I>><<n ~ 1<<n<<I 0<<vvn e<<1vll Figure A2 - 400 KHz AXL coil display Figure A2 - 400 KHz CIRC display Figure A4 shows the frequency phase relation between the pancake coils for the same indication in figures A1 - A3. Note the signal on the mix channel also.
004 ~ Wean 41 ~ ~ SOIIICI4000N TUS ISI42I4$ a45 22& 'IC II IVSI 40 LIV 50 IO ~
II 400 III IO 7ITC Q
IVVC II 4N eaC el 200 74TC 7I l00 744C Vill 7 7eec neet&tet Vert I.SVO 5 70 SSOS l,eVO S N0 54 0.7VO 5 ll SITI I.OVO 5 00 IQOS TVID O
neet~tet
% lect Vee T4a IOO 4,ISv 444 751
~ Ian val Onn IOO 2.75v Sle lan VDI Oen IOO + laS Vee Sen
~ .27v 224 IN D
IITS ~ 0.00 Q
Figure A4 - Phase relation for Circ. Indication Page 106
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Figures A5 - A7 show the Terrain plot for the indication shown in Figures A1 - A4.
Note the relationship between coils for the Circumferential indication.
<<Me
~ <<elec w a Mw
~ ~ Ii ~ ~ ~ IWl ~ Ia ~ <<Ma ~ ~ ~ ~ Ma ~ I.I Ial W<<l IIIWI<><<a>> ~ all ~
aaa>>la IIII a I\a>>>>la Ua le
~,ll e.a I Male ~ ILI ~ laalalel ~ ~ Male ~ Il el>>i<<1 I M>>M IILL l Iaal lal I Mal>> ~
~
calee Ml aa ~ ~ ee wM Iw >>ee>>l I >>I IILI ale>> Iee I I >>lae ~
II<> aUCI II>> <<eeee UII II II eel ~ eM I III II II Ile e>>I ala ee Figure A5 - 400 Khz PAN Terrain plot Figure A6 - 400 KHz AXL Terrain plot I LlVI>>M<< la II V ~ Wee>> a I el a II >> I~
~ <<UM ~ ~ ~ I>>ll l.e e II sea ~ al<>aeM ~ Illa<< Ie aeae>>al Ua e
~ IIMl>> ~ Ce I>>M I Mal>> ~ IIL\ ~ Ia MM ca>>a aa aa eae I e>> a>>>> Cee a<> ILICI llel I cele I II~ % II >>>> ele ICel Figure A7 - 400 KHz CIRC Terrain plot Page 107
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Figure A8 - A10 shows the Lissajous display for the same indication during the previous inspection outage in which it was not recorded. Note the diminished display and ambiguity of the signal on the three coils.
D ~ NN QIO ~ NIINOCOONI IW ~ 'I IO Ol ODDN N II D NIIO II I ~ IQ
~ I~ D ~O NO Nl lo ll II CWwl
~ NC CN Ca ~ N
~ .OI >>II N Nl INIII ON ~ ~ Ol
~Qoo CIWNlo
~ ON Figure A8 - 400 KHz PAN Lissajous D ~ NWD QIO ~ DOCNCD) IW ICNOON OONDOI N I ~ NIO Ol Il>> N II COI D OOO QIO DOCOCNNI IW INQNI DDNI N ~I WO Ol IIO CO Il IOI
~ .N M ~ N D CN ~ .N QO I
D OIOC IO NO ~ IO ol I CD loo I~ II II
~ tM
~ N0 III DON C loo D CO ICO W M IOO
~ .N I~ ~
I WIN Nl ~
~ Q
~ ODDC NNODC Cwwlo ICN I Figure A9 - 400 KHz AXL Lissajous Figure A10 - 400 KHz CIRC Lissajous Similar signals are noted in the area above the top-of-tubesheet, which are assumed to be deposit indications.
Page 108
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Figure A11 shows a poor correlation between pancake coil frequencies, and literally no indication on the mix channel. This type signal may lead the analyst to believe the indication is a deposit, geometry, or combined non-flaw signal.
CX>> lloose>>n Cele SOIIICIX00005 IIII I'SISIIOS MT<<X>>01 50 II IOV 40 Lln 50 ID l41 Il 400 t III IO L II 400 t ~ I 200t tl IOO t Veto Veto I.IVD 5 55 TLTSS 3.0VD 5 44 I 2S O.SVD 5 IS IIIO l.2VD 5 TO 5272 1VOe Zoos 50 I0 XZ-n Llx O>>n noel+os CTssvv>>I
+M vs<<l cen IN ~ IosX v<<c cen IN + eosx vM Cess TSO ~ loel vee Cen IOO C-Seen I.Olv ISSO 0.00v l220 ~ .2lv l250 I.Slv l000 ITIS ~ 0.05 W2SS Oltoc tv>>csee Cnenne T ~
tl'lnl Figure A11 - Frequency phase relation and Mix Figure A12 shows the Terrain plot of the pancake coil mix channel, indicating a non-flaw signal.
illesl<<l Ms>>so>>I lo ll nxs co six eo Is lel Il 400 t tll I 1 I seen le toc 212 Vsse ec Scene
~ ~ X ~ 1 Scele l.o ItllDiesel ~ Telsete Ott
~ vince/scen ~ ~ toieeel lO TOOeta Islel LICT
,cl leo
>>I. el O,cl Cele Lle x eel4CI<<\ ~ 70.0 x Tt<<>>lesson ~
2 tssesl<<s ~ SIS.O It<<>> I el I en ~
CIC/elL VIII ISIS I onl XITIIC ZOOI XI>>s2 telel MDI slLTcl Tlev lo<<Tol l0l 20 lo loess Telos soes Figure A12 - Mix channel Terrain plot Page 109
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 The next figures show an indication which was resolved as non-reportable during a regular refuel outage. Less than one year later, the flaw had grown significantly. It is important to report this type of flaw signal at its early stages.
Il Ot<<DD QM <<<<hall,UII ~ I I)<<llh a<< IIVI 'D fl ah Ml<<l U I~ tl U Utt Ilt lt ~ U ~ W ltl ll I I,WI Ut lfaf h <<shat Ma W Mll U I~
~ Vh fal Vfw
~ ~ ~ f Malt ~ N rlh I Vf
~ I ~ FUUV U
~ <<alt UUI Ult l<<
al I<<I ILM wa ~ Ml I<<ID afl ~ al
~ I
~ MWW ~ N,a I ~ a<<WFU
~ MW ~ MLI ~ lawal ~
DO NVI MID ala
<<a<<<<
~U
~ III D I Of<<h<<f ma Figure A13 - 400 PAN 1993 Figure A14- 400 PAN Terrain plot
~ U ~ IWU ~ ~ af h a<<tlat M ~\ a all ~ I~
II a<< ~ a II ll If\ I a<<i D
~ v haa ~ D ~ ~ ~ IUM ~ << ~ V haa ~ If I IUM ~ I<<
~ lf DFW ~ I flIWIVf I N attW ~
~ ~
~ lhltl ltt Na<<VMM M ~ a IWI ~ WWMM a ~ IUUV l<<
aaa aaa lilt I<< MaW UUI IIV IO t.D
~ MWW I aaalala ~ <<<<Mfa ~ N.t ~ ~ \lait
~ MWI ~ III.~ ~ hwla la<< ~ I hww ~ hl.~ ~ U WW WOI ~
MNM IO<<ahtf Nhf UM aal<< Ma<<i Do
~ alai II II N ~ Dal Mfa ~ alai I ill M ~
aa Figure A15 - 400 AXL Terrain plot Figure A16 - 400 CIR Terrain plot Page 110
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 COI e t<<CCVCCO2 Cali reeJCtett.tall Sat lllcltll CcC 2CM SC 2l OCN OO Lltl 40 lO 4$
le 400 0 lll l0 ~ ll 400 0 2I 400 0 lt 400 C ll lCO Vert 2.2VO 5 20 22$ $ l.4VO S 2$ 0220 ll.OVO 1 $ 2 022$ l. CVO l'iol 5 12 Oltc Oil a-n LIO Wet
~M Vvl Cttt COO +M Vae CCVI lOO ~ M W<<C<<I lOO ~M Vn~ Cnn lOO C-Scan O.CSv 24 42$ 0.44v l$24 l2.$ 4v 2024 S.ctv 224 O.OI 4<ill Ol Ctwnel Or la\
Screen Figure A17 - 4 LISS display The next set of figures is the same flaw less than one year later. This shows a much larger signal, and the need to report the indication as soon as it is detectable.
a ~
II Olt ~
colo atvc<<e<<a <<>>
II II r<>v ti tl <<v to llo I ll>>o>> II~ ~
<< II el I<< ioo C>> Vere<<<<en IVI ~ I<<it at I>>V I <<OO<<
ol tl
~tif
<<>> ol Ilo
<< II~
<< tl ll
>>e ~ OO to<<O I ll ~ ~ ~ Volt I,~
~ nl Vnol II ~ Ill>>lVr roo<<>>>><< n ~ OVI>>or a
<<v>> viol ~ III a II~
~ << ~ Oo
~ >> ~ o OI I<<In
~ ~ . II
~I C<<r I
~ annot<< nn ~ ~ olooao C tooooooo liLt ~ Iaelrlle o CICI<<t tall olrlraI a<< ~ Ivt ro ln oil
>>o
~
CKV VIICI n<<l <<a<<v
~
~ Ito ro ~ >><>I Figure A18 - 400 PAN Lissajous Figure A19 - 400 PAN Terrain plot Page 111
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 a I el ~ >>>>ea>>w w ~ I ~ I~ octa>>>> ~I w>>ll >>I ~ >>e ~ a I I ~ WWJLOtO>> W ~ l>>1 ~ OO Ia>> ll tl >>>>I>>I>>>> I ~ Ol
~ <<>>>>I>> ~ II <<N I>> <<>> CIOO W <<t
~ t~ ~ \ ~ ~ I IW ~ I.~ ~ ot >>a ~ ~ ~ '
IWO I.~
>> >>la<> OOIW ~ IIII>>t tlt Ieoeoto II ~ Oelwt I>> >><<e<<O ~ ~ M I>>OW>>lll lilt WW>>W ~ ill '>>
~ Oll>>>> IO. ~ ~ I>>W>>W II O>>eliot WD >>oo>>
l ON>>l>> ~ IIDO T TOWIOlW I I>>>>>> lIDO II ~
I>>e>>oo>>
~ >>>> ~ aN <<twt wal catv>>a>>>>>> >>to>> Dwl wvl tol>>I >>>>
>>el>>I I aN I IOI W ~ >>W K>>l IW>>
I ae IIII W ~ a>>>>ta I>>>>
Figure A20 - 400 AXL Terrain plot Figure A21 - 400 CIR Terrain plot ll OOO tWT 00>>>> tccea<<II Ccl ~ >> 502l CTX00022 tt l00 tWT lt OOO tWC ccDT 'DIltllD Scl 2I OCO CXlCC 2'0 2l SI TXW COO CIDC 01 llIT Oc ID 07 OI 200 VWI
~ .SYD SOSO DSI1 l.lYD 5lll DSSO S.OVD 5I2t 2525 5.2VD SSIS 0 DC lvcc X2 IS Llc Hoot+
lt>>tv>>
RMv cwt 200 aM v cw lto %M Vl>> CWI lDO +M V>>I DC>> lDO C 5co>>
lt.ltv 2100 O.llv lttc 5.1lv 20CC 2l.tcv 2200
~ O.ll
~ <l5$
Dlt>>c tt>>c CMIT>>l tvlttl Sctoae Figure A22 - 4 LISS display The span settings for the previous plots were adjusted to fit on the display. You will note a large difference between the latter graphics and the original graphics for the same indication. The size is not only much larger, but the increase in phase angle is also apparent.
Page 112
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 Because of the previous information shown, it is possible for the analyst to conclude the indication is not reportable. However, as previously mentioned, this indication rapidly became a reportable pluggable flaw. The analyst must use other information to review the indication to insure it is reported, therefore allowing the Lead analysts to review the indication using historic as well as other information to disposition the indication.
Upon reviewing the Terrain plots for the indication in question, the analyst will clearly see a "ridge" indication, following the circumference of the tube, in the expansion transition. This type of indication, although diminished as it is, should be reported for further disposition. See Figures A23 - A25.
Ole e teaeeen Cel ~ ~ SCII~ TW ISISCtOS WIM4 $ 5 50 II NOT aa LIN 50 IO lal lt a00 2 eeet la ret 255
~ et Sctee ~ X ~ T 5cela 0.5 If'CCeet Tlltert Oat aateterlcet ~ ~ eeleeel NO lactate eclat LITT IO X Natet ttn ~ 70.0 X Treeelatltn ~ 0 2 Netetttn ~ SI5.O T Treeatetltn ~ 0 attNN cttSON STTSSN llcn Xl /2 SN TNT NNIN
~ I XNNTOT I5 I 50 IO 5raN SCNN Q7IN Cnl Figure A23 - 400 KHz PAN "ridge" indication Page 113
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1
~ al tate ~ ~ ~ Vale ~ .I al I ~
l~ V<<<< Illa<<I I
~ ~
Il V<<N ~
~ ~ ~ laNe ~ ~. ~
~
~ ~
VI N<<VSW ~ NI I
~ ~ Ial t 4 <<a<<NIw ~ t Iwt Ie
<<IN Lilt 4<<<<aaaal Liat ~
~ IN<<lat I IN<<I<<
~ t~ I Nlaa I<<4<<laa I va<<aaa II<< ~ l<<<<INI<<
~ t <<a<<a ~ It ~ ~ I<< I4
<<ev ~,el <<<<4 Ltv 4<<t <<et <<Nt L~ I <<lt <<<<<< <<Iae l<<N <<eat Ial<< I<<le
<<<<e<<<<4
~
~ ee N ea<<I Itt ea<< tÃ<<VLILI II<< ~ <<4 Itl << It eee <<4 e<<I ee ee Figure A24 - 400 KHz AXL Terrain plot Figure A25 - 400 KHz CIRC Terrain plot Given this information and graphic examples, the analyst should apply this technique to analyze the top-of-tubesheet area of the Shearon Harris steam generators. Other information and examples may be presented in the Performance Demonstration practice and examination data.
Page 114
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 APPENDIX B COMPuTER DATA SCREENING Computer Data Screening (CDS) is a method of enhancing the eddy current data analysis of bobbin data by automating the steam generator tube flaw signal analysis, final report creation, and graphics dump output. The CDS system is operated by an Analyst who is familiar with both flaw and nonf law eddy current signals from the Shearon Harris steam generators. The Analyst continues to establish the analysis variables as per the Shearon Harris Data Interpretation Guidelines. In addition, a set of CDS variables called the CDS Sorts must be established through a qualification program using Shearon Harris eddy current data. The sorts will allow flaw calls to be confirmed and may point out the need to adjust the sort parameters based upon the current condition of the steam generator tubes. In practice, one Analyst may operate multiple CDS systems simultaneously. The benefits of CDS include: the elimination of the effects of Analyst fatigue, consistent test results which can be duplicated and the use of all appropriate frequencies and mixes on each and every signal.
It is not the purpose of this section of the Shearon Harris Data Interpretation Guidelines to duplicate the Eddynet Operation Guide (Zetec, Inc.) or to train the Analyst in the use of CDS. Analysts performing CDS at Shearon Harris should be familiar with the contents of the CDS portion of the operating guide and the operation of the CDS system.
System 8c Software Eddynet CDS software is currently a part of the Eddynet package which is installed on the system file server. Appropriate software modules or licensing must be maintained in order to used the CDS portion of the software. Any system which utilizes the entire Eddynet software package should be applicable to run the CDS portion, providing the licensing stipulations are met as discussed.
II Analysis Variables Analysis variables are established for each data section in accordance with the Shearon Harris Steam Generator Eddy Current Data Interpretation Guidelines.
Additional mix channels may need to be added to supplement the CDS sort criteria.
Mixes may be added to the primary or secondary analyst responsibilities to insure consistency and ease of implementation.
III CDS Sorts The CDS sorts are part of the computer program instructions to perform the data screening. Sorts will be established during a rigorous qualification using actual Shearon Harris eddy current data. CDS sorts must be approved by the utility prior to use in screening Shearon Harris steam generator data.
Page 115
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 A log book of CDS sorts should be established to control changes or revisions to the sort parameters. No changes shall be made to the sort parameters unless they are verified by system qualification and utility approval. All changes should be logged in and disseminated to all CDS system operators.
IV Operating Steps At this time the operating steps for CDS are not established. Approved operating steps, CDS sorts and other documentation will be provided supplement to this appendix.
Page 116
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINES R1 APPENDiX C ANALYST PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION To be accepted as a Data Analyst for Shearon Harris steam generator eddy current data, the Analyst must successfully complete a performance demonstration for both bobbin and mrpc data. A review of the Data Analysis Guidelines and practice data will be required before completing the performance demonstration.
The Senior Analyst should be contacted before beginning preparation for the performance demonstration, to insure the latest revisions to the guideline, data or other documentation is in place. During the data analysis of the actual steam generator outage data, the Analyst should be aware of any changes made to the Guideline and acknowledge those changes or revisions.
A copy of the practice data, data results, graphic displays and setup variables will be provided, along with a copy of the most recent version of the analysis guidelines.
Page 117
ANALYST GUIDELINES CHANGE FORIVI 1.1 Description of Change:,

1. Add three-letter code DMR to list of MRPC codes Add three-letter code MBIVI for buff mark indications

2. Emphasize certain Guideline parameters per Utility instruction Reason for Change:

1. In order to disposition bobbin calls which require MRPC inspection, a three letter code is needed to finalize calls which have no MRPC indication.

In order to disposition indications which are considered buff mark indications, a three-letter codes is required.

2. Emphasis of certain Guideline parameters is required to insure that the analysis is performed in a consistent precise manner.

Technical Basis:
When dispositioning a bobbin call with MRPC inspection, the database will need a MRPC call to "close" the indication. If there is no MRPC indication (flaw or defect reportable) DIVIR will be used to Disposition the MRpc data.
To disposition an indication which is found to be a buff mark, there is currently no three-letter code in the guideline.

2. To clarify certain points in the Guideline, a supplemental attachment will be used to emphasize points the analysts should be aware of.

Authorization:
Senior Analyst / Date: 8-I 7- 9S Shearon Harris Engineer j'7'. ~~ c, <)0m~.~ Date: >-i >-V>
Figure 4.1 - Analyst Guidelines Change Form
ANALYST GUIDELINES CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGMENTFORM 1.1 Description of Change:
See Analyst Guidelines Change Form '1.1 Effective Date of Change: Se tember 17 1995 Analyst Signature Date Analyst Signature Date 9-r7-qS fr7 FK Figure 4.2 - Analyst Guidelines Change Acknowledgment Form
SEP-18-1995 i8: 48 ABB CHATT DATA RQQM P. 82 ANALYST GUIMUhlES CHANGE AGKNPWI.EDGMKNTPORTA 1.'I Description of Change:
See AIlalyst GoldaBnes Change Force 1.l Effeotive Date of Change: Sa tarn Analyst Signature Date Analyst Signature Date ci ~/m
>>/7 ~s o~ I i Pc ~i~ 11 Rs y>lg~ p5 OV /.7'S 9 (I'l Figure 4.2 - Analyst Guidelines Change Acknouvlsdgrnent Form TOTAL P.82
/
ANALYST6UIOELINES CHANGE ED CO Ltplrli.4r$ ACKNOWLEDGlMENTFORM 'l.7 00 Ol Description of Change:
See Analyst Guidelines Change Form 1.1 CO CD Effective Date of Change:
Analyst Signature Date Analyst Signature Date Ah alKhaL C>
CO ICh C/l M ~
Ch I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
Figure 4.2- Analyst Guidelines Change Acknowledgment Form I I
I I
I BV hO I
I I
I I
I
ANALYST GUIDELINES CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGMENTFORM 1.1 (ill
~
,)
DeacrJptlon ot Change:
8ee Anelyat Qu}dellnes Change Form 1.1 Effectiv Date of Change:
Anely Sfgneture De Anelyet Signature Date I~V~A
/~%5 ~
I~/5 ~lN
~(, W~is 'S 9/ip/M 9~/is'c Figure 4.2 - Analyst Guidelines Change Acknowledgment Form
SHEARON HARRIS ANALYSIS GUIDELINE HIGHLIGHTS SEPTEMBER 17, 1995 - RFO-6 The following information is intended to be enhancements to the Analysis Guideline already issued for this inspection. Some items are simply points of clarification not specifically covered in the Guideline.
ANALYSTS (Primary 8c Secondary)
Both Primary and Secondary will report all indications, including dents, permeability variations, copper, etc. [Dents GE 5.0 volts]
When reporting a bobbin indication not specifically addressed in the Guideline, use the three letter code NQI. This may be used at any location in the S/G, including the top-of-tubesheet, or support intersections.
When reporting a MRPC indication that is not clearly a SCI, MCI, SAI or MAI, use a POS code to indicate a POSsible indication.
Currently the Inspection Plan includes:
100% of the Hot Leg TTS MRPC 3-coil delta probe 20% of the S/G F/L bobbin exam except strarght section of rows one and two on cold side o'nly All previous indications (list provided) as listed in the RFO-5 inspection report (Westinghouse). All previous indications must be addressed.
IF the indication is present but not reportable, use INR and include the location as listed on the history printout. IF the indication is not found, use INF and include the indication location as listed on the history printout.
MRPC inspection of 20% of the dented indications greater than five volts, emphasizing the hot leg indications MRPC inspection of 20% of the cold-leg pre-heater expansion transitions (02C and 03C) in one steam generator (to be decided by the utility after preliminary inspection results are in).
When performing MRPC analysis, be sure to view the strip charts, lissajous, and terrain plot of all data recorded. The terrain plots should include at a minimum the 400 KHz pancake, axial and circumferential channels.
Set up your 4-liss display as shown on the next page and store to your set-up file. Also insure your MRPC setup is stored with the set-up parameters as indicated in the Guideline.
RESOLUTION/LEAD ANALYSIS
)
Currently, any NQI or 39% indication reported by resolution analysis will be included on a list to the Utility for MRPC disposition. Other indications may also be included as required.
Resolution graphics will be required for the following:

1. All previous indication tubes, including INF and INR

2. All "new" indications regardless of depth. (% through wall)

3. All MRPC indications which are reportable or DMR.

Graphics for bobbin calls:
One 4-liss display with the left strip chart on P1, the right strip chart on 100 KHz absolute, the lissajous from left to right on P1, 550 KHz diff, 100 KHz diff and P2.
Graphics for MRPC calls:
One 4-liss display with the left strip chart on 550 KHz PAN, the right strip chart on 10 KHz PAN, the lissajous from left to right on 400 Pan, 400 Axl, 400 Cir and 100 Pan (or as req'd)
One terrain plot of the 400 Pan coil showing the lissajous screen in the lower left corner. Other terrain plots may be generated as required.
PROCEDURE FOR CONTROL OF EDDY CURRENT DATA FOR USE WITH MULTIFORTH OR EDDYNET ACQUISITION SYSTEMS CAROLINA POWER AND LIGHT COMPANY SHEARON HARRIS HNP-006 ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR OPERATIONS CHATTANOOGA, TENNESSEE WINDSOR, CONNECTICUT PREPARED BY: DATE:
A. P. Putnam Field Service Technician APPROVED BY: Fog DATE: B W S J. D. Ford Quality Assurance APPROVED BY H. L.
L~~ ~
Labieniec DATE: P Manager, Primary Support Technology REVISION: 0 Page 1 of 26
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 2 OF 26 TABLE OF CONTENTS
~SECTXO TITLE 1.0 OBJECTIVE

2.0 REFERENCES

3.0 PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND PREREQUISITES 5.0 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS 6.0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION 7.0 REPORTING CRITERIA 8.0 DATA MANAGEMENT SHIFT LOG 9.0 DATABASE SETUP VERIFICATION AND PERFORMANCE DEMONSTRATION 10.0 EDDYNET SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE:JO.: 3 OF 26 T BL OF CONTENTS TAB E OF FIGURES
~FIGUR FIGURE 1 EXAMPLE ANALYSIS TRACKING LOG (DM-1)
FIGURE 2 EXAMPLE DATA MANAGEMENT/EDDYNET FILE TRACKING LOG (DM-2)
FIGURE 3 EXAMPLE DATA MANAGEMENT/EDDYNET EDIT TRACKING FORM (DM-3)
FIGURE 4 EXAMPLE TEST PLAN VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION (DM-4)
FIGURE 5 EXAMPLE DATA MANAGEMENT SHIFT LOG SHEET (DM-5)
FIGURE 6 EXAMPLE SETUP VERIFICATION SHEET (DM-6)
FIGURE 7 EXAMPLE DATABASE PERFORMANCE EVALUATION FORM (DM-7)
FIGURE 8 EXAMPLE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION CONTROL LOG (SA-1)
FIGURE 9 EXAMPLE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION BACKUP LOG (SA-3)
APPENDIX TITLE APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE OF DATA MANAGEMENT AT A REMOTE LOCATION FIGURE 10 EXAMPLE OF RESOLUTION ANALYSIS TRACKING LOG (DM-8)
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 4 OF 26 1.0 OBJECTIVE Eddy Current Data Management is the tracking, control, uploading, and reporting of eddy current data which has been acquired during an eddy current examination. The eddy current data is tracked from the initial receipt of the acquired data in the data management area to the delivery of the final results to Carolina Power and Light, Shearon Harris Nuclear Station. To prevent data management discrepancies, specific forms and procedures will be used to ensure the efficient routing and control of the acquisition media, optical disks, analysis results, and data management reports.

2.0 REFERENCES

2.1 Zetec Inspection Planning System & Inspection Management System User Guide, latest revision 2.2 Zetec EDDYNET Analysis System Users Guide.
2.3 Carolina Power and Light's Eddy Current Data Analysis Procedure, latest revision.
3.0 PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS Each person performing Data Management duties governed by this procedure shall be trained in the use and operation of the data management system in accordance with Reference 2.1 and the specific requirements of this procedure. In addition, each person performing EDDYNET system administration functions shall be trained in the use and operation of the EDDYNET Analysis System in accordance with Reference 2.2.
3.1 The Data Controller shall be responsible for all editing performed within the data management system.
The Data Controller will assign specific editing actions to an analyst, trained in accordance with reference 2.3, when edits to the results files are required on the EDDYNET storage media.

3. 2 Data Management shall be responsible for tracking all eddy current data Tr'om'he time data management/analysis center until it is delivered to the final reports of analysis results are submitted to the client.

PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 5 Or 26 4.0 PRECAUTIONS AND PREREQUISITES 4.1 The eddy current data management equipment will be set up in an area designated by the site personnel and approved by the ABB Combustion Engineering Analysis and Data Management Team.
4.2 Data Management checkoff sheets will be used to document tracking of the eddy current data throughout the data management and analysis process.
4.3 Checkoff sheets may vary in form to meet specific site requirements or modifications.
4.4 The data management system will be pre-programmed with site specific information prior to the start of data input. This includes, but is not limited to, input of all analysis acronyms, and data checks.
4.5 The data management system setup will be verified by the Data Management. Shift Coordinator prior to the start of data entry for the inspection. The verification shall be performed in accordance with Section 9.1 and documented on Form DM-6.
4.6 The data management system setup shall be re-verified under the following conditions and documented on Form DM-6:
4.6. 1 Following the restoration of software executables from a backup disk.
4.6.2 Following any software updates.
5.0 SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS The following describes the sequence of operations to be followed in order to properly control the eddy current data, and to successfully load completed EDDYNET results files to the data management system.
5.1 (Acquisition) Deliver the eddy current data package to the data management area. At a minimum, the eddy current data package shall consist of:
5.1.1 Acquisition to DCR Tape

1. Original DCR tape

2. Original operator examination sheets

3. Calibration Sheet

PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 6 OF 26 5.1.2 Acquisition to Traveling Optical Disk

1. Traveling Optical Disk

2. Traveling Calibration Sheet

3. Operator examination sheets 5.1.3 Acquisition to Remote Optical Notification of calibration group completion Notification of data transfer and destination 5.2 (Data Controller/System Administrator) Log in receipt of tapes/calibrations on form DM-1.

5.3 (System Administrator) Document the transfer of raw eddy current data from acquisition media to analysis media and complete the appropriate logs in accordance with Section 10.1 of this procedure.
5.4 (Data Controller) For data acquired to DCR tape or traveling optical, prepare packages for primary and secondary analysis. As a minimum, the package should include:
5.4.1 Operator examination sheets. (original to primary and a copy to secondary) 5.4 ' T-list, if generated, from raw data transfer.
NOTE THE FOLLOWING STEPS APPLY TO PRIMARY@ SECONDARY'ND FINAL ANALYSIS.
5.5 (Data Analysts) Record initials on form DM-1 at the start of each tape or calibration group analyzed. Zf primary and secondary analysis is being performed remotely via T1 lines, a similar tracking form may be used, if required.
5.6 (Data Analysts) Build a report file when analysis is complete for each tape or calibration group. Return the examination sheets and the EDDYNET report printouts to the data management area. Record return of package on form DM-1. Zf primary and secondary analysis is being performed remotely vi.a T1 lines, a similar tracking form may be used, if required.
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE VO.: 7 OF 26 CAUTION: Zf, after returning the completed data package to the data management area, the analyst determines that changes are necessary to the analysis results, the analyst will identify the changes to data management in.
order to ensure correct file retrieval from the Local Area Network. All edits to FINAL results will be done in accordance with Step 5.8.
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING STEPS APPLY TO FINAL ANALYSIS'.7 (Data Controller) Review the EDDYNET report printout for correct format and information.
5.8 (Data Analysts) Zf the information is in error, the EDDYNET file will be corrected by the analyst, and a new EDDYNET report printout will be generated. Zf the error requires tracking, the appropriate information will be recorded on form DM-3.
5.9 (Data Controller) When all information is verified, retrieve the EDDYNET data file from the Local Area Network.
5.10 (Data Controller) When primary and secondary analysis data has been completed for a given tape or calibration group, prepare the data package for resolution and notify the Lead Analyst. The package should contain both primary and secondary analysis folders.
5.11 (Data Controller) Load the EDDYNET file to the appropriate component database and record on form DM-2 5.11.1 Zf an error file is generated, the EDDYNET file will be edited as in Step 5.8 and the appropriate component database will be corrected.
6.0 VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION When it has been indicated by Acquisition that the inspection plan in a given steam generator, or a generator subsection, has been completed, the Data Management Shift
'"Coordinator," or a designee, wi.ll'erify that the requirements of the examination scope have been met prior to approving equipment removal or relocation. The verification process will be tracked using a sheet similar to form DM-4.
As a minimum, the following conditions will be verified using computer-generated reports, database queries, and graphic printouts:
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 8 OF 26 6.1 verify that all tubes in the inspection plan have been tested with the correct probe type.
6.2 Verify that all tubes in the inspection plan have been tested and analyzed to the required extent.
6.3 Verify that no reported retest is outstanding, and that all data necessary to complete each tube requiring a retest exam has been acquired and analyzed.
6.4 Verify that all analysis codes requiring further action, such as examination with another probe, or additional review, have been addressed appropriately.
NOTE: ANALYSIS CODES REQUIRING FURTHER ACTION RILL BE DEFINED ZNp AND USED IN ACCORDANCE 'HITHER REFERENCE 2 THE CAROLINA POWER AND LIGHT'S STEAM GENERATOR EDDY
'/
CURRENT ANALYSIS GUIDELINES'.5 Verify that all technical specification requirements for additional testing have been satisfied.
NOTE: ANY CONDZTIONS NOT SATISFIED HILL BE REPORTED IMMEDIATELY TO THE SENIOR ANALYST AND/OR TASK MANAGER FOR CORRECTIVE ACTION+
7.0 REPORTING CRITERIA Reports of accumulated eddy current data shall be prepared by the Data Controller or a properly trained designee.
Status reports and final reports will be generated in a timely fashion, and in accordance with client requirements.
Whenever possible, report formats will be established before the start of work.
8.0 DATA MANAGEMENT SHIFT LOG The Data Management Shift Coordinator shall maintain a log of the events occurring on each shift. Figure 5 displays a typical Data Management Log Sheet. The log book will function as the primary method of disseminating information between shifts. As a guideline, appropriate log book entries may include, but are not limited to, the following:
8.1 Problem and Trou'5le "Shooting Documentation 8.1.1 Document all problems encountered with database hardware and software. Whenever possible, include the nature of the problem, problem duration, problem resolution, and action taken to prevent recurrence.

8. 1.2 Document all problems encountered with reports, reporting formats, and report generation.

PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 9 OF 26 8.2 Requests for Information Document any requests for information from outside of data management. Include any specific time commitments, formats, and the requesting party.
8.3 Changes to Reports or Screen formats Document any additions or modifications to existing screens, menus, or reports. Include any specific instructions for using reports or input screens.
8.4 Changes Affecting Analysis Result Files Document any changes to report formats, acronym usage, and report parameters that affect the reporting of results by analysis. This information is to be provided to the Lead Analyst for inclusion in shift turnover in accordance with Reference 2.3.
9.0 Database Setup Verification and Performance Demonstration 9.1 Input the correct data acceptance parameters into the data management system and document on Form DM-6.
9.1.1 Enter acceptable indication codes and identify all retest codes listed in Reference 2.3.
NOTE: EVENTS MAY REQUIRE A DEVIATION FROM THE ABOVE SETUP. PROPOSED CHANGES MUST BE APPROVED BY THE LEAD ANALYST PRIOR TO ADJUSTING THE DATA PARAMETERS. DOCUMENT UPDATES TO THE ABOVE SCREENS ON FORM DM-6.
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 10 OF 26 9.2 Data Management System Performance Evaluation 9.2.1 Perform the following steps to demonstrate the data management system's ability to properly load analysis results and screen for data errors. Performance will be demonstrated for any extent type to be used during the exam.
Step 1 Open an outage called TEST.
Step 2 Schedule tubes in a dataset named TEST using the performance demo data disks.
Step 3 Load final data test files to the data management system from the performance demo data disks.
Step 4 Using the answer sheets from the performance demo, verify that all expected errors have been identified by the data management system.
Step 5 Document the results of the performance demo on form DM-7.
.Step 6 Report any unsatisfactory results to tQe Lead Analyst.
Step 7 Document any corrective action on form DM-7, and perform the test again until satisfactory results are achieved, or the lead analyst determines that the results are acceptable.
9.2.2 The Lead Analyst shall review the results of the performance runs and indicate acceptance with a signature on form DM-7.
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 11 OF 26 10.0 Eddynet System Administration Guidelines 10.1 Data Tracking and Control Each Calibration Group initiated by data acquisition shall be tracked by the designated System Administrator (SA) on each shift using form SA-1. This information will also be posted on a white board in the site data room and remote location data rooms as follows:
cal001 P S R D P=primary analysis S=secondary analysis R=resolution D=data management The appropriate letter will be circled by the analysts to indicate analysis is being performed, then lined through when analysis is complete. Priorities will be assigned with guidance from Data Management. The steam generator, test leg, server, and ROD will be identified in the space indicated on Form SA-1.

10. 1. 1 The SA shall enter in the control log the calibration group number, the first tube in the cal group, and the last tube in the calibration group as raw data is received from acquisition.

10.1.2 Primary, secondary, and final analysis results will be copied from the system hard drive to the original acquisition optical disk for each calibration group by the SA.
The SA shall enter the date and time of task completion on form SA-1.
NOTE it If is necessary to modify the results on the hard drive after the copy routine has been completed, the SA will update the results on the optical disk. The date and time of the update shall be documented on form SA-l.
10.1.3 After ensuring that all analysis is complete for a given calibration group, raw data can be removed from the hard drive by the SA.
The completion of this task will be documented on form SA-1.
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 12 OF 26 10.3 Eddynet Results Backup The SA shall back up the Results file as necessary, but at a minimum of every six hours. Each time a backup is performed, the task shall be documented on form SA-3.
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO-: 0 PAGE NO.: 13 OF 26 FIGURE 1 EXAMPLE ANALYSIS TRACKING LOG ABB Combustion Engineering Analysis Tracking Log Plant: Component: Leg:
Primary Secondary P/S Resolution Start Finish Start Finish COmp Start Finish Data CAL GROUP Input O/T D/T O/T O/T D/T O/T O/T to ISIS Init. Init. Init. Znit. Znit. Init. Znit.
-FOm DM-I
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 14 OF 26 FIGURE 2 EXAMPLE DATA MANAGEMENT/EDDYNET FILE TRACKING LOG DATA MANAGEMENT TRACKING LOG S/G: LEG:
FINAL RESOLUTION E F S CAL GROUP DATA SET ZONE File Retrieved File Loaded R I U R X M Date Time Init Date Time Init FORM DM-2
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 15 OF 26 FIGURE 3 EXAMPLE DATA MANAGEMENT/EDDYNET EDIT TRACKING LOG DATA MANAGEMENT/EDDYNET EDIT TRACKING FORM OPTICAL DISK: DATABASE EDIT [ ]
CAL GROUP: EDDYNET FILE [ ]
ROW/COL: NEW PRINTOUT [ ]
DESCRIPTION OF EDIT: INITIALS:
DATE/TIME:
OPTICAL DISK DATABASE EDIT [ ]
CAL GROUP: EDDYNET FILE [ ]
ROW/COL: NEW PRINTOUT [ ]
DESCRIPTION OF EDIT: INITIALS:
DATE/TIME:
FORM DM-3
PROCEDURE NO : HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 16 OF 26 FIGURE 4 EXAMPLE TEST PLAN VERIFICATION OF COMPLETION SHEARON HARRIS EDDY CURRENT CLOSEOUT CHECKLIST SEPTEMBER, 1995 S/G TEST PLAN: GROUP:

1) PRINT ALL INDICATIONS REPORT

2) VERIFY ALL ANALYSIS CODES REQUIRING FURTHER ACTION HAVE BEEN DISPOSITIONED / CONFIRMED.

3) PRINT DAILY PROGRESS REPORT

4) RUN/PRINT RETEST REPORTS AND VERIFY THAT ALL RETESTS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY CLOSED OUT.

5) PRINT MASTER REPORT FOR EACH GROUP OR TEST PLAN AND CHECK DATA FOR ACCURACY.

6) PRINT MAP OF COMPLETED EXAMS.

7) PRINT REPAIR LIST WITH A MAP.

S/G CLOSED:
DATE TIME INITIALS
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 17 OF 26 FIGURE 5 EXAMPLE DATA MANAGEMENT SHIFT LOG SHEET DATA MANAGEMENT SHIFT LOG DATE TIME PREPARED BY: PAGE OF DISTRIBUTION: ANAL ACQ N/A
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVZSZON NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 18 OF 26 FZGURE 6 EXAMPLE DATA PARAMETER SETUP VERZFZCATZON SHEET Data Management Data Parameter Setup Verification Component Software Version Revision Input Screens Date Time Initials Printout Test Extents Retest Codes Analysis Codes PID Setup VERIFICATION REQUIRED FOR:
INITIALSETUP [l POST FILE RESTORATION [I POST SOFTWARE UPGRADE fl TEST/DATA CHANGE [l PRINTOUTS ATTACHED VERIFIED BY: DATE:
TIME:
FORM OM.6
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO ~ : 0 PAGE NO.: 19 OF 26 FIGURE 7 EXAMPLE DATA MANAGEMENT SYSTEM PERFORMANCE EVALUATION SHEET, Data Management System Performance Evaluation Software Rev. Date: Time:
Version: No.:
Group 1 No. Expected Errors No. Errors Identified Satisfactory Corrective Action Required Group 2 No. Errors Expected No. Errors Identified Satisfactory Corrective Action Required Group 3 No. Errors Expected No. Errors Identified Satisfactory Corrective Action Required Printouts Attached Reviewed By:
Date: Tl lTle:
FORM DM-7
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REt/ZSZON NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 20 OF 26 FIGuRE 8 EXAMPLE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATiON CONTROL LOG STEAM GENERATOR'EG:
SERVER ID:
RAW DATA STORED ON ROD:
Raw Data Acquisition Removed Calibration Optical Disc Raw Data Transferred Results Transferred from Hard Group Number Drive Original Backup Original Backup pate/Time Date/Time Date/Time FORM SA-1
PROCEDURE NO.: iiNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO : 21 O." 26 FIGURE 9 EXAMPLE SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION BACKUP LOG System Backup Log Date Time Initials Comments FORM SA-3
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 22 OF 26 APPENDIX A PERFORMANCE OF DATA MANAGEMENT AT A REMOTE LOCATION 1.0 PURPOSE To replace sections 5.0 and 10.0 of Procedure HNP-006.

2. 0 APPLICABILITY This appendix is in effect for an eddy current inspection for which Data Management is being performed at a remote location.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 Procedure for Control of Eddy Current Data for use with Multiforth or Eddynet Acquisition Systems, HNP-006.
4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 Remote. Location(s) where personnel have been assigned to perform Data Analysis and Management functions, which are physically distanced from the Site, and require special network connections, such as a T-1 line.
4.2 Local. Location(s) on or. near the Site where personnel have been assigned to perform Acquisition, Analysis, or System Administration functions.
4.3 Network. Systems which share data, hardware, and software resources.
4.4 Server. A computer which provides file access, login access, files transfer, printing and other services across a network to a'efined group of systems.
4.5 ~sool. The process of data file transfer between servers on a network.
4.6 T-1 Line. Telephone communication line used to connect computer networks in'ifferent locations.
4.7 Results File. A file created on th'e EDDYNET system a data analyst at the completion of a Calibration Group by which summarizes the analysis results for the tubes in that Calibration Group.
PROCEDURE NO-: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 23 OF 26 5.0 SEQUENCE OP OPERATIONS The following describes the sequence of operations required in order to successfully load final result files to the ISIS-TUBE data management system in a remote location.
5.1 (Acquisition) Spool raw data to the designated server in the Local Analysis area.
5.2 (System Administrator) Update Tracking board for incoming data in accordance with Section 10.1 of this Attachment.
5.3 (System Administrator) Spool raw data to remote locations for Primary and Secondary Analysis.
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING STEPS APPLY TO PRIMARY~ SECONDARY/
AND RESOLUTION ANALYSIS'.4 (Data Analyst) At the start and completion of each calibration group analyzed, update the tracking board in accordance with Section 10.1 of this Appendix.
Resolution Analysts also record on Form DM-8.
5.5 (Data Analysts) When analysis is complete for each tape or calibration group, build a final report file of results.
5.6 (Data Analyst) Print out final results .file at the specified analysis location.
NOTE THE FOLLOWING STEPS APPLY TO RESOLUTION ANALYSIS'.7 (System Administrator) Collate Primary and Secondary reports for each Calibration Group, and provide to Resolution Analysts.
5.8 (Data Analysts) Transfer and print completed results file to the designated Server and for Data Management at the remote location, and record on Form DM-8.
CAUTION: Zf, after file transfer has occurred, the analyst'etermines that changes are necessary to the .
results file, the analyst will contact data management to alert them to the required change. Zf the change requires tracking, the data manager will complete Porm DM-3 ~
5.9 (Data Manager) Retrieve final results files from the designated Server as they are transferred from Resolution, and complete the appropriate log entry on Form DM-2.
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 24 OF 26 5.10 (Data Manager) Load the EDDYNET file to the appropriate ISIS-TUBE database and record on Form DM-2.
5.10.1 If errors occur, record the number of errors on Form DM-2.
5.10.2 Address each error, take corrective action appropriate, and document any corrective if action in writing, on the Error Log printout.
5.10.3 If corrective action requires an edit to the eddynet results file, complete Form DM-3, and notify the data analyst of the required action.
5.10.4 Corrected final results files will be transferred as in Step 5.8.
5.10.5 View the corrected file on the Server to insure that errors have been corrected, and document on Form DM-3.
5.10.6 After all errors have been satisfactorily resolved, Form DM-2.
initial the appropriate column on 5.10.7 Error logs and edit forms shall be maintained for the duration of the inspection.
10.0 Eddynet System Administration Guidelines 10.1 Data Tracking and Control Each Calibration Group initiated by data acquisition shall be tracked by the designated System Administrator (SA) on each shift using Form SA-1. This information will also be posted on a tracking board in the site data room and remote location data rooms as follows:
cal001 P S R D P=primary analysis S=secon'Kary"analysis R=resolution D=data management The appropriate letter will be circled by the analysts to indicate analysis is being performed, then lined through when analysis is complete. Priorities will be assigned with guidance from Data Management. The steam generator, test leg, server, and ROD will be identified in the space indicated on Form SA-1.
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 25 OF 26 10.1.1 The SA shall enter in the control log the calibration group number as raw data is received from acquisition.
10.1 ' Primary, secondary, and final analysis results will be copied from the system hard drive to the original acquisition optical disk for each calibration group by the SA.
The SA shall enter the date and time of task completion on Form SA-1.
NOTE0 If it is the hard necessary to modify the results on drive after the copy routine has been completed, the SA will update the results on the optical disk. The date and time of the update shall be documented on Form SA-1 ~
10.1.3 After ensuring that all analysis is complete for a given calibration group, and that raw data has been spooled to two different hard drives, raw data can be removed from the hard drive by the SA. The completion of this task will be documented on Form SA-1.
10.2 Eddynet Results Backup The SA shall back up the Results file as necessary, with a recommended minimum of every six hours. Backup tasks performed shall be .documented on Form SA-3.
PROCEDURE NO.: HNP-006 REVISION NO.: 0 PAGE NO.: 26 OF 26 FIGURE 10 EXAMPLE RESOLUTION ANALYSIS TRACKING LOG ABB Combustion Engineering Resolution Analysis Tracking Log SITE: UNIT S/G: LEG:
START FINISH FILE SENT CAL GROUP DATE TZME INITIALS DATE TZME INITIALS REMOTE DM FORH DM-8
Jg gi gg ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEIUUNG NUCLEAR SERVICES QAP 2A pg gygy Asm saoee eovaai QUALITYASSURANCE PROCEDURES MANUAL QAM-101 REVISION 2 PAGE 1 OF 18 ERTIFI ATI PR RAM F R ND TR TIVE E A NP NNEL M 'evision 1.0 ~PPQ$ g 1.1 To delineate the technical requirements for qualification and certification of Levels I, II and III nondestructive examination (NDE) personnel.
2.0 APPLI ABILITY 2.1 This written practice is intended to meet or exceed the requirements of ASNT SNT-TC-1A, 1984 (Reference 5.4) and the ASME BPV Code (Reference 5.2),
with the exception of Appendix VII and VIIIrequirements of Section XI.
2.2 Certifiications to other Codes and standards, such asSection XI, Appendix VII, and ASNT CP-189 are addressed (or will be addressed, as needed) in Addenda which supplement this written practice and are shown on the certification document as additional endorsements.
2.3 Certifications issued to NDE personnel prior to adoption of this written practice and based on an approved ABB CE written practice shall be considered valid for the remainder of the individual's certification period. Future certifications and recertifications shall be in accordance with this written practice.
3.0 3.1 None 4.0 P~RK 4.1 4.1.1 ~Tii~ - in the process of being qualified and certified to at least NDE Level I, an individual shall be considered a trainee. A trainee shall work with a certified individual and shall not independently conduct any test, interpret or evaluate any results of a test, or write a report of test results.
4.1.2 Lt'v~1 - shall be qualified to properly perform specific calibrations, specific tests and specific evaluations for acceptance or rejection according to written instructions, and to record the results. The Level I shall receive the necessary guidance or supervision from a certified Level II or III in the same method. Those individuals performing work governed by ASME
+ glgl QUALITY pILgyiy ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVICES ASSURANCE PROCEDUMH MANUAL QAP 2.4 REVISION 2
~ BRcvnu eave QAM-101 PAGE 2 OF 18 Code Section XI shall not independently evaluate or accept the results of a nondestructive examination.
ph LmlLJaim hqlh phag 6 4 examination requirements for Level I, but need not have any experience.
4.1.3 gqgllg. within hqlh q~g& I 4 lp I a particular technique (e.g., application of penetrant f'peration materials, etc.).
4.1.4 L~v~l - shall be qualified to set up and calibrate equipment, and to interpret and evaluate test results with respect to applicable codes, standards and specifications. The Level II shall be able to prepare written instructions and to organize and report nondestructive testing investigations. The Level II shall also be familiar with the scope and limitations of the method and shall exercise assigned responsibility for on-the-job training and guidance of trainees and Level I personnel.
4.1.5 ~vl~ - (Eddy Current nonferromagnetic Data Analyst for heat exchanger tubing and steam generator tubing, except QDA, as defined below) - satisfies all the requirements for an Eddy Current Level II and in addition, is capable of interpreting and evaluating data taken from eddy current examinations of heat exchanger and nonferromagnetic steam generator tubing.
aq D - (Eddy Current Data Analyst for nonferromagnetic steam generator heat exchanger tubing)-
satisfies all of the requirements for an Eddy Level II, is capable of interpreting and evaluating data taken from eddy current examinations of oyer plant components, has successfully
~-
completed the EPRI Steam Generator Eddy Current Performance Demonstration using the Industry Database (IDB) Practical Examination and is qualified in accordance with Addendum B.
4.1.6 hql3*q~'6& p 4 p lfl technique, activity or operation within a method (e.g., solvent removable penetrant examination, contact ultrasonic examination, gamma radiography, film interpretation or evaluation of results of a technique or method, etc.).
4.1.7 ~v I IH - shall be capable of and responsible for establishing techniques and procedures, interpreting codes, standards and specifications, and designating the particular test method and technique to be used. The individual shall be capable of evaluating results in terms of existing codes,
gL pg Iyiy Il II ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVICES QUALITYASSURANCE PROCEDURES MANUAL QAP 2.4 REVISION 2 asaa BRoww eoveai QAM-101 PAGE 3 OF 18 standards, specifications and shall have sufficient practical background in applicable materials, fabrication or product technology to establish techniques and acceptance criteria where none are otherwise available.
The Level III may administer qualification examinations of NDE Level I, II and III candidates.
~
4.1.8 bgbb p lbl* 1 9* 1 9' 9' presenting classroom, laboratory and on-the-job training programs in accordance with written course outlines, approved by a Level III. The NDE Instructor shall be thoroughly familiar with the NDE method being taught and shall be able to effectively present the theoretical, technical and practical aspects of the method.
4.1.9 bdlb d lg Pby g*

d' lbl for approval and administration of training programs, examinations and the written practice. The administration and grading of examinations may be performed by a Level III or, for written examinations only, by an individual delegated in writing, by the Principal Level III. The Principal Level III shall also be responsible for maintenance of personnel certification records.

4.2 D TI N ND EXPERIEN E 4.2.1 Level I and II personnel shall satisfy the education, training and experience requirements of Table 2.4-2, as modified below.

a. For a limited certification, work time experience and classroom training may be reduced for the technique, activity or operation being performed as shown in Table 2.4-3.

b. For Level IIA certification, an additional 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months specific training in eddy current data analysis is required to supplement the ET Level II training requirements as defined in Table 2.4-2. No additional experience is required.

c. Work time experience gained while performing administrative duties shall be considered NDE experience if the duties relate to those covered by certified individuals as defined in Paragraph 4.1.

d. Limitations for individuals certified in accordance with Paragraph 4.2.1 (a) shall be noted on their certification record.

4.2.2 Level III personnel shall satisfy one of the following education and experience options:
ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVICES QAP 2.4 Jg IQ IQ QUALITY REVISION 2 pg Icily as+, elm eovwi QAM-101 ASSURANCE PROCEDUMB MANUAL PAGE 4 OF 18 at Graduate of a four (4) year accredited engineering or science college or university with a degree in engineering or science, plus one (1) year experience in an assignment comparable to that of an NDE Level II in the applicable method, or

b. Completion with a passing grade of at least two (2) years of engineering or science study at a university, college, or technical school, plus two (2) years experience in an assignment comparable to that of an NDE Level II in the applicable method, or

c. High school graduate, or equivalent, plus four (4) years experience in an assignment comparable to that of an NDE Level II in the applicable method.

4.2.3 Organized training shall be completed for all Level I and II individuals seeking certification. For Level III individuals, the training hours shall consist of at least the combined required hours for Levels I and II in the applicable method except when the candidate has been qualified or has held a position certified to that of a Level II, in which case, the requirement for training may be considered met.
4.2.4 NDE Instructors shall satisfy the Level III Basic and Method examination requirements of Paragraph 4.3.4 and shall also meet one of the following requirements:

a. The candidate shall maintain a current teacher or vocational instructor certificate issued by a state, municipal, provincial or federal authority, or

b. The candidate shall complete a minimum of forty (40) hours instruction in training and teaching techniques.

4.2.5 Training shall be conducted by an NDE Instructor, except that portions of the training may be conducted by individuals with specialized expertise and designated by the NDE Instructor or Principal Level GI.

a. All training obtained prior to implementation of this written piactice shall be considered valid. Only training necessary to meet additional training requirements of this written practice shall require an NDE Instructor.

b. Training obtained by an individual before employment by CENS but after implementation of this written practice shall be evaluated by the Principal Level III for acceptability and applicability to this written practice.

ig g jIk ASS COMBUSTION KNGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVICES QUALITYASSURANCE PROCEDUM8 MAMJAL QAP 2.4 REVISION 2 p+IQIQ
~~ea~eovee QAM-101 PAGE 5 OF 18 4.2.6 To assure that an individual has assimilated the training material presented, the individual shall satisfy the examination requirements of Paragraph 4.3, as applicable.

a. If the qualification examination for certification is not given at the conclusion of training, a final course examination shall be given. A grade of 70% is necessary to receive credit for the training hours.

b. When an individual fails a final course examination, additional training shall be required prior to reexamination. The additional training shall address the areas of weakness exhibited by the individual and shall be documented by the NDE Instructor.

4.2.7 Records used to substantiate education, training and experience shall be identified and maintained in accordance with Paragraph 7.0.
4.3 4.3.1 The following paragraphs describe the examinations for each qualification level. The written examinations shall be administered without access to reference material (closed book) except that necessary data such as graphs, tables, specifications, procedures and codes may be provided.
4.3.2 Qualification examinations for Levels I and II shall consist of a written General Examination, a written Specific Examination and a documented Practical Examination.

a. The General Examination shall cover the basic test principles relative to the applicable test method or technique. The minimum number of questions shall be as specified in Table 2.4-4.

b. The Specific Examination shall cover the equipment and operating procedures relative to the applicable test method or technique. The examination shall also cover specifications, codes and acceptance criteria used in the testing procedures. The minimum number of questions shall be as specified in Table 2.4-5.

C. The Practical Examination shall be administered by a Level III and shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Level III that the candidate is familiar with and can operate (except surveillance personnel, see Paragraph (d.3) below) the necessary test equipment and can interpret and record the resultant information from at least one (1) test specimen.
ih lk Pggyg tl ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVICES QUALITYASSURANCE PROCEDUIKS MANUAL QAP 2.4 REVISION 2 ASEA BRCh&l BOVERI QAM-101 PAGE 6 OF 18

d. Additional requirements of the Practical Examination are as follows:

1) At least ten different check points requiring an understanding of the test variables and procedural requirements shall be included in the examination.

2) The description of the specimen(s), the test procedure including checkpoints, and the results of the examination shall be documented.

3) Surveillance personnel shall perform a Practical Examination that shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the examiner that the candidate is familiar with the necessary equipment (except radiography) and can interpret and record the resultant information from at least one (1) test specimen.

The requirements listed in Paragraphs 1) and 2) above shall also apply.
4.3.3 An Eddy Current Level IIA shall satisfy all of the examination re-quirements for an Eddy Current Level II and, in addition, shall demonstrate proficiency in evaluating data taken from actual eddy current inspections. The evaluation of data shall be done with regard to the applicable acceptance criteria. At least ten different check points requiring an understanding of the test variables and procedural requirements shall be included in the examination.
4.3.4 Qualification examinations for Level III certification shall consist of written Basic, Method and Specific Examinations. Candidates for initial Level IIIcertification shall also complete a Practical Examination for Level II in accordance with Paragraph 4.3.2 (c) and (d).
ao The Basic Examination is required only once when examinations for more than one method are taken. The examination shall consist of:

1) At least twenty (20) questions relating to understanding the SNT-TC-1A document (Reference 5.4), and

2) At least fifteen (15) questions relating to applicable materials, fabrication and product technology, and

3) At least fifteen (15) questions which are selected from, or are similar to, Level II questions for other appropriate NDE methods.

+ mggg ABB COMBUSTION pg gymy QUALITYASSURANCE PROCEDURES MAMJAL ENGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVICES QAP 2.4 REVISION 2 As+, eamw eoveIIi QAM-101 PAGE 7 OF 18

b. The Method Examination shall be administered for each method for which certification is sought and shall consist of:

1) At least thirty (30) questions relating to fundamentals and principles which are selected from, or are similar to, the published ASNT Level III questions for each method, and

2) At least fifteen (15) questions relating to application and establishment of techniques and procedures which are selected from, or similar to, the published ASNT Level III questions for each method, and

3) At least twenty (20) questions relating to capability for interpreting codes, standards and specifications relating to the method.

C. The Specific Examination shall be administered for each method and shall consist of a written examination containing a minimum of twenty (20) questions relating to specifications, equipment, techniques and procedures applicable to products and methods similar to those utilized by the CENS NDE departments and administration of the NDE written practice.
4.3.5 The employer, the Principal Level III or his designee shall be responsible for conducting and grading the examinations.
4.3.6 A composite passing grade (average of all tests) of 80% or greater is required for examinations administered for qualification. In addition, each individual passing grade (General, Specific, etc.) shall be 70% or greater.
4.3.7 If the examinations are administered and graded by an outside agency which issues a passlfail grade only, a grade value of 80% shall be assigned for each examination administered and successfully passed.
4.3.8 When an outside agency other than ASNT or EPRI is used for qualification services, those services rendered shall be in accordance with this written practice. Examinations prepared by an outside agency shall use procedures, techniques, etc., similar to those used by CENS. CENS shall retain responsibility for the adequacy of the program of the outside agency.
4.3.9 A valid endorsement on an ASNT NDE Level III certificate for a specific NDE method may be used to fulfillthe Basic and Method examination criteria for Level III certification in the applicable NDE method.
f g gg II ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVICES QAP 2.4 pg lying QUALITYASSURANCE PROCEDUMB MANUAL AS'ROWN BGVERI QAM-101 REVISION 2 PAGE 8 OF 18 4.3.10 Those failing to attain the required grades shall wait at least thirty (30) days or show evidence of having received additional trauiing, as determined by the certifying individual, prior to re-examination.
4.3.11 All levels of NDE personnel shall successfully complete an eye examination to demonstrate natural or corrected near-distance acuity of 20/25 or greater Snellen fraction (Jaeger J-l), with at least one eye, by reading words or identifying characters on a near4istance test chart, such as a Jaeger chart, that meets the requirements of the following table:
Table 2.4-1, Near-Distance Acuity Test Distances and Character Heights Maximum Lower Case Character Test Distance, inches Height, inches 12 0.022 13 0.024 14 0.025 15 0.027 16 0.029 NOTE 1: The test distances (eye to chart) and corresponding character heights provide a visual angle of 6.25 minutes, which is equivalent to a Snellen fraction of 20/25.
NOTE 2: A measurement of one of the near-distance test chart characters shall be made once before initial use'ith an optical comparator (10X or greater) or other suitable instrument to verify that the height of a representative lower case character, without ascender or descender (e.g.,
a, c, e, o), for the selected type size, meets the requirements of the above table. This measurement shall be documented on the test chart.
When required by Code, contract, specification or standard, personnel shall have natural or corrected far-distance acuity equivalent to a Snellen fraction of 20/30 or greater with at least one eye.
/gpss ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVICES QAP 2.4 Jg REVISION 2 pQgygp QUALITYASSURANCE PROCEDUMS MAMJAL As@ SRcAw sovae QAM-101 PAGE 9 OF 18

b. NDE personnel shall also pass an Ishihara or equivalent color vision examination to show ability to distinguish and differentiate contrasts between colors used in the method for which qualified. When personnel are unable to pass this examination, they shall satisfactorily show ability to distinguish and differentiate contrast between colors as part of their NDE Practical Examination.

C. The eye examination shall be given to all NDE personnel on an annual basis.

d. Eye examinations shall be performed by a Level III, designate, or medical personnel.

e. The results of the examination shall be recorded on the Eye Examination Record (Exhibit 2.4-1) or equivalent.

4.4 ER 4.4.1 A Level III shall certify Level I and II personnel. Certification of Level IIIpersonnel shall be by CENS management. All certifications shall be documented on a Certification Record (Exhibit 2.4-2).
4.4.2 The certification period for Levels I and II personnel shall not exceed three (3) years. For Level IIIpersonnel, the certification period shall not exceed five (5) years.
4.4.3 Certification of all levels of NDE personnel shall be based on successful completion of the education, training and experience requirements of Paragraph 4.2 and the required examinations of Paragraph 4,3.

a. The maximum duration of interrupted service for each NDE method or technique shall be one (1) year. Where evidence of use of the method or technique can not be shown, the individual shall successfully complete the examination(s) deemed necessary by the responsible Level III or department head prior to reactivating the certification.

4.4.4 New employees having held valid NDE certifications with their former employer may be certified to their former NDE levels provided that:

a. The employee provides proof of prior certifications, or

gl gQ II ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVICES p% INIS QUALITYASSURANCE PROCEDURES MANUAL QAP 2.4 REVISION 2
~eaae1 elm QAM-101 PAGE 10 OF 18

b. The former employer provides documentation substantiating the training and experience qualification obtained by the employee.

The qualifications shall meet the requirements of SNT-TC-1A (Reference 5.4) and this written practice.
NOTE: Every attempt shall be made to procure the documentation that substantiates the certification, however;

1) When the former employer will not verify training and experience time, an individual's personal history may be acceptable documentation;

2) The employee's former training and experience may be verified by telephone. A record of telephone conversation shall be acceptable documentation of an individual's prior training and/or experience when documentation is otherwise unavailable.

In addition:

c. The employee shall have been worhng in the test method within six months of termination and is certified within six months after termination,

1) When limits are in excess of those specified above, the employee shall receive additional training, as determined by the certifying individual, prior to certification.

d. The employee successfully completes the examination requirements, as applicable, of Paragraph 4.3.

4.4.5 Certification shall be revoked by the Level III or CENS management by evidence of unsatisfactory performance or termination of employment.
Individuals who are separated shall not be considered terminated provided they return to work within one year.
4.5 RE ER 4.5.1 Levels I and II personnel shall be recertified at least every three (3) years by either evidence of continued satisfactory performance or re-examination based on the governing Code and contract requirements.
$g gQ gQ ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEXRING NUCLEAR SERVICES QAP2 4 pg gggg mv,aRcww eoveai QUALITY QAM-101 ASSURANCE PROCEDUM8 MAMJAL REVISION 2 PAGE 11 OF 18 4.5.2 Level III personnel shall be recertified at least every five (5) years by either continued satisfactory performance or re-examination based on the governing Code and contract requirements. When a Level III is recertified by continued satisfactory performance, the recertification shall be based on documented evidence performing Level III duties such as NDE training, procedure development, certification of Level I's and Level II's, test development, etc.
4.5.3 Level III personnel to be recertified by examination shall use the written Method and Specific Examinations (plus the Practical Examination, when required). Alternatively, Level III personnel may be recertified using only the written Method and Specific Examinations provided the following conditions are met:

a. The Level III candidate was previously certified or recertified using all the written examinations and the Practical Examination.

b. The Level III candidate is not being recertified due to interrupted service as defined in the employer's written practice.

5.0 5.1 QAM-100 Quality Assurance Manual 5.2 ASME Code, Sections I, III, V, VIII, XI and ANSI B31.1 5.3 ASME/ANSI NQA-1, including Supplement 2$ -2 5.4 SNT-TC-1A - 1984 Recommended Practice for Nondestructive Testing Personnel Qualification and Certification 5.5 QAP 17.1 Records Retention 6.D N 6.1 L2 ~i' QAM-100 Terms and Definitions, NQA-1 Supplement S-l and Appendix A of this manual contain definitions for many of the terms utilized herein.
yp f hip* iChgb<> 88 8 24 16 40 8 12 1 48 2 20 2 2 60 24 60 80 20 80 TOTAL WORK TIME EXPERIENCE (MONTHS PER LEVEL)
All Education Levels aslistedabove 3 9 1 3 3 9 1 2 1 91 3>>>> 1.5 1.S 4 0.5 4 4 6 NO'I~S:
>> - Grammar School graduation, or demonstration of proficiency, or additional training.
Training shall be as outlined in Reference 5.4. For Level II certification, the experience shall consist of time at Level I, or equivalent. Ifa person is being qualified directly to Level II with no time at Level I, the required experience shall consist of the sum of the times required for Level I and Level II and the hours of training required for Level I and Level II in total shall apply. Credit for experience may be gained simultaneously in two or more methods or techniques. The candidate must spend at least 25% of his work time in each method or technique for which experience is being claimed.

3. VT as identified above refers to VT-1 (which includes VT of weldments), VT-2, Sc VT-3 as defined in Section XI of the ASME BPV Code.

Wo* time experience accumulated in RT, MT, UT, PT, ET or other NDE related methods such as Dimensional, Mechanical, Optical, etc. shall be applied toward not more than 75% of the work time experience required for VT.

5. One (1) month equals 175 hours0.00203 days 0.0486 hours 2.893519e-4 weeks 6.65875e-5 months .

6. Personnel utilizing methods not covered in Table 2.4-2 above shall be trained and qualified in accordance with SNT-TC-1A and this written practice.

7. BT - Bubble Test, >>>> indicates 2 Hours; MSLT - Mass Spectrometer Leak Test; PCMT - Pressure ChangelMeasurement Test; HDLT - Halogen Diode Leak Test.

f pg L gy gy ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVICES QUALITYASSURANCE PROCEDURES MANUAL QAP 2.4 gygy we,aacvns eovettI QAM-101 REVISION 2 PAGE 15 OF 18 B 24- EXPERIEN E f TMITED E I ATI EXPERIENCE giRS)
TECHNIQUE / ACTIVITY METHOD Isoto Radio h RT N/A 40 N/A 720 Film Inte Ietation RT N/A 20 N/A 520 Data Taking/Equip. Op. RT 39 N/A N/A Surveillance RT N/A 2 surveillance trips for LII Coil Tcchni ue MT Yoke Techni uc MT Prod Tcchni ue MT Evaluation MT N/A N/A 130 Data Takin ui MT 12 N/A N/A SuivcIUancc MT N/A 10 I survcillancc trip for LII Thickness Readings UT 10 10 240 Contact Tcstin UT N/A 20 N/A 720 Evaluation UT N/A 20 N/A 520 Data Takin ui . UT N/A N/A Suivcliiancc UT N/A 40 2 surveillance tri s for LII Solvent Removable N/A N/A 130 Evaluation N/A N/A 130 Data Tahng/Equip. Op. N/A N/A Surveillance N/A 1 surveillance tri for LII Wcldmcnts 100 175 Data Takin ui N/A 0 N/A Survcillancc N/A 2 surveillance tri s for LII Data Takin uip. Op. 12 N/A 0 N/A Surveillance N/A 12 1 surveillance trip for LII Analysis of Fuel Rods N/A 20 N/A 250, Note 6 Work time cxpcrience accumulated in RT, MT, UT, FI', ET or other NDE related methods such as Dimensional, Mechanical, Optical, ctc. shall bc applied toward not more than 75% of the work time cxpcricnce required for VT.
Personnel holding limited certification in Data Taking/Equipment Operation shall work with a ccrtificd (unlimited) individual and shall not indcpcndcntly conduct any test, interpret or evaluate any results of a test or write a report of thc test results.
The above hours are based on a high school graduate or equivalent. For other education lcvcls, thc hours may be adjusted in a ratio based on the hours shown in Table 2.4-2.
It is not intcndcd by this wriucn practice that the sum of the hours listed for each method above is required for unlimited certification. Sce Table 2 4-2 for unlimited certification requirements.
For activities for which limited certification training and cxpcricnce hours arc not included in the table above, the Principal Level IH shall establish and document thc required training and cxpcricnce hours prior to initiation of the qualiIication and certification activities.
Expcricncc for ET Fuel Rod Analysis must be gained during a minimum of two fiel assignmcnts. A knowlcdgc of fuel rod manufacturing and/or design is also required.
Ll gg lg QUALITYABB MBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVICES ASSUIL4NCE PROCEDURES MANUAL QAP 2.4 REVISION 2 Pg pygmy AEaa eacvm eovaw QAM-101 PAGE 16 OF 18 METHOD Level I Level I Level II Level II Limited Limited Radiography 20 40 30 Magnetic Particle 30 15 30 20 Ultrasonics 40 20 40 30 Liquid Penetrant 30 15 30 20 Eddy Current 40 20 40 20 Leak Testing 20 10 20 10 Visual 40 20 40 20 TABL 4- PE E AMIN TI METHOD Level I Level I Level II Level H Limited Limited Radiography 20 10 20 10 Magnetic Particle 20 10 15 10 Ultrasonics 20 10 20 10 Liquid Penetrant 20 10 15 10 Eddy Current 20 10 20 10 Leak Testing

1. Bubble Test 15 10 15 10

2. Absolute Pressure Test 15 10 15 10 (Pressure Change)

3. Halogen Diode Leak 15 10 15 10 Test

4. Mass Spectrometer 20 10 40 20 Leak Test Visual 25 15 25 15

4 Il li AB MB TION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVIC pg gyp'UAIZIYASSURANCE PROCEDUIUH MATUAL ES QAP 2.4 REVISION 2 ASEABAovwBOVEAI QAM>>101 PAGE 17 OF 18 NAME. Brian E. *lbrighc PATE:
SSN: 044-45&[23 g) JAEGER ll [ ) JAEGER l2 [ ) OATHORATER g) SNEL1EN [ ) ISHIHARA [ ] OTHER:
EXAMINATIONRESULTS: TO BE COMPLETED BY NOE OEPAflTMENT EGLfUQRQH ACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE NATURA[ ' J-[ J-) J-[
L 8 CORAECTEO: R EMULSIQH NATURAL:
8 gQ tx j CORAECTEO: R gQ 25 Lgj}
30 8gg 25
[x]
(x)
[ X) ISHIHARA [ I A.O.I.
) OTHEA:
CORAECTIVE LENSES OR AIOS ARE REQUIAEO WHILE CONDUCTING EXAMINATIONS:
NEAR VISION: ) YES [X I NO FAR VISION: [X )YES [ )NO ADMINISTERED BY: TITLE: NDE Level III ACCEPTED BY: TITLE. NDE Level III
Ii Pg Iyiy gQ ABB COMBUSTION ENGIMUMNGNUCLEAR SERVIC ES QUALITYASSURANCE PROCEDURES MANUAL QAP 244 REVISION 2 AS'Rorrff BovERI QAM-101 PAGE 18 OF 18 Aaa METHOD:
CERTIFICATION RECORD ULTRASONIC NAME: Brian E. Albright LEVEL: III SOC, SEC NO . 0~5%123 CERTIRCATION DATE: 9/12/93 EXPIRATION DATE: 9/12/98 EDUCATION:
Needham High School, Needham, MA ~ Grad 1968 TRAINIKG:
US Navy NOT of Metals School, San Diego, CA - August 1980 - Courses in UT Thickness 8t Silver Braze Inspection ABB Combustion Engineering, Windsor,CT ~ August 1981 - 32 Hours UT Ul
- May 1982-28 Hours UT EPRI NDE Canter, Charlone. NC - December 1983 - 40 Hours IGS
- June1985-40HourslG De on Helller Assoc., Niandc. CT - 1992 - 24 Hours UT Ull EXPERIENCE:
Cedfied and experienced at ABB CE s 1982, as a Level II from July 1982 to August 198 a September 1993.
ASNT Level III Basic and Method Exams - Passed 11/92 General/Basic: 80 0 Practical Score: 92.0 Specific/Method: 80 0 Practical/Specific: 89 9 Total: S4 S 4 SS
/ COMPOSITE SCORE The above named Individual has completed the qualification/training requirements for ceni6cadon in the above examinadon method in accordance with ABB Combustion Engineering Nuclear Services procedure QAP 2 4 revision 2 and only Addenda as anotated below.
CERTIFIED BY CH IOSmoN: Manager, Nuclear Quality ADDENDA'.REVUE >+'~'-"REEEBEN~~i~~ R.'Ra=lCERTIFIED!BY'-;-p ttp4 RPOSmON'k";:~~>. ~3)ATEc ASIIE Seer XI A VII C /V HrNuc al 9/26/93 HQGBIT 2.4-2
jg pg Iyiy gg Ii ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVICES QUALITYASSURANCE PROCEDUMH MANUAL QAP 2.4-B REVISION 0 as+,eRmvweovERI QAM-101 PAGE 1 OF 2 ADDENDUM B ERTIFI ATI N F EPRI ALIFIED ATA Y T D PE NNE 1.0 ggRPQ$ g 1.1 This addendum modifies the requirements of QAP 2.4 for qualifications of EPRI Qualified Data Analyst (QDA), in accordance with PWR Steam Generator Examin'ation Guidelines: Revision 3, EPRI NP-6201, Appendices G and H, November 1992.
2.0 A~LI ABILITI'.1 This Addendum applies only when required by Code, specification, contract or other governing document.
3.0 3.1 Candidates for certification in accordance with this Addendum shall be certified to a minimum of Level IIA or shall be a Level II and have written permission of the Principal Level III.
DIFI A ADDITI N ELETI N 4.2 ~PK 4.2 ED A ND EX ERIE E [SAME EXCEPT AS NOTED]
change existing paragraph to:
4.2.1 b. For EPRI Qualified Data Analyst (QDA) an additional 40 hours4.62963e-4 days 0.0111 hours 6.613757e-5 weeks 1.522e-5 months specific training, including examination, in eddy current data analysis is required to supplement the ET Level II training requirements as defined in Table 2.4-2. No additional experience is required.
+ ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING NUCLEAR SERVICES gg gg QUALITY pg gygy ASSURANCE PROCEDUM8 MANUAL QAP 2.4-B REVISION 0 mu BRcAAtN cover QAM-101 PAGE 2 OF 2 4.1 X [SAME EXCEPT AS NOTEDl change existing paragraph to:
4.3.3 The QDA shall satisfy all of the examination requirements for an Eddy Current Level II or III and, in addition, shall demonstrate proficiency by successful completion of the EPRI Steam Generator Eddy Current Performance Demonstration using the Industry Database (IDB) Practical Examination.
4.5 RE ERTIFI [SAME EXCEPT AS NOTED]
add the paragraph:
4.5.4 Periodic requalification as a QDA is not required as long as an individual continues to assume actively the duties of a data analyst with no continuous lapse in these duties for a time span longer than fifteen (15) months, as specified in Reference 5.7. Yearly training requirements of a minimum of eight (8) hours as specified in Reference 5.7 must be satisfied as well.
5.0 [SAME EXCEPT AS NOTED]
add the following paragraphs:
5.7 PWR Steam Generator Examination Guidelines: Revision 3, EPRI NP-6201, Appendices G and H, November 1992.
5.8 Industry Database, EPRI Research Project S530, June 1993. (Consists of a written and practical examination and includes data from the three (3) NSSS vendors.)
7.0 ~RE ~RD [SAME EXCEPT AS NOTED]
add the following paragraph:
7.3 Certification Records of Analysts who successfully complete the IDB Practical Examination shall have the designation "EPRI Qualified Data Analyst (QDA)" and the date of completion placed in the Examination Section.
APPROVED: /i JJJ~Z Principal NDE Level III Date
ISING 8L 8'LIP IP ASEA BROWN BOVERI September 9, 1995 Mr. Chip Bach Shearon Harris Nuclear Plant State Road 1134 New Hill. NC 27562

SUBJECT:

PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS,ABB/CENO S/G CREW REVISION 1

Dear Chip:

The attached personnel matrix has been revised to reQect personnel quali6cation changes. Each revision has been denoted by an adjacent ¹ symbol.
ely, Roy . Brown Harris R06 Steam Generator Manager Attachment ABB Combustion Engineering Nuclear Services Combustion Engineenng, Inc. 1201 Riverfront Parkway Telephone (615) 752 2390 Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402 Toll Free 14008724836 Fax (615) 752 2449
LL ISING PLIIII ASEA BROWN BOVERI MR. ROGER JOHNSON CPS'

SUBJECT:

LEAD RESOLUTION ANALYSTS THE FOLLOWING ANALYSTS ARE ON SITE TO PERFORM RESOLUTION ANALYSIS.
TOM BIPES LEVEL III 4 QDA SENIOR LEAD DONALDDANKELEVEL IIIBh QDA DOUGLAS CALENDER LEVEL HI 8h QDA LYNN HOVER LEVEL HI Bh QDA ROY N. BROWN ABB S/G PROJECT MANAGER ABB Combustion Engineering Nuclear Services Combustion Engineering, Inc, 1201 Riverfront Parkway Telephone l615) 752.2390 Chattanooga. Tennessee 37402 Toll Free 14)008724836 Fax l615) 7522449
RE@SION 1 QUALIFICATIONMATRIX all I/05 Irrap. Port Removal Btudge Lance FOBAR Budge Lance Eddy Current Eddy Ctarent Eddy Ctarent ttozrte Dam pkrggktg and Manway Hdper or Replacement Operator Operabrr Platform Worker Analyala AcqdaNcn AcqutsNon Eddy Current Worker Worker Trahee Level II Levd I Plathnn Worker CPBL OPAL CP IL L Proceckse ABB Procedue ABB Proceckre ABB Proceckae ABB Proceckse ABB Proceckre Proceckre ABB Procedure Proceckre OPAL or ABB BASSEN BENEFIELD, C. X BIPES, T. X BLAHNIK,S. X BROWN, R. N. X¹ BROWN, W. X¹ X CALENDAR, D. X CAW, M. X 0 CHRISTIE, L G. X X X COOPER, J.
DAHNKE, D.
DEANE, L. X HOGAN, C 0 0 0 DOSHE, M. X ELLIS X ESTES, G. X X X FOLSOM, D. X X FORTENBERRY, G.
FRYE SA-DM FUNG, P.

X GALLANT, G. X GIBSON, D. X¹ X GREEN, J.C. X GREENE, D.

GANTT R. X¹ X Randy Tate

RBhSlOH l QUALIFICATIONMATRIX hap. Port Removal Bturkte Lance FOSAR Studcte Lance Eddy Ccarent Eddy Ctgrent Nett ~ Dam Manway Helper or Replacement Operator Operator Platlorm Worker Anatyata Acylattton Eddy Ccarent Worker Worker Tratnee NAME Platlcnn Worf(cr CP 5 L Proceckae Ass Procedure ABB Proceckae ABB Proceckre Ass Proceckre ASS Proceckre ABB Proceckre CPBL OPAL CpaL cr ASS ABB Procedure Proccckre Procedure Proc eckae HANSEN, L.
HILL, D. M.
HOLCOMB, D.
HOLMES, D.
HOVER, L. X HRABIK, J INGENTHRON, G IRWIN, W. X X JACOBS, J.
JOHNSTON, K.
JONES, L. X FREISNER, R LANGLEY, T 0 0 X MAUK, C 0 0 0 X STEPHENSON, R 0 0 LEMIEUX, C.
LEMIEUX, R.
LENZ, P. X X LONGLEY, A.
MANLEY, D. L. X X NEYMAN, G. X X X O'RADY, P.
O'LAUGHLIN SA-DM OVERCASH, L. X PADGENT, T.
PARKER, D. X X PASCUCCI, A. X PIEH, A. X KELSEY C. X¹ Reedy Tale
RENsloN all I/0$
c QUALIFICATIONMATRIX tnsp. Port Removal Sludge Lance FOBAR Btudge Lance Eddy Ccarent Eddy Cw ant Eddy Ccarent Ptuggrng and Nozrte Dam Manway Hd per or Replacement Operator Operator Ptatrorm Worker Analysis Acqdsttton Acqdst5on Eddy Ccsreet Worker Worker Tratnee Level II bnel I Ptalbrm Worker CpaL CpdL OPAL or ABB CP 4 L Procedure ABB Procedure ABB Procedure ABB Procedure ABB Proceckre ABB Procedure ABB Proceckae ABB Procedure ABB Proceckae Procecire Procechae Procedure PLATH, R.
ROGERS, C.
PYLE, S. X X X X X REICH, J. E. X X RHODES, D.
ROBERTS SA-DM SAPIA, M.

X SHOCK, S. A. X SILUS SA-DM SMITH, D. X X X¹ X SOUTHERIAND, T. X X X X SPENCER, J.

STANDIFER, W. X X STRICKLIN, R. X X TATE, T.
TAYLOR, M. X TEAGUE, M. X TERNING, G. X¹ THOMAS, B.
TOMAN, J. X TRAVIS, G. X X X WALLIN,J. X X X X WEATHFORD, J. X WILLS, L. X X X¹ X X ZIRKELBACH, J. X X¹ X THOMPSON T.
REvrsloN I 0/I 1/ee QUALIFICATION MATRIX Irlp. Pert Removal FOSAR Sludge tance Eddy Clrent Eddy Cunent Eddy Crarent Pkaghy and ttozde Oam Manway Helper or Rcgacement Operator Plalhrm Worker Analyata Acqttatmon Acqutagcn Eddy Current Worker Wcrkor Trahee NAME Level II Level I Ptathrm Worker CPr L CPaL CP 4 L Procedure AB>>'ced e ASSP~a ABB rocedure Ass Proceckre Ass Proceckre ABS Proceckre ABB Procedure Proceckre Procedure CPLL or ABB TURNER V.
MORRISON D.
ROSE W.
WILLIAMSC.
BRANNON W.
ACKERMAN J.
WHITE D.
' CHATTANOOGAANALYSIS X= TRAINED/QUALIFIED/EXPERIENCED WORKERS 0= TRAINEE'S BY MOCK UP, NO FEILD EXPERIENCE
¹= REVISON 1 CHANGES TO QUALIFICATIONMATRIX SA-DMcr SYSTEM ADMINISTRATOR-DATAMANAGEMENT Pre ared b R.P. Strlcklin Tralnln Reviewed b R.N. Brown - -Pro ect M r.
Reviewed b R.Tate -Quail Contol M A rovedb CP&LREP.
Randy Tare 0
z 3870NWMI88L~PObox140 Z QA BA REV- 2 WA0802M140 USA i
'eeaqvah.
(800) 543 17Fl +00) 5024318 .
FAX < @08) ~8)88 CONbXTXON CODE. - K:
Ot44ER: AB8 COF)BUSTIQN ENGINEERING Zetec, Zncorpot ated;hereby certifies that the following instrument, meets or exceeds all manufacturer s specifications.
. Instrument: 'NXZ-.18A RDAU','Serial Number:,056' The calibration af this instrument 3.s control1aB"'b'y. ap5I ovecf; documented procedures which meet or exceed AGEE Section XI, Appendix Iv and AsNK section v Article 8, Appendix I, thraugn 1989 Edition December I990 Addenda.
Cali:bration has been performed using standards whose *ccuracxes are traceable to the N'ational Institute. of Standards and Technology, STANOARDS USED: / '1524. / 098 / 091 / 086 /
CALIBRATION DATP. 24 Jan 1995 CALI8RATED BY: QRXFF NUTTRLL HICIAN CERTIFICATION DATE: 24- .Jan 995 EXPIRATION OATK: 24 .'an 199m C'ERTXFIEO 'Y: STEVE VOH FVCHS QUALITY ASSURANCE COMMENTS: CALIBRATION PERFORMED USING PROCEOURE CCSP-ROAU" BIZ" 18A'EV.:S.
I CERTIFICATE HUNBER A: 55179 )
~~ r~g yg:xeg
ZETEC 1370 NW Mall St ~ PO Box 140 Z-QA BA REV. 2 laaaquah, WA 980274140 USA
'800) 643-1771 ~ (206) 3924316 AX ~ (206) 392-2086 CONDITION CODE: 8 OWNER: A88 COMBUSTION ENGINEERING Zetec, Incorporated hereby certif ies that the's following r.>>str ument meet or exceeds all rrranufacturer =-pecif ications.
Instrument: MIZ-lSA RDAU
'erial Number: 185 The calibration of this instrument is controlled by approved, documented procedure which meet or exceed ASME Section XI, APPerrdix IV .~rid ASME Section V Articl=', APPendix I, through T di t i on I ~ecembe r I '1~0 Addenda.
.'zlibr ation has been per for.med using standards whose accuracies are traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
TANDARDS USED: / 181'T / 1 96 / 097 / 019 /
CAL I BRAT ION r>ATE: ~I Jul 1995 CALIBRATED BY: GRIFF NUTTALL / ~ ~
T HNICIAN CERT I F I CAT IOI'I I:>ATE: 31 Jul 1795 EXPIRATION DATE: ~l Jul 199'ILL CERTIFIED BY: REYNOLDS ALI T Y ASSURANCE
.OMMLrNI Sr CALIBRATION PERFORMED USING PROCEDURE ¹ i .P- RDAIJ- M I Z - I.GA REV ..'
("US T. PO¹
'>5061oc'ERTIFICATE NUMBER A 55690
ZETEC 1370 NW Mar) St. ~ PO Box 140 '"QA GA REV 2 Issaquah, WA 98027%140 USA
'BOO) 843-1771 ~ (206) 392-631 6 0( ~ (206) 392-2088 I
CONDITION r.'ODE: 8 OWNER: ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING Zetec, Incorporated hereby certxf res that the' following instrument meets or e> ceeds all manufactur er specif ications.
Instrument: MIZ -18A RDAU er ial Number.: ill The calibration of thxs instrument is controlled by approved, documented procedures which meet or exceed ASME ection XI, Appendix IV ance'SME ':ectzori V Ar ticle 6, i~ppendix l. through l 789 Edition December )990 Addenda.
Calibration has been performed using standards who e accuracies are traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
STANDARDS USED: / 181 7 / 1596 / 097 / 019 /
CAL I BRAT ION DATL: 1 Jul l.995 CALIBRATED BY: GR lF F NUTTALL HNICI N CERTIF ICATION DATE: 1 Ju l 1995 EXPIRAT ION DATE: 1 Ju l 199e
<., I ERT IF ED BY: W ILL REYNOLDS QUAL I TY ASSURANCE COMMENTS: CAL IBRA I ION PERFORMED U ING PROCEDURE
'P:,".,
RDAU.MIZ- }BA RFV.
t . !'r) r "ioc. Lc.;.
rr CERTIFICATE NUMBER A: 55689
e 'ae ~ OVei CeV PV ihe AC ZETEC
~70 HW Mal Q. ~ PO Sec 140 NAQSQiV4140 U8A V) le-1M. gN) ORb5316
~ ggj)
Z QA SA RKV 2 QNOITIQN CQCE:
"NER: ABB CQ " T QN KNS NECKING Zetec, Inic"recrate" ",archy "er" ias "hz t'h e 0'o~ing St r USBn Alttt G Brs'CBRIT cL3. ~
r: nU Z U B S Qtcb ficatiOns ~
nis" runs"-I"."..: ~IIIA, sSA RCAU Sesr3.ai
~ ~
I"Ussihtsr . v69 r ar Gi rri i C P I'cf C~e h I
m
<<n
- c- 0 rrrrar>ri Bne 4I w
~ ~
ea5>/II v
4 \'.I;lcr W
- r-eh
~
F
~ ~ r iC I IBc-ri G v Bwceciw4 w~Ãs r>~
C Q.
7ia, r
I ir
eea ~ ~ e ~
LCea'ai'Be C 3 1ns~-~'Bn is 0 l~t Q118d 5g a+Pi Ovens
'. r1
~
r
~
sh,A~ i cc,n
~ r I+1 7',i
<Oii.C C BC.+ r q
~
I 4>>
V.
X.
re
~
u g,(I
~
.'g
~
VCCmi V 1St
~ C ~ elc V ~ Vr Si I C ~ Cr'.:1GC.'4'5 e)Q. S at'e4C I &4 Slee-I- BCCLJt ZCABS i 0 Wl 44-%4V - LV Tc;c;ianr~ .. ~)r eea AND VV
~ '<<'s- w, 4V ~ j.r u / vr 9 / Q54 / 003 /
O'"L "SRA QN CAT=: :9 ~an c995 ALIBRATKD BY: RE--, c PYRrN C~NXC N C =RT I.:. CAT"ON - 'AT -: I nriC
""ASPIRATION CAT= ~9 van '996
'"-FTIF I" D BY: CHILI Rc'YNQLCS
JAi "TY ASSURANCE vaJelreS4Ckric
~
.'Ih
~ VNa RDAU a
~
Cr'ra I I
. I~T '
+Q' o0 .,eC+I
's.s I
'j I ',Ia ~
~
ear+
I ~ I psh4 4Ri se,vh wT Slh
~ a r'eh I a vvhvveRv C. anal silly I seas.
~
r VIT T r JTr. YcI I se Ivrach Ive evl
~
1 c e,
%% r &c,rs
~
1370 NW MaN St. ~ PO Box 140 'QA BA REV.
(ssaqueh, WA 980274'f40 USA (800) 643-1771 ~ (206) 3924316
'AX ~ (206) 392-2088 CONDITION CODE B OWNER: ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING Zetec, Incoi porated hereby certif ies that the following instrument meets or exceeds all manutacturer's specif ications.
Ins trument: MIZ- iBA RDAU Serial Number: 072 The calibration of this in tr ument is controlled by approved, documented procedures which meet or exceed ASME Section XI ~
Appendix IV and ASME ection V Ar txcle 8, Appendix I, through (489 Edition December 1~<0 Addenda.
Calib~ ation has been performed using tandards whose accuracies are traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
STANDARDS USED: / 1S17 / 1396 / 097 / 019 /
CALIBRATION DA TE: 31 Jul 1995 CALIBRATED BY: iaRIFF NUT TALL N IC TAN CERT IF I CAT ION DA T E: 31 Ju 1 1>95 EXPIRATION DATE: 31 Jul 1996
< ERTIFIED BY: WILL REYNOLDS
@VALI T'. ~ .
SURANCE COMMENT.: CALIBRATION PERFORMED USING PROCEDURF.
CSP-RDAU-MCZ-18A RFV.? .
~ .U.". ( . (>0() '~50ule c CERTIFICATE NUMBER A: 55694
870RNQVILSPObN QQ Z-QA 84 RKV. 2 I4 4 4
WA'SNRTW40 USA 17'! QOggOk4%8
% 4IHN44 .
CONDITION CANOE,: 8
."CNNKR s ASS COMBUSTION'NGXHKRRIHS mateo, Xncoroorated hereby certifies that the following instrument meets or axceods all manufacturer's Specifications.
Xnstrumant: . BIZ:-.SO Seri41"Hutcher: '031
' y Kv ~
The calibration of thS.s instrument is controlled by appt'ovid.
documented procec5urea which meet or exceed ASIDE Siotion XX, .
A'ppendix XV and ASIDE Soction V Article 8, Appendix I, through 19s9 EdiC'i.on'ecimber 1990 4'Bcfihd'a.
Calibration'Ms 'beiii'iiformed ~ny stan'darFcbi'whom accuse ac:ias are tracoi51e to'he NaCional 'Institute of 'Stan8arN and Technology.
STANDARDS.USED:../,2AS2 /:098,./ 097 / 092; F
"~
CALIBRATION,DATE .; "'" 8 llA'y"1995 CACZBRATKC '87; SNIFF Nt/TTACt.
HICI
~9 ",",'vQc;.a)v; ~ ~ a,z ~ svc 5 ~ ~ I la~
rs,4 vtoAi Is a I 4, lv'(99 iv'i~l~l nPA lan ~, I~
%A
~ lp
'ERTZFICATION DATE::' 8 Nay,1995 RXPXRATZOH DATE. ' 8 Nay I rC
-' BRED'-K "PYAN' 19~'TX~XKQZQY~-"
~ 7 QUALITY
'1
.',' ' cp&fEATS'4. AHA@00 BMb8."'"-'- ..-..::; ~ ~
~ ~
CKRTIFXCAYK HLNSER 4: 55454
~ ~ nT nT ~ cM 0 ClSR
'ETEC 1370 NV MaR SL ~ PO BOa 140 Z-QA BA REV. 2 lammah, WAQMR7%140 USA (500) 543.1 71 ~ (205) Si04515 i
FAX (205) 3024055 CONDITION CODE 'EM OHHER) ABB COMBUSTION KHGIHEERING Zetec, Incorporated hereby certifies that the following instrument meets or exceeds all manufacturer's specifications.
Instrument: NX7-30-8.
Serial Number: 089 .
The calibration of this instrument is controlled by approved, documented procedure es which meet or exceed ASNK Section XI, Aooendix IV and ASNE Section V Article 8, Appendix I, through 1989 Edi ion December 1990 Addenda.
Calibration has been performed using standards whose accuracies are traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
STANDARDS USED: 057 / 2501 / 098 CALIBRATION DATE: 28 Jul 1995 CALIBRATED BY: JASON KING TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATION DATE -'4 Aug 1995 EXPIRATION DATE: 14 Aug 1996 CERTIFIED BY: BRETT E PYREN QUALITY AS RANC COMMENTS: PROCEDURE NUMBER: ESP" COP MIl-30-8 REY. 4 CERTIFICATE NUBBER A: 55681
1 l
) 1370 tAV lMO. ~ PO Bce 140 Z-AA 8A REV. 2
'eeequah, WA N0274NO USA
<600) bQ 1771 ~ (206) 2024Kb
'AX ~ %00) 302 20M CONDITION CODE: NEW, OWNER: ABB CONBUSTION, EKGZNEERXHQ Zetec, Incorporated hereby'certifies manufacturer's that the following instrument meets ar exceeds all specif ications.
Xns trument: HZZ-.30-8 Serial Number: 090 The calibratian of this instrument is controlled by approved, documentec procedures 'whicl. meet or exceea ASNE Section XI, Apoendix IV and ASIDE Section V Article 8, Appendi~ X, "hrougn 1999 Editior December 1490 Addenda.
Calibration has been performed using standards whose accuracies are traceable to the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
STANDARDS USED1 056 l 1810 / 1816 / 26~5 CALIBRATION DATE: 2B,Jul 1995 CALXSRATED BY: ARTIE LEACH TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATION DATE: 14 Aug 1995 EXPXRATIOH DATE: 14 Aug 1996 CERTX FlED BY: BRETT E. PYREN QUALITY RSSVKRNGE CONTENTS: PROCEDURE HUBB ER: ESP-COP NZZ-50-8 REV - 4 CERTX FZ CATE NUMBER A: 556S .

XPQ NINN 3313Z

.."ZETEC i
1370 NW lhasa SL PO Box 140 I-QA SA REV. 2
'eaaqpah, NAMQ74140 USA Wj M.1771 ~ (2M) SBR4S1b 4~ (8N)'3N-NN COHDITXCN CODE: HEM ONNER ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERXNG Zetec, Incorporated hereby cer'tif ies that the following instrument meets or exceeds all manufacturer 's specifications.
Instrument MXX-30-8 Serial. Number: 092 I
The calibration of this instrument is controlled by approved, documented procedures which meet or exceed ASME Section XI, Appendix IV and'ASME Section, v Article 8, Appendix I, through 1989 Edition December 1990 Addenda.
Calibration has been: performed using standards whose accuracies are traceable to the Hational Institute of Standards and Technology.
STANDARDS USED.:,057 / 2Sbl
\
/ 098'f CAI IBRATION DATE . 2S 'Jul 1995 CALIBRATED BY'. JASON KING TECHNICIAN CERTIFICATION. DATE': 14 Aug 1995 'EQUALITY li EXPIRATION OA TE 14 Aug l 996 CERT Z FIED BY: BRETT ' ~ PYREN ASS RNCK COMMENTS: PROCEDURE NUMBER: ESP-COP MIZ-80-8 REV. 4 CERTIFICATE NUMBER A: 55686
>Ore 'd SS: ot SS S "BS 9905-~K-905: x~3 NINM 33l3Z
7ETEC NN MaN St. ~ PO Box 140 WA 980274140 USA Z-QA 8A R~-
643-1771 ~ (206) 3924316 FAX ~ (206) 392-2086 CONDITION CODE: NEH OWNER. A88 CCNBUSTI ON ENGINEERING
'H Zetec, Incorporated hereby certities that the tollowing instrument meets or exceeds all manufacturer's speciticatiom.;
s IC(~
q 't-,
Instrument: NIZ-3'0-8 r Serial Number: 094 P The calibration ot this instrument is controlled by approv documented procedures which meet or exceed ASIDE Section XI, Appendix IV and ASIDE Section V Ar ticle 8, Appendix I, thr 1989 Edition. December 1990 Addenda; Calibrati'on has been pertoreed uM6y. etandarda'.whosi'-.'ace&
are traceable to the National Institute ot Standards and Technology.
W STANDARDS USED: /0055 /0098 /0092 /1898 CALIBRATION DATE: ' 17 Aug 1995'ALIBRATED BY JASON KING j ~ ~,
TECHNICI 1
CERTIFICATION DATE: 17 Aug 1995 ~+ ~
f
,')r EXP IRATION DATE: 17 Aug 1996 CERTIFIED BY: BRETT E. PYREN ~C~~
QUAL I ~ASS AH COMMENTS: PROCEDURE NUMBER: ESP-COP BIZ-30-8 REV 4 r.ERTTFTCATE NUMBER A: 55740
~ ~5 I ~
z-I A %W %%VXI tlt
~ ~
1~ NW Mal St. ~ PO Bet 140 Z-QA 8A REV..:2.
~%1771 WA 98027%140 USA
~ (206) 3924316 s'I JB) 392-20B6 CONDITION CODE: NEW OWNER: ABB CtNBUSTION ENGINEERING jb~
Ze tee, Incorporated hereby certif ies that the following instrument meets or exceeds all manufacturer's specifi.cati~-.'-.--
Instrument: HXZ-30-4"~
Serial Number: 096 The calibration of this instrument is controlled bg" procedures which meet or exceed-ASIDE Section XI, Iapproved'ocumented Appendix IV and ASIDE Section V Article 8, Appendix I, through 1989- Kditien December "1990 Addenda. ~,...
..qg~w.ciSe '
~ ~
Cal ibrat&sn .has. been gASr forred using. standards."@hose".':-acct.
s are traceable'.to.. the. National Institute of .Standards..:.and Technology. .'~up:
~ ~,
STANDARDS USED: /0055 /0098 /0092 J'1898 CALIBRATION DATE: 17 Aug 1995 CALIBRATED BY: JASON KING Jw' I
--. i-T,ECHtfXCI CERTIFICATION DATE: 17 Aug 1995 EXPIRATION DATE: 17 Aug 1996 CERTIFIED BY: BRETT E. PYREN QUALITY ASSURANCE COMMENTS: PROCEDURE NUMBER: ESP-COP MIZ-30-8 REV.4
~sr ~ <~~
r CERTIFICATE NUMBER A: 55742
P ZETEC
~,
'370 NW Maw St. ~ PO Box 140 WA 860274140 USA
)0) 643-1771 ~ (206) 3924316
~ (206) 392-2066 Z-QA 8A REV 2 JgAgl'RNER:
CONDITION CODE NEN ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING letec. Xncorporated hereby certifies that the following instr urnent meets or exceeds all manufacturer's specificationa.
Instrument: BIZ-80-8 serial Hurrrber: 097 calibration of this instrument is controlled by P rocedures which meet or exceed ASIDE Section XX approv+,'ocumented Appendix IV and ASME Section V Article 8, Appendix I, throu Er~~
1990 Addenda..
~~
1989 Edit%an December
-":.'"'-.'he Calibration has been ~rformred using: standards whose accur iiis are traceable to the National Institute of, Standards and Technology.
STANDARDS USED: /0055 /0098 /0092 /1898 CALIBRATION DATE: 17 Aug 1995 CAL IBRATED BY: JASON KING
'I TECHNIC IA CERTXFICATXON DATE: 17 Aug 1995 N
EXPXRATION DATE: 17 Aug 1996 CERTIF IED &Y BRETT E. PYREN QUALITY ASSURAN COMMENTS PROCEDURE NUMBER: ESP-COP NIZ-50-8 REY. 4
~ V, 4
~
CERTT FTGATF <1~Fg n caw'r o
ns~rva.v . e .ws ~. suan'~. i 'Llew'aw w~a e lJtease raausessas a A ~ lpgaJwRshcscLVsh%AEsukaaxs n.
ZEFEC a I "70 NW Mak St. ~ PO Box 140 Z-QA 8A RKV" .4; o
ar ~ WA98027%140USA
'-1771 ~ (206) 3924316 l
) 392~ ~
Q'~ ~u. x CONDITIOH CODE NEN
'%k ONHER: ABB COMBUSTION ENGINEERING $A a 4
r
~
Zetec, Incorporated hereby certif ies that the following instrueent seats or exceeds all aanufacturer's speciticaticr~
Instrument: MIX-34-8 Serial Number: 104 The calibration of this instrument is controlled 'by appro ae) -/ ~
documented procedures which meet or exceed ASME Section XX Appendix IV and ASME Section V Article 8, Appendix I, through 1989" fdition December 1990 Addenda;-
I t Calibrit'iori has 4i. ~,ikey~
been: performed hsing .standards whasi. acus.
are. tracieable to the'National Institute" of-'tandards.and . ="
Technology. a e STANDARDS USED:
CALIBRATION DATE:
CALIBRATED'Y:
'7
/0055 /0098 /009'1898 Aug 1995 JASON K ING TECH ICI
'I J
i CERTIFICATION DATE: 17 Aug 1995 4.
EXPIRATION DATE: 17 Aug 1996 CERTIFIED BY: BRETT E. PYREN QUALIT ASSURA CE L.OMMENTS: PROCEDURE NUMBER: ESP-COP MIZ-~0-8 REV. 4 v
SL~ ~C at'R CERTIFICATE NUMBER A: 55789:.'i
1370N.W.MalLP.O.Box140, lssaquah,WA98027%140 (206)392-5316 Telex152592 Telecopy(206)392-2086 CER'nFlCATE OF COMPLINE This certifies thet, to the best of our knowledge, the Customer's delivered under this purchase agreement is in material accordance with the terms of the contract.
ABB COMBUSTION ENGIHEETKHG Contract/Purchase Order Number'.~'95O75O>
By on SEPT. 12'995 Quality Assu ce Representative Date See Attachments:
COUNTS: STANDARD SERIAL NUMBERS THROUGH Z-14094 '-14089
~P' 5OZ O
+ 5S~s 10CFR REGUIREMENTS ARE NOT EXTENDED SEYOND ZETEC FOR COMMERCIAL ITEMS
, OR MATERIALSUPPLIED TO ZETEC.
~ ~
I oil I ~
~~ERH~~~NR%%2%~RZ ~
I ~ ~ I I '
~ ~
~ I ~
~ ~ ~ I ~ ~
'eel
~ ~ ~ ~ ~ r
~
' ~
~ ~ 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ I
~ ~ ' ~ ~
I
~ ~ ~ I~
REV)9ONS TTEV STATTTS LTR DATE DESCRIPTION APVD CK DR OP SHEETS SHEET C 0 gwI REDRAWN M/CHANGES.REV SHT 02 Kl cjoy
~
LOCATION C 0 E F G H I 3 K
~O
~> ~
RIYSICALLY MEAS OEPTH ~O
~
~C)
OEPTH IN 96 OF WALL ~C- >1? QOQ +~7 ~C)C)7 ~CD? 70 2. I 70 E T PHASE ANGLE MEAS (180'I CAR8ON StEEl. I'SR 00 ROLL I J EXPANSION A C ORIENTATION OF ALI.
SECtION VIEWS[
8 3/g 2X IES'I I STOCK BREAK 00 EDGE 1.46 ~B227 W IO E GH M 1.38 125 ~ 89 I
308 I90'I COPPER STIEP 020 THK 3.90 4.90 5.90 10.80 MATERIAL AVERAGE MEAS. WALL THK.~~
SHOTS A CfO 300 Cal
.1)0 AH ASASL 00%
EOH Oa SO)Os ECHO 003 CH wOE OOWS A CR')%
EOI 00. SO)Os 3)0 LOO ON 0'TOWS COI TICE EOH 00 l)0 lOO ON 0'TOWS OOHS A CWO EO%
SO'TCH COI HOE l)0 CO lOcO OOI AIIAL OCH 0'ONS ECH OO SOTCH HOE OCTA
~ 0)l CO)
THLAwsLL NCHINAL 'ISALL TNK ~O 0'I-LOC C LOOF LOC I LOC J HEE LOC K O~
SERIAL NO. )20 LOC E QO LOC 0 QO LOC H QO LOC 0 QO'TO~L LOC H LOC CA'0% OOIIS A CIO OO ~ Cal Is%Os A cfo )0% s 001
~
)SCOTS AH AKSSL 30% CO SSOeS SH PO. NO EOI 00 Ica)CH EOI 00 H)TCH 00 COWS ~ )SIC 00) 10\ STOWS ~ TSCC ~ 00) 80\
l)0 lOO ECss 00 IOTOI .lla lOAI EOH l)0 lOKI HO)Os
\ fLAT OOTTCHH)E TLAT COT'IOI sKLE REL. NO - EOIIO"TO)Os 001 COI WOE l)0 LOSl CO%Ca HOE Cl) Oll wOE Cal COI ssCE I I I DATE OfCE OH HO SSSSOSSH DATE MFG.
IN ARE IN INCHES TOLERATE(65 ZEGKE 08>>si98 ZETEC ~ COT WA8SWOIOS CINAL FRACT. ~ I/10 TITLE OA. INSP CB I 003 CUSTOMER XXXX XXX ~ .015 MISC. DEFECT STANDARD OE9GN XX 8.050 Oa3538-1-A Pa2956 RECOROEO
~ .003 PROBE USEO AR I3' APVO OA 2-421-1007 REVIEWEO BY. GA. 8/22/95 scAL NTS 10F2
~ 4
~ ~
0
~
~zrzzrzzrrrzserzzzr zr i ~
~
~ 8 axrm~x~rzr.rs I~
~ I
~ g 0 0 a
pi~ ~
~
~
RE VISICNS C FEVISCNS ITEV STAtUS L'TR OATE OESCRIPTION APVO CK OR EF SIEETS 2 SHEET REDRAWN W/CHANCjES.REV SHT 02 K2
~ ~
LOCATION j
~
A B C D F F G H I K I M
~o ~f3 ~<
~ ~ ~~ ~
PHYSICALLY MEAS DEPTH ~ffo ~oa ~owfoo XBEQ DEPTH IN % OF WALL C IR ~OP ~C ~O ~EIE-I~ ~~~ ~<>- LL2.
E,T PHASE ANGLE MEAS 1100'I CARBON STEEL TSR OD. ROLL A C EXPANSION ORIEN T AT ICN OF ALL SECTION VIEWS'X 8 3/g STOCK -t- I ICSA)
BREAK I
00 EOGE 146 ~B227 DE .L I
3.98 GH 3.90 M
1,38 1,25 ~
I90'I CCPPER STRIP 020 THK 89 4.90 5.90 10.80 MATERIAL o AVERAGE MEAS. WALL THK..o LM NQNINAL WALL TNK,N//
OOW5 A OIO 30% ~ ON 038 10 NOTCH 2$ 0 LOCI AKKHOOl eoE LOC A aoef
~
FAWI ON 00 lOCI 0'Hfle5 AH AI/AL 80%
IOTCH COI WOE LOC C A CIO 80%
ETAI Oa IOTCH 2S4 LOCI ON fal IKOE LOC F OA EOH 0'OW5 0'OW5 OOW5*CIO %0%
00 IOIOI 310 LOO COl 001 WCE LOC I COH ON A ANAL 1XI%
00 HOfCH 350 LOO 001 WOE LOC 2
~ 051 001 OO% 1 HO LOC K r/LL 0'120'20A 120'OC 120'ING 120'OC 120 E H LOC 0 LOOM LOC L OOW5 AH AAHL 10% ~ CN OOW5 AH CIO 80% OOW5 A CIO O% ~ ICH IIOW5 A CWO 30% 001 P.O. NO ECH 00 IOTCH 00 IOTCH ET%I oa IOTCH ETAI 00 IOTCH
~
OOW5 ~ 3//8 001 10% OOC1 0 3/8l 001 80%
LOC 8 250 Label ECAI 350 LOO FLAf IOI TOI ICLE FLAI 00f I CH ICLE 150 lOO 350 LOO CN 001 WOE faf OOI wCE CN 001 eOE 001 001 wGE REL. NO.
I I I ORAWN OATE OUALITY REL. NO. 9051 IFFCE OH HO f550/HI WA5/eOIO/
IH ARE III INCHES 1OLERAII(E5 K. ZEGKE 08/18/95 ZETEC NOTE: CHECK TITLE OA INSP. CIHAL FRACT. ~ I/10 CB CUSTOMER XXXX XXX ~
~ 003
.015 MISC. DEFECT STANDARD
.XX ~ .050 DTI3538-1-A PTT2956 RECORDED 8.003 PROBE USED AR 838 APVO OA 4 21-1007 REVIEWED BY. GA. 8/22/95 sCAL NTS 10F 2
REVISIONS C TTEVTSEFIS ITEV S(A(US (S: BEETS
'R OATE OE SCRIPTION APVO CK OR 2 SHEET C 0 gg REDRAWN M/CHANGES.REV SHT a2 Kl
~u ~
'L
~~ ~ ~ Z}~
LOCATION A B C O E F G H I 3 K M
~o
~' ~~ ~
PHYSICALLY MEAS DEPTH ~ox 6 (5ExLA .5K% ~c3 DEPTH IN 96 OF V/ALL ~%X'x E T PHASE ANGLE MEAS (180'I CARBON Sl'EEL TSR

00. ROLL EXPANSION A C ORIENTATION I OF ALL sEOTICN vrEwsI 8 3/C 2X (CS') I STOCK -I I BREAK 00 EOGE 1.46 ~B227-I IO E GH 138 125 ~,89 I

3.98 190'I COFFER STRP 020 THK 3.90 4,90 5.90 10.80 MATERIAL AVERAGE MEAS. WALL THK.~o~
TNOFT A CIC 10%
ECN IO IOTCN 350 lOCI OTl col ~
A 002 350 lOO 0'NOW5~
OOW5 AN AXIAL 00%
ECN 00 IOTCN CX33 OOI WOE (03 A CFO I0%
ECXI Oa NOTol LOO COI wOE (CN 00 150 lOO0'NOw5
%OWL A CIO O0%
NIIOI 001 00l wOE ECN 350 LOO A AXIAL O0%
00 NOICN 001e OOI WOE LOC I ~
OOW5 ~ 051 001 XXI%
ClE INIANALL NCNNAL WALL THK ~o% LOC A LOCC LCC C LOCI Oe LOC K TEST FRED. USED 0'OC 0'20'CC
~ -I ~
SERIAL NO. E QO'OCO QO'OCH 120'OCO 120'20'OC M 0'ATE LOC L A CIO O% ~ 001
~
OOW5 AN AXNL 10% ~ 001 5IOw5 NI CXC 00% OOW5 EON Oa NOrol ITKNWI A CXO lO!l +001 INOW5 ~ 5/0 001 10% OOW5 0 TAIT 001 10%
PO. NO 8 ECXI 00 IOTOI ECXI 00 IOTCN 250 LOKI ECXI 00 NOTCH 350 LOO FLAT OOIIOIIKLE FLAT IOIIOINQL 150 LOO 150 LOO 5ACW5 ACIO 00% 001 CXN WOE 903 OOI IOE 001 cxa woE 001 00l WOE REL. NO.
L. I I I OUALITY REL. NO.
DATE MFG.
IN ARE IN INCHES TOLERAN(ES K. ZEGKE 08/18/95 Z ETEC, IN TOIT CFICE OTX NO 55ACAIAN WA'AWOTOI NOTE: CINAL FRACT. ~ I/16 CHECK TITLE OA. INSP CB 8/22/95 CUSTOMER (=G XXXX ~
XXX ~ . 025 003 MISC. DEFECT STANDARD OE SON Oa3538-1-A Pa2956 RECORDED XX I.050 PROBE USED
~ .003 ETOLAR I3e APVO OA 2-421-1007 REVIEWED B . G A. 8/22/95 NTS sHT 1OF 2
RE Y(5(ON 5
((EY S(A'(US CF SIGNETS
'R OATE OESCR(P T)ON APUO CK OR SIEET E 4 geI REORAWN W/CHANGES.REV SHT 02 K2
~ ~~ ~Q ~
LOCATION A B 0 E F G H I PHYSICALLY MEAS OEPTH 3~85 ~O OEPTH IN 96 OF WALL E T PHASE ANGLE MEAS (180'I CARBON Sl'EEL 'TSR 8 "~"5 00. ROLL A C F EXPANSION ORTENTAT(ON OF ALL SECT(ON VTEWSt IlI 3/g 2X (CS'1 I 5'TccKJ BREAK 00 EOGE 1.46 ~B227 ~ IO F GH M 138 1,25 ~ 89 I
398 (90') COPPER STR(P 020 THK 3.90 4.90 5.90 10.80 MATERIAL AVERAGE MEAS. WALL THK.
NQNINAL WALL TNN, ~O
~ (fal lo 380 Laao 0'eeS SeaS A CA'- )0% oCI)
IOTCII OXI IXll WC+
LCC A 380 AN AITAL 800 LOII Oa Iefol loe XO) Col TaeX LCC C Seel A Cle IOO Cfaa Ofl NafCH 2SO LCHO (O) Col rCC LOCF seas A cle LT)I 00 aefCN fso Loe 03)wool lNCC L(X'1 laos sees A AAIAL e0%
0'eea Caal Oa aeffal llo LOe 001 CN WOC L(X: 2 CON IALC
~ OS) 001 laaIA WALL L(C K 0'20 120'20~
0'20W 120W LOC E L(X:0 L(X'l 120'(E 0 0'ATE Local LOC L Seel AN Axel 20% o001 seesAN(xe See)*ole cTO (TXI Oa Tef(alafs'OOI IaeeS A (XC )00 ~ 0)f See) ~ )TTI 90) )09 Seel ~ )ATI~ 00) 80W P.O. NO (f)I 00 Iefof ffal 00 aefoa fLAT Oaf fal IWLC FLAf Oaf fal NTLC REL. NO.
380 LOI)

00) Ool WCO 09) CN ~

310 LT)IO lao LCXII (0) IXN WCC fso Loe 001 ool eeC I 11 QUALITY REL. NO. IN ARE IN
-n.
INTONES K ZEGKE 08/18/95 GATE MFG. TQLERAN(ES OA. INSP, NOTE:
.XXXX ~
I3'RAWNCB.
CINAL FRACT. I I/ILTT
.Q03 8/22/95 Tl'(LE MISC. DEFECT STANDARD
.XXX a.Q15
.XX 8.050 Oa3538-1-A Pff 2956 RECOROEO
.003 PROBE USEO
~
AR APYO OA 2-421-1007 REVIEWEO BY. GA. 8/22/95 NTS 10F 2
RE V)SIGNS FEV STATUS O'FEETS
'R OATE OESCRE) TION APVO CK OR 2 SHEET g zeI REORAWN W/CHAIIGES,REV SHT 42 K2 LOCATION A B D E F G H I
~~ ~u PHYSICALLY MEAS DEPTH DEPTH IN % OF WALL E T PHASE ANGLE MEAS
. ceca . o~s5 .O~O .O~ ~C)c)
~ZC)P
~CS,E)CO35
~9 ~
.~Oo
~Q ~E)C)g ~C)C) ~ G 84 IL001 CARBON STEEL TSR

00. ROLL F EXPANSION A C CAENTATION I OF ALL SECTION VIEWS[

g 3/g 2X (C5'I I ATOCKJ BREAK 00 EOGE 1.46 ~B227 W ID E GH 138 125 ~ 89 3.06 (901 COPPER STRP 020 THK 3.90 4.90 5.90 10.80 0<<0W) A CAC XXI% )<<<<Oe) A Al>>AL ~ 0%
MATERIAL 3HOW) A C>>e. 70% <<007 %47>>) AN AX<<IL 0C% 0<<oe) A CA'0% EC)4 Oa <<4)TCH Eo<>3 7)0 447<<0 00)t AVERAGE MEAS. WALL THK.~ 4)KHOOI~ 4)0 LC)47 AXQ CXll >>OE ISO LO<<0 007<<COI wOE 7)O IIX'l WCE LOCI 007 Ool <<<<<<OE LOC J
%<<0<<<<)
X)7% T<<ILA'W<<LL 007 NQNINAL WALL TNK. ~<<<< LINC LOC F 0 0 LOCK 0'20' 0'20'OC 0'ERIAL
)20 )20<< 120 20<<
NO. E LCC.O ~ LOCH LC) 0 LOCH LOG L
)00>> )Hde) AH AK<<AL 10% <<00) Oe)WS A CFX )7% ~ 001 IH)e) A CFC 70% <<001
%<<de) AN CFC. 00% ET)I PO. NO. EC)I oa Hdrol 04 l<<OTCH EC)I OO H)TCH )<<4)e) ~ )<<<<0<<00) 70% %<<OW) ~ 7<<04 ~ 00) 40<<<<
LOC 8 TC>>I Od NOTOI FlAT a)TTOI ICLE FLAT OOTTI)I <<ALE 4)0 lCHO 7)0 LC>>4) 4)0 LOII 7)0 la<<0 007 odl l>>OE 040 IXII WEE 00)<<COI WEE 007 07l wCE REL. NO.
I I I OATE QUALITY REL. NO. IN ARE IN IN(HES Fo)T CFFCE 4Ã l<<0 a<<aCAAAN WA)<<e<<OTO<<
K ZEGKE 08/18/95 I 9>>0774<<<<0 I<<) A ICLCF<<4)E <<70>><<717-)) 0 DATE MFG. TOLERJN(ES NOTE: TITLE OA INSP.
CINAL FRACT. ~ I/16 CB 8/22/95 XXXX ~
XXX ~ . 015 003 MISC. DEFECT STANDARD OESIGII
.XX .050 003538-1-A PT)2956 RECORDED ~
~ .003 PROBE USED QJLAR 43>> APVO OA 2-421-1007 REVIEWED BY. G.A. 8/22/95 SCAL 10F 2
REVISICTIS LTR OATE OESCIEPTICN APVO C 01 ALL FLA>> LCC Oaa OaaaaOLL5107aL LEtaQTLL aaA5 700 ABOEO 'll'EaaOaEO QUA. 7j K'l LOCATION A B C 1 SEE DWGII5-001191 FOR TOTAL ASSY.
PHYSICALLY MEAS. DEPTH ~eo Q1 8.052 IN STO. 8.75
'l 8.067 IN STD. > 8.75 Q6 OF WALL LOSS ~2. ~40 o ~en>
PHASE ANGLE MEAS.
3.00 I 11/16) NYLON GVGETLIGE IICLOER DIA OF DEFECT a.003 A
j BQ G 1 TUBE 5UPRBT RNO 8 3/16 8 7/64 D1 I30 )
PC oBa GLSOE TUBE CCNNECTCR 8 9/q STOCK~::
1.25 1.25 1.50 2.00
~~
MATERIAL ~ Aa ~
IT TUBE 8 Ba AVERAGE MEAS. WALL THK.~~ . 8.00 7/8 1.10 1-000090 NOMINAL WALL THK. LOC.A LOC. B
-2 3/4 .950 1-000098 11/16 .930 1-000097 SERIAL NO.
P.O. NO. SHOwS COLL SLOaaS 0+1.AwS ELIIALLT SPACED TALI DEFECT REL. NO.
AR177O TUBE UNI OTHERWISE SPEQFIEO DATE ~ Q 000 aaa aaakaaaaaaaa00aaaQa 00011 aaaa OOL. ARE OI RICHES TLLeec 700 70740Q OTEL TIE.ERAICES K.ZEGKE 8/16/90 DATE MFG.
OECOIAL FRACT. l- 1/I6 "TLE SM-10 GUlDE TUBE STD.
O,A.INSPECTION XXXX ~ 003 8 J. 8/16/90 XXX ~,015 W/2096.6096.10096 FLAWS 8 TSR CUSTOMER AU1189 0171463-1-A XX F 050 RECORDED % a,003 OWO 77O PROBE uSED A77OULARol- 30 APVO. OA 2-4463 K.WARLICK 8/21/90 NONE LDAIE 8/21/90 sHT 1 OF 1
REVISIONS LTR OATE OESCRPTKTT APVO C Ol uL FLAW LOC. CaA CWlafLTOtu LQOIH >AS 100 ABCBO 'II'W~TO XHIPl.
LOCATION A B C SEE OWGII5-001191 FOR TOTAL ASSY.
PHYSICALLY MEAS. DEPTH 8.052 IN STO. < 8.75
% OF WALL LOSS ~3. o 547o ~o Q1 8.067 IN STO. > 8.75 PHASE ANGLE MEAS. igO 3.00 I11/16) TTYLOH GUIOETUBE IICLOER AQ BQ CQ TUBE SUPRBT DIA. OF DEFECT a.003 ITNIT 8 3/16 8 7/64 D1 I30O)
. T GUIOE TUBE CONT/ECTCR 8 3/q STOCK OA MATERIAL 2.00 1.25 1.25 .75 1.50 A
AVERAGE MEAS. WALL NOMINAI WALL TI.IK. ~ THK.~
LOC.A B
LOC B C
8.00 LOC. C
-2 TUBE 8 7/8
'A'.10
.950 1-000090 1-000098
-3 11/16 .930 1-000097 P.O. NO.
9CWS CLAWS f TIA/ DEFECT o,
REL. NO. DUuLY SPACED PR1MD TUBE I%4 OTHERWISE SPECIFIEO DATE Pd eX NO CR5kkWl~s$ 04IOI AAOU VAs OUALITY REL. NO. QH. ARE N NCHES IAEINoC l0$ WI44%
K.ZEGKE HC DATE MFG. LL Sx. NOTE TQ.ERAHCES 8/16/90 O.AINSPECTION OECHAL XXXX ~ 003 FRACT.o/- 1/IB "SM-~0 eutoE TuBE STo.
B.J.
XXX a.OIS W/2096,6096.10096 FLAWS 8 TSR XX F 050 AH1189 Oa1463-1-A TS L003 OWO HO A/IDULAb/ 3~ APVIL OA 2-4463
~M. 9 F BASH K.WARLICK 8/21/90 SCAL NONE FALCATE 8/21/90 OIT 1 OF
REVISICHS LTR OATE OESCRPTICH APVO C 0 0 Q]QIS)II0- REHOVEO TOTAL LEHOTH S EHO OIFL 5' ITZ LOCATION B SEE DWGR5-001191 FOR TOTAl. ASSY.
PHYSICALLY MEAS. DEPTH Q1 8.052 IN STD. < 8.75 8.067 LN STD. > 8.75 M OF WALL LOSS Z.O fa ~+la DQQ?e 550 KALI lcaa~ l t43 S8 PHaSE ANGLE MEAS. rl- Soo K%>' LGC 3.00 I /Ir 1 klYLCTI OUGETUBE IICLOER
. A 8 c I I OIA OF DEFECT a.003 8 3/16 8 7/64 D1 (30')
~
Ba OUIOE TUBE CCHHECTCR 8 P/j-STOCK MATERIAL 2.00 1.25 1.25 nag 75 l ~ ~
Aa ~
BI 8 TUBE 8 AVERAGE MEAS. WALL THK.~+
7/8 1-000090 NOMINAL WALL THK..O~ LOC.A LOC. 8 LOC. C 3/4 950 1-000098 (Q2 ~
-3 11/16 ~ 930 1-000097 TEST FRED. USED SERIAL NO.
crave.'.10 P.O. NO. C~Aw$ SINWS SBDa SINwS a TISBS DEFECt REL. NO. EISSALLT SPACED AlttsO TUBE IML OTHERSITSE SPECFIEO DATE raa ew Iaa Isseseaaeaeeeloa aaall aasa CDt ARE BI NCHES I tascaaawc eN saaeae OTEI TCLERAHCES K.2EGKE a/16/go DATE MFG. OECHAL FRACT.ol TTIB SlvI-10 GUIDE TUBE STD.
O.AINSPECTION CUSTOMER RECORDED PROBE USED c.
IIC
~.
Itc af
~
a0 ttst raCOJtatf Is SASCD seIL telcucss or.~ceo uxs aot acct cctcc tga a.s creat%I tlc IIoa rcall a I aae tet Iea SIAV ST ISSa ~ Sa Ol tet iec aIBaa sec ISSI rac(aacect Is saSI0 Oa fec XXXX ~ 003 XXX a.015 XX ~ 050
% ~ .003 AHOULARol 3a OESOH 8 J.
APVO. OA 8/16/go W/2096609610096 FLAWS OWG HO AU1189 OII1463-1-A 2-4463

8. TSR a~amacc Ielaaaass ea.caISSaae ecatS FNSH K.WARLICK 8/21/90 scAL BBLDAT< sHT 1 OF 'I REVIEWED QY et ccltc c a.a.l NONE 8/21/90

REVISIOHS A LTR OATE OESCRPTICH APVO C 0 LOCATION CHANGED TOLBLOCKTADDED II6 y)
R-IYSICALLY MEAS. DEPTH HQ
% OF waLL LOSS ~O 2.50 3 S 4 2
.2.30 8 I/5')
3'TOCK 2X BREAK O.O.EDGE 1.25 1.25 3.00 3.00 7.50 A.V.B.MATERIAL< LOG AB,B
~
TUBE MATERIAL AVERAGE MEAS. WALL THK.~
NOMINAL WaI.L THK. BAR-.625 L X .316 W X .230 H IHCCHEL Qa OELRH SPACER FOR LEXAH TEST FREQ.
SERIAL NO.
USEO~ C 3
LEXAH TUBE - 1 3/4 10. X 20 00 BAR - .625 X .395 X .750 /05 5.5.
2 DELE 5PACER 150 00. X 300 LO.
P.O. NO. TUBE-IHCOHEL REL. NO.
III 1.50 LH OTHERWISE SPEQFIEO ORAWH BATE tQ OQE TTO 45SNXWE~ASOQTOT OOOll USA SOT~
IXH. ARE N NCHES TCEETTQTE lQO NOTES Qa TO.ERAHCES K.ZEGKE 12/22/8 DATE MFG. ~
OEC~AL FRACT../- I/IB CITE CK 2FLAW A.V.B. HOTCH STD.
O.A. INSPECTION XXXX ~ 003 Bl Wn.EXm COVER XXX ~ 015 XX ~ 050 OE9OH AII0005 0<<1258-1-A o.003 96 AITBIAARs/ 3o APVO. OA 2-4418 K.WARLICK 12/28/89 ~"" 12/28/80 ~<<1OF 1
REUISQ4S LOCATION LTR OATE OESCRPTION APUO C'f CHANGEO TOL.BLOCKrADOEO II6 5) i PHYSCALLY MEAS. OEPTH ~O .oib5
'9'F WALL LOSS ~2- 0o 250 36 C 2
~ 2'3O 2X t450)
STOCK BREAK OO.EOGE 1.25 1.25 3.00 3.00 7.50 A.V.B.MATERIAL s ggI LOC A8 B TUBE MATERIAL AVERAGE MEAS. WALL THK.~
NOMINAL vALL rHK ~o 6 BAR-.625 L X .316 W X .230 N INC(HEL rEsr F"o useo~ 5 C
3 2
GELT SPACER FCR LEXAN LEXAN TUBE - 1 3/C IO. X 2.0 OO.
BAR - .625 X .395 X .750 C05 S.S.
CELE SPACER 150 00. X 3,00 LG.
P.O. NO. 1 TUBEMCRIEL OESCRPtlOI REL NO.
151.50 lN OTHERWISE 5PECFIEO 0*TE to sic r40asukwlv~rol Al41ll olorr vs>
Qk ARE IN NCHES ? NC IQXpH74 1M NOTE:
0A TO.ERAHCES K.ZEGKE 12/22/8 GATE MFG. w. o OE~
~
'. ~"
FRACT.il- 1l16 2-FLAW AV.B. HOTCH STD.
XXXX ~ 003 B.J 12/22/89 W/LEXAH COVER XXX ~,015 CUSTOMER XX a.050 OE90H AII0995 001258-1-A RECOROEO % s.003 OWQ ttO 3i 2-4418 PROBE USED AtSULARol APVO. OA K.WARL(CK 12/28/89 NONE "'2/28/89 +IT 1 OF 1
REVISIONS LOCATION LTR DATE OE SCRIPT IO'( ~0 Ci Oi CHANGED TOL.BLOCKIAOOEO II6 '..)
PHYSICALLY HEAS. DEPTH . 0(~0 .02.'LO
% OF //ALL LOSS 3 6 4 2 5 J P. sa.s 8
2X (/5'I STOCK BREAK OD.EDGE 1.25 1.25 3.00 3.00 7.50 AV.B.MATERIAL LOCAL,B TUBE MATERIAL ao AVERAGE HEAS. WALL THK.~ET IIOMINAL WALL THK. IsK 6 SAR-.625 L X .316 W X .230 H INCCTIEL gA 5 OELRN SPACER FCR LEXAN C LEXAN TUSE - 1 3/C 10. X 20 00 TEST FRED. USED SAR - .625 X,395 X ./50 C05 55.
2 OELBN SPACER 150 00. X 300 LO.
P.O. NO. 1 TUSE-INCQ4EL ss REL. NO. 0 6
eL-Oc OTE 9T 150 Qa UNI OTHERWISE SPECFIEO TTP. ARE N tICHES TO.ERANCES ORAWtI K.ZEGKE OATE 12/22/8 l~
OESCRI'AOI tO M le CLACUrtlv&OIOIOi'NOH II Js IN ~~
DATE HFG. ~ ~
O.A. INSPECTION OECIMAL FRACT.o/ 1/16 CHECK 2-FLAN AY.B. HOTCH STD.
XXXX ~ 003 BL NILE)(AN COYER XXX ~ 015 CUSTOMER OE SION AII0995 001258-1-A XX ~ 050 94 1.003 PROBE USED HIQll.AR~/-3s JAIL OA 2-4418 REVIP vED K.WARLICK 12/28/89 NONE ~"o"IF 12/28/89 oII 1 CF 1
VISITS LTR DATE OESCRPTKN APVO C Of LOCATION A 8 C D PHYSICALLY HEAS. DEPTH LOC C 8. D 1160')
% THRU WALL 2.50 2.50 6X 150 1.00 5X.75 SHOWS RADIAL WEAR SCAR 2X 145')
L. ~BREAK O.D.EDGE
)300)
I.75) 14.75 7 10 LOC C IL D HATER)AL LOCA8,8 10 4 -1 DELHI SPACER 125 OO.X.491 IO.X 150 LG.
ACTUAL HEAS. WALL THK.
MIN WALL THK. ~Q~
LOC A 5 8 R j~~
IOIA+ 2)
)30')) 3 9 7 5 -g TUBE SUFFCAT,RffO 2-4000-5
-4 C FLAW WEAR SCAR STO. ASSY.)7/4 00.)
4 -7 OELRN SPACER 125 OO.X.741 )O.X 150 LG.
5 -3 TUBE SUFPCRT lM 2-4000-4 1 -2 STA))GARO TUBE
-1 4 FLAW WEAR SCAR STO. ASSY.I3/4 OOI
.a Na REL. NO. A fc- UM DltIORWLSE 5PECFIED D)ff, AfK N NCIIES DRAV)II
-8 4f DATE OTE: TQ.ERAHCES K.ZEGKE 3/)5/g)
DATE HFO. a,-~o- 04IX)IAL FRACT..i- W4 O.A. INSPECTION XXXX ~ 003 CUSTOM VfEAR SCAR STD.
XXX AOIS DESOff PII1406 DII1681-1-A XX AOSO RECORDED % A003 hrffXLARel-3~ APVD. OA 2-4513 OBE USED 3 REVIEWED l~/v/ KLQAIE 10F 1
LL ISIS P%IFIk ASEA BROWN BOVERI September 23, 1995 Mr. Chip Bach Carolina Power & Light Company Shearon Harris Steam Electric Plant State Road 1134 New Hill, NC 27562

SUBJECT:

STEAM GENERATOR EDDY CURRENT TESTING PRELIMZNARY REPORT AND DATA CARTRIDGES

Dear Mr Bach:

ABB/Combustion Engineering is transmitting the following items to you.
- Preliminary Report
- Data Cartridges H95A01-H95A12, H95B01-H95B11, H95COl-H95C12 of this letter and it to me.receipt Please acknowledge forwarding of these items by signing a copy 0- 2-'/" 9a Receipt Ackno edge Date Sincerely, ABB/COMBUSTION ENGINEERING Thomas U. Bipes Eddy Current Level ZZI cc: R. Brown H. Mahdavy D. Meleg (CPEL)
ABB Combustion Engineering Nuclear Services Combustion Eng(neering, Inc. 1201 Riverfront Parkwav Telephone (615) 752.2390 Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402 Toll Free 14008724836 Fax (615) 7522449
"-'iv

ML18022A995

Text

2.4 AP-619

5.0 Procedure

6.0 Procedure

3.1 GENESIS

1.0 PURPOSE

2.0 REFERENCES

3.0 DEFINITIONS

3.1 GENESIS

4.0 PREREQUISITES

5.0 PRECAUTIONS

4.0 PROCEDURE

4.7.2 SM-20

4.7.3 Sm-10

4.7.7 SM-10

7.3 SM-20

7.4 SM-20

7.5 SM-20

7.6 SM-20

3.0 REFERENCES

2.0 Equipment

2.0 Equipment

2.0 Equipment

2.0 Equipment

2.0 Equipment

2.0 Equipment

2.0 REFERENCES

2.0 REFERENCES

2.0 REFERENCES

3.0 REFERENCES

SUBJECT:

Dear Chip:

SUBJECT:

SUBJECT:

Dear Mr Bach:

Navigation menu

Search